Skip to main content

Miller Tammy

Back to 40 Under 40

Tammy Miller

Tammy Miller

Artist Faculty of Piano
Omaha Conservatory of Music
Omaha, Nebraska

As a private piano instructor, Tammy Miller has found a unique way for her students to feel like they are part of a larger musical community. “Each year, I do a studio challenge that each of my students participate in,” Miller says. “I teach an average of 40 students who range in age from 4-78! The yearly studio challenge is an extra special aspect of their experience in my studio, and it increases their excitement toward learning and provides added engagement in their music lessons!”

For this year’s challenge, “Piano Olympics,” students participate in a different Piano Olympic event each month. September was a practice challenge where students were given an individual 30-day practice chart. “If they practiced 30 days, they earned a gold medal that they write their name on and post on my studio wall; 20 to 29 days of practice earned silver, and 10 to 19 days was bronze,” Miller explains.

October was music history where students listened to four different episodes that Miller pre-selected on the Classics for Kids website and completed the activity/quiz. During November, or “Note-vember,” students came up with a new mnemonic device for the lines and spaces on the treble and bass clef. Piano Olympics will continue through May with upcoming events on sight-reading, rhythm, improvisation, technique, etc. “To date, everyone in the studio has participated in every Piano Olympics challenge and earned at least a bronze medal,” Miller proudly proclaims  

In addition to her private piano lessons, Miller serves as the artist faculty representative to the Omaha Conservatory of Music board of directors for the next two academic years. “This role allows me to be a voice for the faculty and give feedback to the board to assist with their strategic planning efforts and improvements or new programs/offerings within the organization,” Miller says. As an artist faculty representative, Miller participates on the Educational Programming and Community Outreach Committees, which allows her to work a little closer with the directors of both committees on how the organization can have a greater impact on students at the conservatory and throughout the Omaha Metro area.

Miller is also the founder and president of the National Composers Orchestra (NCO), the first professional musical ensemble and chamber music series in Council Bluffs, Iowa, and the artistic director and founder of the NCO Chamber Music Series that operates in partnership with St. Paul’s Conservatory of Music. “The goal of the Chamber Music Series is to promote the music of living composers and provide immediate access to high-quality musical performances for the Council Bluffs community and the students at St. Paul’s Conservatory of Music,” Miller says. “In addition to high-quality live performances, students and audience members have the opportunity to meet and talk with guest artists and composers in a post-concert meet and greet.”

Continue reading

Molina Gabrielle

Back to 40 Under 40

Gabrielle Molina

Gabrielle Molina

Executive Director
Project Music
Stamford, Connecticut

Project Music is so much more than just an after-school music program. “We are cultivating change makers through music,” says Executive Director Gabrielle Molina. The program is open to young music students in the Stamford, Connecticut, area and includes free instruments, music instructions, mentorship and opportunities to perform.

“I’m most excited about our newest initiative that we are calling our ‘Learn & Earn Program’ where we train and pay our student leaders to help around Project Music,” Molina says. “These jobs include music librarian, equipment manager, speaker and tour guide for guests, a performance track and so many more. The students have to interview, present a resume, work on a budget for how they will use their money, and learn skills that will be directly translatable to college or a job.”

Prior to being named executive director, Molina was program director and focused on embedding Project Music even further into the community and working alongside other community partners that care about the kids, community development, education and the arts. “Now as executive director, I have to think about our sustainability and future positioning of the organization as we continue to grow and evolve to meet the needs of our community,” she says.

Currently, Project Music serves more than 100 students, but Molina’s goal is to more than double enrollment to 250+ through growing partnerships in the community. “I really believe that you have to meet students where they are, but with that being said, you have to also show them where they can go, all the possibilities that are open to them if they work and are ready to tackle challenges,” she says.

The approach Molina takes at Project Music is: If you want to go fast, go alone, but if you want to go far, go together. “We — and I say we because I don’t do this alone, this truly is a together effort — have engaged more community partners and asked ‘how can we get involved, how can we enroll more students?’ There’s so much great work being done in our community, so it’s really just about finding a way to work together because we all ultimately want to see a better, brighter community and future,” she says.

Molina also founded Teaching Artists International (TAI), a nonprofit whose mission is to “develop global citizen musicians that support music education around the world,” according to its website. TAI partners with music institutions worldwide to provide teaching artists residency opportunities to travel, perform and teach.

Continue reading

Moniz Justin John

Back to 40 Under 40

Justin John Moniz

Dr. Justin John Moniz

Associate Director of Vocal Performance, Coordinator of Vocal Pedagogy
New York University — The Steinhardt School of Culture, Education and Human Development
New York, New York

Taking a class taught by Justin John Moniz is an experience you won’t soon forget. “I work to create a classroom environment that in many ways parallels that of a theater. I rehearse my lectures, tech my visual aids and spend considerable time working through my pacing and transitions,” he says. “I venture to create interactive, thoughtful and immersive pedagogical experiences, which enable students to take an ‘intermission’ from the outside world in order to discover their truest potential.” 

The vocal pedagogy program at New York University (NYU) — The Steinhardt School of Culture, Education and Human Development is unique because it explores the “intersection of psychological health, the arts and communication,” Moniz says. “Our work enables us to build bridges and connect people around the globe by way of vocal music and individual expression.”

Moniz started the NYU Steinhardt Vocal Pedagogy Outreach Program to provide a platform for his graduate students to put their theoretical work into practice by working and engaging with disadvantaged communities across the state.

“The mission of the program parallels that of NYU Steinhardt: To advance the education, health and well-being of people and communities around the world. We achieve this by fostering knowledge, creativity and innovation at the crossroads of culture, education and human development,” he explains. “The graduate students in the vocal pedagogy program devised five unique workshops surrounding the themes of vocal efficiency and sustainability, technique versus style and vocal health. Each of the workshops engaged students in various virtual modalities.”

Moniz plans to continue to develop the vocal pedagogy program, and “I hope to broaden our reach by facilitating workshops with a growing number of geographically, culturally and economically disadvantaged communities across New York State,” he says.

Observing the impact of his teaching and mentorship when his students find success in their own teaching, research or performance pursuits “inspires me to be a bigger, bolder and braver lifelong learner myself,” Moniz says. 

Continue reading

Montalvo Bryant

Back to 40 Under 40

Bryant Montalvo

Bryant Montalvo

Music Teacher, Choir Director
Central Falls High School
Central Falls, Rhode Island

Bryant Montalvo was teaching abroad when the COVID-19 pandemic started, and he knew it was time to come home. When the opportunity to begin a new choral program at Central Falls High School presented itself, he couldn’t pass it up — even though his classes would be taught 100% remotely. “Most students who were on my class roster didn’t even know that music was being offered! Because of distance learning, creating traditional music ensembles was not feasible, so I created and developed the current curricula for Music Composition and Music Production classes solely around music technology to give my students an immediate, hands-on learning experience with music,” Montalvo explains.

In Music Composition 1 and 2, students utilize music notation software to build the necessary foundational skills of music literacy. Students create their own melodies and compositions and with the software’s playback capabilities, they can immediately hear what their work sounds like on various instruments.

In Music Production, students learn how to use a digital audio workstation to create their own beats, loops, remixes and original work through solo and collaborative tasks. The class also listens to and analyzes pop, hip-hop and current top-chart songs. “By utilizing the music that is currently streamed into the headphones of my students, the music room becomes a student-led learning environment,” Montalvo says. “I designed this course to be project based, so each student has useful, lifelong skills as well as a digital portfolio of work to share.”

Watch this fun YouTube video that Montalvo made at the end of the last school year where he raps about the new music courses! 

Central Falls is a Title I school where the majority of students are immigrants. Montalvo tells his classes that “in music, it takes everybody. You cannot leave a single person out when creating music, and everyone has to work together,” he says. He builds community among his students by ensuring that everyone learns and uses others’ names in the classroom to ensure that all students feel valued and respected. Montalvo’s students also drive their own learning and select repertoire they want to work on.

Montalvo also uses movement activities and games (which, Montalvo says, aren’t reserved for elementary students). “My high school students love a challenge when they have to work together, such as games that require beat making, keeping time and collaboration,” he says. 

The music program at Central Falls was started thanks to a portion of ESSER funds granted to the school. Montalvo also applied for five grants in the last year — and received all of them. “One of the grants we received was from the National Federation of State High School Associations (NFHS) and National Association for Music Education (NAfME) to start a new Tri-M Music Honor Society Chapter,” Montalvo says. “I am excited to be the first music teacher at Central Falls High School to induct students into this honor society this year at honors night.” 

Continue reading

Newman Cody

Back to 40 Under 40

Cody Newman

Cody Newman

Director of Bands
Forney High School
Forney, Texas

Cody Newman says his daily calling is empowering students to be in the band program. “It is so important to give away the reins to our young leaders as they will soon be given the reins to determine the direction of their lives and the lives of their future families,” the director of band says. “What more important job do I have than to empower young people to rise to overcome the challenges they will encounter?”

The goal of the band leadership team at Forney High School is to create “a culture of unity through selflessness, positivity and encouragement,” Newman says. “When our students strive to accomplish these things, our music and performance goals are simply byproducts of their true success.”

In 2021, Forney High was in the news because Micah Diffee, a student in a wheelchair, wanted to join the band. “Micah is exceptionally capable and any issues he came across were solved by him and his friend around him,” Newman says. “There is, of course, the feel-good story about Micah, but what was much more important were the day-to-day operations that the rest of the students took part in with him. My hope is that the students who were Micah’s bandmates see people differently in the future. I hope that they won’t focus on perceived disabilities, but rather on the opportunities. It was a daily inspiration watching the students all working together.”

Inspiration and spreading positivity are reverberating themes in Newman’s program. After a great performance, instead of listing off all the accomplishments that the band has had, Newman decided this year to use that time to continue to spread the message that the Forney band directors teach daily. They recite Longfellow’s poem, “The Arrow and the Song,” which is about “the importance of words,” Newman explains. “Some words stick with you and hurt you like the arrow, while other words build you up and are carried in your heart like a song. This message is so important and helpful to the daily operations and culture within our program that I thought, why not continue to spread that message like wildflower seeds at each venue we participate in throughout the fall season.”

Newman knows that he lives a charmed life. “I have been so blessed to have been a part of several incredible teams of directors that molded and shaped me into the teacher I am today. I look at directors I get to work with daily and recognize that I get to do this with them. I look at these students and recognize that I get to do this with them. I look at my young family and beautiful wife and realize that I get to do this with them. The ‘them’ is very important to me.”

Continue reading

Nguyen Terry

Back to 40 Under 40

Terry Nguyen

Terry Nguyen

Lecturer
University of California, Riverside
Riverside, California

If you’re a student at the University of California, Riverside (UCR) and have an interest in taiko drumming, just talk to Terry Nguyen! “Even though the UCR Taiko Ensemble is listed as a music ensemble in the Department of Music, anyone can join regardless of their major,” Nguyen says. “There are no audition requirements. Students are not required to have any prior musical experience. If they come to me with an open mind and a willingness to learn, then I will teach them!”

Nguyen is an alumnus of UCR, its Taiko Ensemble and Senryu Taiko (a student taiko drumming group). “I am not too far removed from the time that taiko started in Riverside,” she explains. “I am still in contact with the folks who laid the groundwork for taiko at UCR. It’s crucial to know this history, to have the first-hand experiences and to transmit the knowledge.”

Currently, Nguyen’s main focus is the UCR Taiko Ensemble, which is academic, and TaikoMix, a community-based performing ensemble that educates the public about the history and performance of taiko. “The majority of TaikoMix members are UCR and Senryu Taiko alumni, so it’s fun to have this living history that keeps growing each year,” Nguyen says. “The organizations support one another through sharing resources like taiko equipment and repertoire.”

Nguyen’s taiko class met off campus for nearly three years as she waited for the on-campus facility, The Barn Theater, to be renovated. Then came the pandemic. During the 2020-2021 fall quarter, some instructors were presented with an option of submitting worksite plans to offer in-person classes. The Barn’s renovation and expansion had just been completed that summer, so Nguyen formulated a plan that allowed her taiko class to convene in-person while also livestreaming for a synchronous class. Students who opted to come to class at the Barn complied with the strict sanitization protocols, including wearing masks and distancing themselves from one another. “As one of the first taiko/music ensembles to resume in-person rehearsals, I have shared the worksite plan with a couple of my fellow ensemble directors, as well as other taiko organizations, as they ramped back up to their in-person activities,” Nguyen says.

In addition to promoting taiko drumming, Nguyen finds ways to share Asian and Asian American cultural and traditional arts. “Aside from taiko, which I have been playing for nearly 20 years, I am one of few Tsugaru shamisen (Japanese three-stringed percussive lute) players in Southern California,” she says. “I am the principal shamisen player and artistic director of The Wagaku Collective, an all-traditional instrument ensemble that performs on shakuhachi/shinobue flutes, Tsugaru shamisen, Okinawan sanshin and, of course, taiko.”

See Nguyen’s shamisen (@tsugaruterry) Facebook and Instagram pages. Nguyen also appears as a guest artist with various taiko ensembles and musicians. She studies and researches the history of Japanese traditional instruments (wagakki) and folk music (minyo), which is reflected in her lessons and presentations.  

Continue reading

Otto Tanner

Back to 40 Under 40

Tanner Otto

Tanner Otto

Orchestra Director
Sycamore Community Schools
Cincinnati, Ohio

Tanner Otto admits to being a thief. “Most of my ideas have been ‘borrowed’ from other orchestra teachers,” he says. The idea for the marching orchestra came from his teacher, Brian Cole, whose middle school orchestra played and walked in the fall homecoming parade for years. “As a student I always enjoyed the experience of being in a parade and throwing out candy to those who came to watch. The homecoming parade at Sycamore Community Schools is one of my favorite events of the year. Most people expect to see the marching band in the parade, but seeing the orchestra is a fun surprise! The parade is a great way for us to be visible in the community and for our students to show their school spirit.”

The orchestra director adds that violins and violas walk the parade while cellos and basses sit on a flatbed trailer or in the back of a pickup — see the video of the marching orchestra in action.

Another “borrowed” idea was a concert that featured a glow-in-the-dark rendition of “Twinkle Twinkle Little Star.” Otto says, “We started by putting glow-in-the-dark stars on the instruments, then we took it to the next level by buying glow bracelets for each student in our school colors. In the moments before we played ‘Twinkle Twinkle,’ students cracked their bracelets and put them on their bow hands. Once the lights were off, it created a super cool look. I even used a giant glow stick as a baton!”

These out-of-the-box ideas make orchestra fun and engaging for his students. He supplements the method book for his second-year students with pop songs or music from movies or TV shows. “Students love to play music they recognize, and many of them have pedagogical merit,” Otto explains. “For example, ‘Havana’ by Camila Cabello is great for refining the C major finger pattern and off-beat 8th notes. ‘The Star Spangled Banner’ is perfect for forward extensions. Many of these songs can be arranged into different keys, depending on what students are working on.”

Otto adds improvisation, composition and digital music creation into the curriculum. He says, “While improv is something we work on all year, composing and music creation are great units to do after concerts or before breaks. Students really enjoy these projects and I love seeing how creative their final products are.”

Another unique teaching method Otto uses is to have students work with partners to refine their technique. “Working with a peer is less intimidating and makes orchestra more social,” he says. “I find it especially useful when we begin working with the bow. In no time, students begin acting as the teacher, recognizing mistakes and helping their partner.”

Even his classroom setup is forward thinking. “Even before COVID, we sat in a grid with a few feet between each chair,” Otto explains. “Having space between each student really helps with classroom management and gives me the ability to walk around the room and get to every student. I also don’t have a podium or stand at the front of the room and that keeps me from being tied to one spot. I often walk around with my instrument so that I can play along or demonstrate.”

Continue reading

Perkins Kenneth

Back to 40 Under 40

Kenneth Perkins

Kenneth Perkins

Music Teacher
Joseph Keels Elementary School
Columbia, South Carolina

Kenneth Perkins started the Joseph Keels Elementary (JKE) chorus in 2012 — his first year as a music teacher. That year, he had about 12 kids in the choir, and for the winter concert, they performed “a whopping five songs accompanied by me on the piano,” he says. After that first year, Perkins’ music program grew each year until 2020 when COVID hit.

An offshoot of his large chorus was the recorder ensemble that he assembled to play with the singers. Perkins says, “We played fun songs around the neighborhood, traveled to nursing homes, participated in festivals and even went to Carowinds [an amusement park in North Carolina]!”

Fun is a constant element in Perkins’ classroom. “I try to create a fun learning environment that is filled with plenty of movement,” he says. “Children learn by doing and because of that, I believe in having my students do and perform as much as physically possible. Music-making is at its peak level when all children can participate and feel like they are contributing to the process.” 

Even at the elementary level, Perkins actively seeks new and culturally relevant information that he can merge into his lessons. “This allows my lessons to be more fresh and unique,” he says. “In many ways, I give students a choice in the direction that our music lessons can go. They have shown me that they relish these opportunities — which may be as simple as allowing my kindergarten students to choose between playing instruments or playing a game — which encourages me to do even more.”

Outside the classroom, Perkins is just as enthusiastic. “Throughout the school, I try to do as much as I can to spread the joy and beauty of music to both adults and children,” he says. “For adults, I formed a faculty and staff choir and sought voices that were trained and untrained to join. It was a smashing success — the faculty choir performs for several programs throughout the school year.”

He continues, “For the younger grade levels, I am constantly seeking field trips to the ballet or to the local orchestra at the Koger Center. For the older students, I’ve showcased their talents on our acclaimed morning news shows. Students have played the recorder, violin and even sung on air!”

JKE is also involved in the University of South Carolina Strings Project that selects 25 students by lottery and offers them string lessons. Perkins has contributed to selected students for that program as well.

Continue reading

Pohland Joel

Back to 40 Under 40

Joel Pohland

Joel Pohland

Band Director (8-12),
Assistant Band Director (5-7)
Pierz Healy High School
Pierz, Minnesota

Being a band director is the Pohland family profession. Joel Pohland’s father, Glenn, and his brother, John, are both band directors, and Joel learned from both of them that the key to building a great band program is building relationships beyond the band room. And that is exactly what he has done at Pierz Healy High School.

Pohland has an open-door policy for his students and shows them that they can trust him to be more than their band director. “I am not afraid to share personal stories, trials and exciting adventures in my life, and the students appreciate this so much,” he says. “They want to know that their teachers are human and go through problems just like they do. I hope that by providing them room to express themselves outside of the band room and ask for help outside of music, that students will engage more completely in the band room and have trust in me to guide them to be the best versions of themselves — as musicians and human beings.”

In addition to providing support to his students, Pohland also challenges them musically. He searches for and discovers new music from new composers that push the boundaries of what has normally been done in the band world. “New composers are writing fun techniques such as using paper (as in “Paper Cut” by Alex Shapiro) and so much more that engages students to a new level, which in turn engages our audience,” Pohland says. “I always try to find a central theme to our music, and I think that the students and audiences have really appreciated this because it adds to the overall concert experience.”

One memorable concert was the first performance after the COVID hiatus in the spring of 2021. “The Comeback Concert was incredible,” Pohland says. “There was so much passion and energy from the students — I’ve never seen so much excitement in the band room prior to a performance. It had been over a year since our last live performance, and the students were overjoyed.” 

Pohland appreciates the support his program receives from the administration and community. “Pierz is a really special place to work,” he says. “We have an incredible music team … and together we have created an incredible music program in our community, and the students have a place where they feel like they belong. So many students comment on how the band room is like a second home or an unexpected home — this is the greatest compliment I can receive as a music educator.”

Continue reading

Powell Alec

Back to 40 Under 40

Alec Powell

Alec Powell

Director of Choirs
Mountain Ridge Junior High
American Fork, Utah

Alec Powell considers himself to be a perfectionist, but he realizes that that can be a problem when teaching middle school students at Mountain Ridge Junior High. But his students are hard workers who constantly push themselves to be better. “They rarely want an easy day, and always surprise me with their tenacity,” he says.

Powell recalls that after a recent concert, he was out sick. He left his students to work in sectionals on some new music. “When I came back, not only had they learned their new music, but they memorized it. They wanted to surprise me with how hard they worked.” 

How does the director of choirs instill this work ethic in his students? “I tell my students that the most important part of my class is becoming better people. I don’t care if they are musicians after they leave my room, but I do want them to leave better,” he says.

Powell understands that the middle school years can be difficult, so he connects with his students through honesty. “I strive to be as authentic as possible and model that same behavior in my classroom,” he says. “I talk about the losses as often as I do the wins. I speak openly about therapy, and how it and music have greatly affected my mental health. I give my students the space to say what and how they are feeling, and I act as a listener, not a fixer.”

During the pandemic, Powell saw the immediate need for a feel-good moment since the winter concert was canceled. “Normally I arrange our final number for the top three ensembles, but there was no way for this to happen. Seeing how other amazing educators were working with their virtual choirs, I decided to give it a go. After arranging/orchestrating the piece, we spent the beginning of November rehearsing and recording outside.” 

Enrollment in his choir classes have increased dramatically. “I wish I had the magic formula for this,” Powell admits. “I think it has to do with class culture. I remember latching on to teachers I connected with, so I share stores about my life and experiences to humanize myself in the eyes of my students.”

Continue reading

Rogers Benjamin

Back to 40 Under 40

Benjamin Rogers

Benjamin Rogers

Director of Choirs
Liberty Middle School
Spanaway, Washington

Empowering students to lead, embrace new ideas with a positive attitude and actively support one another are the foundations of Benjamin Rogers’ vocal program at Liberty Middle School. “We recently added a ‘Choir Shout-Out Wall’ in our classroom where students can give their peers compliments, and the focus on building community helps rehearsal attitude and retention,” he explains.

Rogers established a Choir Leadership Council for each choir, which has four main roles to help classes run successfully: 1) Directors Assistants typically lead the class through kinesthetic and vocal warmups and literacy activities; they also run choral rehearsals when Rogers is absent. 2) Secretaries take attendance and oversee any organizational aspects of the choral classroom, from numbering scores to collecting them after a concert cycle. 3) Marketing Chairs are the go-tos for fundraising efforts and the group’s social media. 4) Wardens encourage singers to meet classroom expectations and handle any emergencies.

But the biggest change Rogers implemented was creating and getting approval for four voice-based choir tracks — beginning, intermediate and advanced treble, and advanced bass — instead of grade-level choirs. During the prior academic year, the school piloted an advanced mixed choir with a beginning treble and beginning bass choir. “With a strong recruitment initiative, our numbers grew in size to accommodate the four voice-based choirs,” Rogers explains. “Our school has a fantastic counseling team that supports our music program wholeheartedly and forms our master schedule around our ensembles.”

This shift from grade-level to voice-based choirs was done not only at Liberty, but throughout the district, which “means that our community is empowering our arts programs and paving the way for higher achieving music ensembles,” Rogers says. “We are able to differentiate our instruction for the different levels and types of voices in each choir in a more efficient way than when all students are clumped together as part of a grade-level choir.” 

With such innovative changes, it’s no wonder that choir numbers have more than doubled — even in the midst of a pandemic. Rogers has strong, year-round recruitment. “Our choirs record and send ‘virtual letters’ to our feeder schools with our choirs singing, we’ve done choral pen pals, we share our concerts with our feeder schools, and I join our counseling team on visits to the elementary schools,” he says. “After initial registration, I call every incoming 6th-grade family to encourage them to join one of our music programs at Liberty. We also recruit from our current student population with bring-a-friend-to-choir events, and I recruit from teaching a 6th-grade general music class to students who aren’t in a music ensemble.”

Continue reading

Stanford Mark

Back to 40 Under 40

Mark Stanford

Mark Stanford

Director of Bands, Music Teacher
Springfield High School
Springfield, Pennsylvania

In this fast-moving world, it’s rare to encounter someone who thinks things through before acting. But that’s exactly what Mark Stanford does. “I make a conscious effort to take a step back and think about my response, answers and decisions,” he explains. “One way I have done this is by asking for the opinions of others, including students! And I seriously consider everyone’s opinions and suggestions — in fact, this year’s marching band show was entirely selected by the students.”

He took this same approach when he took over the band program at Springfield High School. “Not implementing too many rapid changes was important because each program has its own unique culture and expectations that must be learned and considered before making changes,” he says. “Upon my arrival, the Springfield band program already was headed in a positive direction. Keeping in touch with the former director and talking to colleagues helps me make decisions and changes that improve the program while honoring its legacy and traditions.” 

Recruitment has been a primary focus for Stanford as he grows the band’s enrollment. “We have a district tradition of doing a side-by-side concert with the 8th-grade and high school bands,” he says. “We also have an 8th-grade band night, where 8th graders rehearse and have fun with the high school marching band. I also host several recruitment meetings led by current band members who share their experiences, and we emphasize that students can be involved in band and athletics by working with the district media team to have our athlete/musicians featured on social media.”

With his training on Pro Tools software and music technology instruction during his master’s degree program, Stanford was asked to help set up the new music lab and develop the curriculum for the digital music production class. Along with his colleague, Mike Zubert, Stanford worked with the district to purchase Pro Tools along with desk-mounted microphones and MIDI controllers, which maximized desk space. “The new curriculum gives students the opportunity to learn about concepts of music by creating and producing on industry-standard software,” he says.

On top of band and digital music courses, Stanford teaches a guitar and ukulele elective for which he developed curriculum and content with Zubert.

Continue reading

Schoolland Amanda

Back to 40 Under 40

Amanda Schoolland

Amanda Schoolland

Music Director, Computer Coding Instructor
Metlakatla High School
Metlakatla, Alaska

Amanda Schoolland embraces the traditions of Metlakatla where she teaches. S’malgyak, the native language of the Tsimshian people who live in Metlakatla, is a dying language. “I work with members of the community and school to revive the language by using phrases in class,” Schoolland says. “In addition, we often sing songs in S’malgyak, and a local dance leader has gifted some of his original compositions to the high school band. We perform at least one of his pieces every year and use locally made hand drums decorated with Tsimshian Northwest Formline Art.” 

Music is a big part of Metlakatla culture, “creating a unique history on our isolated Alaskan island,” Schoolland says. “Because of this rich background, families encourage students in any and all musical avenues. When I proposed marching in the Fourth of July and Founder’s Day parades, students were eager to give it a shot. We rehearsed through the month of June and marched in our town celebrations. This was the first marching band in decades!”

The year before Schoolland joined the faculty of Metlakatla High School as the music director, the music department was all but gone. “It has been a wonderful experience to rebuild the program and see it flourish,” she says. “Even after school hours, the band room is often filled with students excited to share their accomplishments and gain more confidence in their musical abilities. My students are gifted artists and interesting, creative individuals that make our music ensembles unique, tightly bonded and uplifting.”  

Schoolland also helped revive the community choir, which used to sing Christmas carols for the holiday celebration in town. “Years prior to my move to Metlakatla saw the group perform sporadically,” she explains. “A piano player who began accompanying the school choir mentioned the community choir, and together we contacted former members and invited new singers. The first year was a small group, but consistency proved to be the key, and the next year was much larger, filled with incredible voices and camaraderie.”  

In her quest to grow the music program, Schoolland lobbied school and district administrations to introduce a strings program when she saw the lack of string ensembles at the elementary and middle school levels. She then sought out grants to secure instruments through the Mr. Holland’s Opus Foundation and Colorado Public Radio, as well as through local community donations. “The first year, students participated in beginning orchestra,” she says. “By the second year, we were expanding to two and three ensembles to accommodate the number of students and various skill levels.”

In addition to music, Schoolland also teaches computer science. She keeps organized by using checklists and reminders. “For instance, I choose music selections early so I can study scores and compile sheet music for students well ahead of deadlines,” she explains. “In computer science, students are required to ask others for assistance before referring questions to me, so they are learning and teaching constantly. That leaves me more time to work with individual students on complex coding concepts. I thoroughly enjoy all the different hats I wear, which makes it easy to stay motivated.”  

Continue reading

Stadler Jennifer

Back to 40 Under 40

Jennifer Stadler

Jennifer Stadler

Independent Piano Teacher
Jennifer Stadler’s Piano Studio
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

You’ll experience more than just playing the piano when you take private lessons from Jennifer Stadler. “I work hard to keep lessons interesting for my students (and myself!),” she says. “I maintain a massive library of resources including physical and digital games, educational apps and practice incentives to keep my students motivated throughout the school year.”

Stadler also provides a variety of performance opportunities in her piano studio, and she makes sure to include fun elements. “Students attend regular studio classes where they perform solo and ensemble pieces for a small group of peers,” she says. “They also engage in cup rhythm ensembles, sight-reading relays, digital escape rooms and other fun group activities.”

Her students also participate in two formal recitals ­— one in the winter and one in the spring. “The winter recital always includes a group sing-a-long, which everyone enjoys. During the quarantine, we continued this tradition over Zoom (with extended family, thanks to the online format) and also played holiday trivia,” she says.

The spring recital is different each year, according to Stadler. “One year, students created a storyboard of images that was projected on an overhead screen while they performed,” she says. “Another year, students created green-screen performance videos, where they appeared to be playing in another time or place (e.g., playing ‘Hedwig’s Theme’ inside Hogwarts) using chroma key technology. This multimedia project fostered creativity and musical connection — and the students had a ton of fun doing it.”

Students also participate in events outside of Stadler’s studio like the Central Oklahoma Music Teachers Association (COMTA) Clavinova Ensemble Adventures, a collaborative event where they perform in an orchestra of digital pianos, and the Oklahoma Music Teachers Association (OMTA) Achievement Auditions, a non-competitive adjudicated event where they can earn ribbons, medals and trophies.

With her tech skills, it’s not surprising that Stadler is a member of the National Conference for Keyboard Pedagogy (NCKP) Technology Committee, which is responsible for planning all aspects of the preconference technology track. She has presented sessions on  a variety of tech topics, including multimedia and long-distance recital ideas, the role of virtual reality in music performance and education, and green-screen technology.

Continue reading

Brandon Tambellini

Back to 40 Under 40

Brandon Tambellini

Brandon Tambellini

Band Director
Blackhawk High School
Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania

Brandon Tambellini knows that high school can be a difficult time for students. He tells his students at Blackhawk High School that instead of focusing on “what I can do,” they must focus on “what we can do.” He says, “In every group, every private lesson, at every level, we put our energy into creating music together, and students have found that they have grown together, which has changed the culture of ‘me’ to the culture of ‘we.’ At its core, students join band because they want to make music, but they also create lifelong friendships, establish a positive work ethic and inspire each other to strive for success.”

When the pandemic forced the closure of the school, the band director continued to have his students focus on their ability to make music despite the inability to play together. “Although the world was shifting and changing around us, it did not eliminate our love for the craft,” he says. “My job was to teach music in whatever format possible. When we returned to school, we found that our love for music as a group was deeper, and we were able to give more to the process of learning and performing because of the independent growth of each student during our time apart.”  

The return to school after the shutdown made Tambellini analyze what the district needed from music education, which led him to make a controversial decision — he removed the Blackhawk marching band from the competitive season. “As much as I wanted to put together an impressive competition show, our students and community needed something else,” he explains. “Instead, we focused on a football-style show. At the same time, I still scheduled, rehearsed and treated the group the same as if they were competing. Good music is still good music.”

Another recent change to the music program was adding Jazz Band to the curricular school day. A unique aspect of Blackhawk High School’s schedule is that there are classes during the 30-minute homeroom period. “I decided that a jazz/homeroom class would be an easy way to have rehearsal every day without interfering with after-school activities,” Tambellini says. “My students were excited and felt that making music together would be a great way to start the day. Regardless of the 7:30 a.m. start time, the Jazz Band has doubled in size in one year and continues to grow.”

The Jazz Band recently attended the Winter Lights Festival in Beaver Falls. Even though it was a bone-chilling 20 degrees, the students performed extremely well and “the members of the community complimented them for weeks following the performance,” Tambellini says. “Music educators must teach our students to give back to our community by giving the gift of music. Businesses, nursing homes, charities and other community-sponsored events are continuously looking for ensembles to perform, and the students need to know that their music means something to the community.”

Continue reading

VanDoren Katie

Back to 40 Under 40

Katie VanDoren

Katie VanDoren

Associate Director of Bands
Vandergrift High School
Austin, Texas

The secret behind the success of Vandergrift High School’s marching band — including being crowned the 2019 Bands of America Grand National Champion — is teamwork. “We have been very fortunate to have an incredible team of educators working side by side at Vandegrift HS over the past eight years,” says Katie VanDoren, the associate director of bands. “Mike Howard [the director of bands] and I have worked together the whole time, and we complement each other well. We haven’t reached our limit yet!”

Not only has the band garnered awards at national competitions, the program has grown in numbers and quality. VanDoren believes that this growth is due to “the incredible work happening at our middle schools, and the profound support we experience from our school and district administration, and our community.”

This support was vital during the pandemic. “This year, after our students finished their last performance, I experienced one of my proudest moments as an educator,” VanDoren says. “For the  seniors and juniors who made it through the COVID years and the sophomores and freshmen who made it through a real year of marching band, it was a feeling of immense pride to watch them finish and be proud of themselves and their journey.”

VanDoren is involved in several other organizations that advocate for music education. She is the assistant brass caption head for Santa Clara Vanguard, a clinician for Music for All and a member of SASI Leadership (a student leadership organization where she works as a facilitator at site-based camps and on the education team for drum major camps). “Managing the different roles I play during the year comes down to having a great support system in my husband and those I work with in each arena,” she explains. “There is definitely a lot of time spent working, but I am fortunate that everyone I surround myself with is also passionate about establishing boundaries for free time and family time.”

VanDoren is a true believer of continuous improvement. “There is always something personally or within any given system that can be better, whether you are looking at efficiency or efficacy,” she says. “Gradual, small improvement over time is what makes the big things happen!”

Continue reading

Walter Armond

Back to 40 Under 40

Armond Walter

Armond Walter

Director of Instrumental Music
Meadville Area Middle School
Meadville Area Senior High School
Meadville, Pennsylvania

Instrumental Music Director Armond Walter weaves some of the valuable lessons he learned from his mother — for example, “you define what success looks like” and “it’s not always about winning, rather what you learn or how you grow in the process” — into his classrooms at Meadville Area Middle School and Meadville Area Senior High School. “I tell my students to ‘do your best,’” he says. “While this mostly pertains to auditions and performances, it is something they can use in all other aspects of life. We discuss that there’s always room for growth, and we should be constantly evaluating ourselves to not only be better musicians, but better individuals.”

Walter knows that activities, teachers and peer relationships are some of the strongest incentives for students to come to school and do well. “Music is my avenue to connect with a broad range of students who can feel at home in my classroom because they are comfortable to be themselves without fear of judgment,” he explains.

However, during the COVID-19 pandemic, going to school was not an option. At that time, Walter was the president of the District 2 chapter of the Pennsylvania Music Educators Association (PMEA), and he worked with other directors in his area to brainstorm and share ideas following the release of a national performing arts aerosol study and how to minimize the risk of COVID  transmission.

“There was a basic plan created that each director could customize to best fit their program and school district,” Walter says. “While the results of our efforts varied across the area, many schools were able to continue with in-person rehearsals for jazz band, concert band, orchestras and other ensembles. For those who were not able to return to performing right away, we facilitated Zoom meetings to ask questions and discuss what directors could do to keep students engaged.”

While Walter was earning his master’s degree, he was told to advocate for his students because “someone was once an advocate for you or else you wouldn’t be here.” This pay-it-forward approach is something Walter takes to heart. “The achievements we see in our department are not influenced by one person, but many,” he says. “Through band, chorus, orchestra and drama, we work to offer our students a variety of opportunities that they enjoy and take ownership of.”

Continue reading

Vitale Chris

Back to 40 Under 40

Chris Vitale

Chris Vitale

Director of Bands
Westfield High School
Westfield, New Jersey

The Westfield High School band has a hashtag — #BandFamily — that resonates with students, staff and families. According to Director of Bands Chris Vitale, “The key ingredients of #BandFamily at Westfield are kindness, acceptance, respect and support. We are proud that we have students from every walk of life within our school community in the band. Each year, I am amazed and inspired by how accepting our students are of each other no matter what the circumstances.” 

Vitale considers himself lucky not only because of his students and their families, but because he works in a supportive district filled with talented and dedicated music educators, including his co-director, Trevor Sindorf.

To motivate and inspire his students, Vitale maintains a good balance between high standards and positive support for his students. “And I have always tried to be bluntly honest with my students,” he says. “When they do well, I tell them … and when they don’t, I don’t shy away from making that known. They appreciate the honest approach and the sense of accomplishment that they feel when they reach their goals is far greater as a result.”

Every other year, Vitale runs a leadership book club that is open to any student. The club reads Stephen Covey’s “The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People” over the course of several months and meets before school every few weeks to discuss various topics covered in the book. “I keep things very casual and try to let the students drive the discussions,” Vitale says. “The agenda of the book club is for everyone involved to learn more about themselves, myself included. Each time we run the club I learn from my students, which I find very fulfilling!”

Vitale views high school band as a vehicle to build good humans. “Through music we can teach acceptance, empathy, communication, accountability, time management and teamwork, among other things,” he says. “I tell students that you don’t have to be best friends with everyone in our band, but you do have to learn how to work together and help each other be successful. By helping others, you create a better experience for yourself — a win-win. If I can teach that and foster a love and appreciation for music along the way, then I think I’m doing everything I set out to do as an educator.”

Vitale is also a leader throughout the state and helped start the New Jersey Marching Band Directors Association (NJMBDA). “After the 2019 marching season, directors throughout New Jersey began conversations regarding a need for an organization solely focused on providing an educationally sound marching experience for the bands of our state,” he explains.

The nonprofit NJMBDA had over 70 high school bands join in its first year. “We look forward to growing in 2022 as an organization run by directors focused on providing world-class adjudication at a low price,” Vitale says. “We have a fantastic team of dedicated educators working together to drive the organization forward, including my co-president Erik Lynch [from Verona High School].”

Continue reading

Celebrating Lunar New Year Around the World

Celebrated by 1.5 billion people in most Asian countries, Lunar New Year is an auspicious time. Some people call it Chinese New Year, but outside of China, it goes by different names. In Vietnam, for example, it’s Tết; in Korea, it’s Seollal.

Similarly, the customs vary by country. In Korean culture, families celebrate for three days, spending the time visiting each other and playing games together; in addition, they leave out food for their ancestors. Vietnamese people present flowers and fruits in elaborate displays in their homes and gather to burn incense at temples.

In the U.S., Lunar New Year is also celebrated widely. It’s become a statewide holiday in California, with festivals and parades in Los Angeles, San Francisco and San Jose, as well as in New York City (where it’s a public school holiday), Boston, Seattle, Philadelphia, Houston and New Orleans. In addition, annual concerts commemorating the event are staged by the New York Philharmonic as well as at the Kennedy Center in Washington, D.C., Davies Symphony Hall in San Francisco and other prestigious concert halls.

The dates for the celebration follow the lunar calendar, so they change every year. In 2022, the holiday begins on February 1 and culminates on February 15. Each Lunar New Year is matched with one of 12 Chinese zodiac animals. This year is the Year of the Tiger — the tiger being a symbol of power, independence and creativity.

A round painting of a tiger.
This is the year of the Tiger.

The Story Behind the Holiday

The legend behind Lunar New Year is that, thousands of years ago, the Nián monster (“Nián” is the Mandarin Chinese word for “year”) would rampage villages at the beginning of each new year, so families hid in their homes and prepared feasts as an offering to ancestors and gods, using firecrackers to scare away the monster. The color red signifies good luck and happiness, so homes are decorated with red and gold paper poems and lanterns to chase out the bad luck. In modern times, the 15-day celebration includes fireworks and red dragon costumes, which symbolically chase away the Nián monster. It kicks off on New Year’s Eve with a family feast dedicated to health, abundance and happiness.

The Music and Performances of Lunar New Year

The music associated with Lunar New Year celebrations has evolved over the centuries from humble beginnings to the performances we see today in big cities and concert halls around the world — even theme parks like Disneyland!

In Lunar New Year parades, musical instruments such as drums, gongs and cymbals are played loudly to keep the “bad luck” monster away. One Chinese traditional instrument used during those celebrations is the bo lang gu. This double-headed drum, created about 3,500 years ago, was part of religious rituals in Tibet, Mongolia, India and Taiwan. Nowadays you’ll see it sold along parade routes, and it’s often made by kids as a fun craft to make some noise. Two pellets are connected to each side of the drum and revelers hold a rod at the bottom. When the drum is twisted back and forth, the pellets strike the drum in a steady rhythm.

traditional Chinese toy drums.
Traditional Chinese bo lang gu drums.

A popular Lunar New Year tradition is the lion dance, with performers donning elaborate lion costumes. Often, two people are inside, making the lion’s big eyes blink and head wag back and forth. Dancers perform a routine, sometimes jumping on each other’s shoulders to make the lion appear large.

Celebration on the street
A lion dance

While the lion cavorts, large double-sided drums called da gu or tong gu are struck and cymbals are played loudly to chase away bad luck. The huge drums and bamboo drumsticks (shown below) are often ornately decorated to match the lion, and the musicians wear costumes with similar colors. Usually there are eight performers (musicians and dancers in total) because the number eight sounds similar to the Chinese word for money, so eight is seen as a good number for the new year and beyond.

Youth playing percussion instruments on the street
Chinese da gu drums.

Different Asian countries play the drums differently. For example, in Malaysia, drummers create a tempo that is meant to sound like the lion’s heartbeat to make it seem more alive. Typically, people bring small red envelopes (hong bao in Mandarin Chinese) to “feed” the lion for good luck and prosperity. Elders also fill these envelopes with money to give to children as fortune for the new year. Yamaha Artist Steven Lin has fond memories of the tradition, saying that, “as a child, I remember looking forward to [Lunar New Year] because I would receive red envelopes from friends and family.”

Boy with Yamaha piano
There may be some new year money is this child’s hong bao envelope.

Lunar New Year festivities often feature gongs and cymbals as well. The gong (da luo) is beaten with a padded mallet. The cymbals, known as jing-bo, are played in synchronized tempo with the drums. How the cymbal is struck is paired with particular movements of the dancers. A soft single strike of one cymbal (or gently touching the edge of a rim) is used when the lion is resting. A droning sound created by sliding the cymbals together is played when the lion is sleeping. Light or heavy clashing of the cymbals is matched with bigger movements. In addition, the musician will use their chest to dampen the sound of the cymbals when it needs to be stopped. Lion dances are carefully choreographed, with musicians and dancers relying on each other in constant collaboration.

Over the years, modern Western instruments have begun playing an increasingly larger role in Lunar New Year celebrations. Pianos first arrived in China in the 19th century, and quickly became very popular. Today, piano ownership has become a status symbol, with more than 40 million Chinese children estimated to be learning the instrument.

A woman and a boy playing the piano and looking at each other
It’s estimated that more than 40 million Chinese children are learning piano.

The Spring Festival Overture is a work strongly associated with the Lunar New Year (the Spring Festival of the title is the Chinese New Year), with themes that come from the folk music of the Shanbei region. It exists in various versions, some employing more traditional Chinese instruments, others using modern Western instruments, and has been performed by many prestigious symphony orchestras, including the Los Angeles Philharmonic and the New York Philharmonic. You can see and hear this piece performed on solo piano in this video.

Another traditional Lunar New Year song is Mu Ge (Pastoral Song), composed by Shan Han Kun in 1953 and based on a folk song from the northern part of China. You can watch Yamaha Artist Jessica Chow Shinn perform this piece in the video below.

The Celebration Feasts

The large meal that kicks things off on New Year’s Eve features dishes that are tied to tradition. Dumplings symbolize wealth because their shape looks similar to ancient gold coins. Dishes with long noodles as the main ingredient are eaten for a long life. Steamed fish is also consumed in abundance because the Chinese word for fish (yú) has the same pronunciation as the word for “surplus.” For dessert, nián gāo, a glutinous sweet rice cake, is said to make each year sweeter and better than the last. Mandarin oranges are also regularly given as gifts and eaten during Lunar New Year because they represent good luck and abundance.

Many different small dishes laid out on a table
A selection of Lunar New Year delicacies

“The New Year in my family has always been a special time to connect with loved ones and to eat delicious foods together,” says Chinn. “I grew up in Wisconsin, where my parents owned the only Asian grocery store in town, so we were well-stocked! I also had an amazing, close-knit Chinese community of aunts and uncles who took care of me and kept me enveloped in my heritage.”

In every Asian community that celebrates Lunar New Year, the hallmarks of the holiday are similar: a wish for prosperity, family togetherness and good luck in the coming year. It’s a wonderful time — a very special event that families look forward to every year.

How to Set Up Your Bass

Your bass may be a workhorse, but even workhorses need some TLC from time to time. Seasonal temperature and humidity changes, getting jostled around in the back of a van on the way to a gig, or simply being played regularly are all enough to throw even a great bass out of whack. Tell-tale signs of mild distress may include buzzing strings, or notes that sound sharp or flat even though you just tuned up.

When this happens, some manual adjustments may be needed to get your bass back into optimal playing shape. These tweaks — adjusting the curvature of the neck, raising or lowering the string height and setting the intonation — are what’s known as a “set-up,” and you can actually do it all yourself if you know what you’re trying to accomplish, understand how to execute each step, and have the right tools to get the job done. Plus — and this is an important plus — you have to be willing to take things slowly.

That’s because set-ups aren’t something to take lightly. All the adjustments are interrelated, which means you can’t usually get away with doing one without doing them all. More importantly, if you don’t do them properly (and slowly), you can exacerbate issues or even damage your bass.

If this worries you, know that you can always bring your bass to a qualified guitar technician (“guitar tech” for short) or a luthier. Your local music retailer should be able to refer you to these kinds of specialists — in fact, larger stores may even have one on the premises — or ask a guitarist; they usually know a good set-up person. There’s no shame in turning to a professional, but even if you know that’s the route you’d prefer to take, I’d still encourage you to read this article. It’s important to know how the different parts and components of your bass work together even if you don’t want to make these adjustments yourself.

If you’re comfortable taking the DIY route, you’ll save significant money each and every time your bass needs a set-up. What’s more, doing it yourself puts you on much more intimate terms with your bass. Wine, chocolate and flowers won’t be needed, but what you give is what you’ll get back.

Here’s what you need to get started:

Must-haves:

  • Screwdrivers – Flat-head and Phillips types of various sizes, ideally steel-tipped so you don’t strip any screws
  • A full set of Allen wrenches and socket wrenches (in both metric and standard sizes)
  • A tuner

Nice-to-haves:

  • A new set of strings
  • A ruler with 1/64″ increments
  • A capo
  • A workbench or a large table with a soft cover (towels or blankets work well), or a couch, bed or other large, non-abrasive space on which to lay your bass down

1. ADJUST THE BOW

How much concave bend — commonly referred to as “bow” or “relief” — the neck of your bass requires is up to you. Players who want their string height (i.e., the “action” of the bass) high might add some bow because they have an aggressive style and like to dig in. Bassists with a lighter touch often prefer a straighter neck to get the action as low as possible without generating fret buzz.

To add or reduce the bow, you adjust the truss rod. This is a steel bar that runs underneath the fretboard roughly from the nut at the top of the neck to the place where the neck meets the body. It’s there to counteract the relentless string tension that would otherwise pull the bass’s headstock toward the bridge and render the instrument virtually unplayable. The truss rod can be adjusted by either a socket wrench, an Allen wrench or a screwdriver, depending on the manufacturer and the age of the bass. To access it, you have to use a screwdriver to remove the truss rod cover (usually located either just behind the nut or underneath the pickguard), as shown in the photos below.

Closeup of someone removing truss cover on bass guitar with screwdriver.
Closeup of bass guitar with truss cover removed and rod exposed.

Start by detuning your bass (this relieves string tension and makes the job easier), then remove the truss rod cover and identify the correct wrench or screwdriver needed, making sure it snugly fits the head of the truss rod. Slowly (yes, there’s that word again!) give the truss rod a quarter-turn counter-clockwise (to loosen and add bow) or clockwise (to tighten and straighten the neck).

Closeup of bass guitar with allen wrench adjusting the truss rod.

Now retune the bass, then use a capo (or your finger) to fret the lowest string at the first fret with one hand. With your other hand, fret the same string where the neck meets the body, as shown in the photo below.

Closeup of someone checking the string height on a bass guitar.

Look at the space between the top of the seventh fret and the bottom of that lower string. If there’s roughly .015 inches (1/64-inch) of space or less there, you’ve nailed it. If the string is touching the seventh fret, you need to add more bow by giving the truss rod another quarter-turn (or less) counter-clockwise. If your initial adjustment doesn’t give you the desired result, repeat the process, but do so carefully and slowly. (I know I’m repeating myself, but it bears repeating.)

CAUTION: If you feel heavy resistance while turning the truss rod clockwise, stop tightening it and turn it counterclockwise a quarter-turn, then take your bass to a qualified tech. An overtightened truss rod can cause stress cracks in the neck, or the truss rod itself can even snap, which is a serious and expensive problem to repair.

2. ADJUST THE STRING HEIGHT

This is accomplished by adjusting the height of the bridge saddles located on top of the bridge; there are two per string (one on either side of the string), as shown below.

Closeup.

Adjusting one saddle is relatively simple, but getting all of them to the right height can be a challenge. That’s because the string height off the fingerboard should create a consistent arc across the fingerboard’s radius, measured width-wise.

Start by determining the appropriate screwdriver or Allen wrench needed. Make sure you’ve got the correct size because the wrong tool can strip those small screws. Clockwise turns raise each saddle’s height; counter-clockwise turns lower it.

Closeup.

You can eyeball this as you’re making the adjustment, or for more precision, use a ruler to measure each saddle’s height. After each slight tweak, play a note at every fret to ensure there’s no buzzing. If there is any, or if you’re not completely happy with the overall “feel” of the fingerboard at this point (if the height of the saddles is uneven, you’ll probably notice it when playing), keep tweaking. It’s a precise adjustment, so be patient. When you’re satisfied with the results, it’s time to move on to adjusting intonation — the final step in the set-up process.

3. ADJUST THE INTONATION

Intonation is probably the most tedious and frustrating step to perform, but it’s absolutely necessary unless you enjoy being out of tune (which will likely result in your having to play solo for the rest of your life). Proper intonation requires that you set the saddle the correct distance from the nut so that a note played anywhere on the fretboard is identical to the mathematical pitch it’s supposed to match. How far off your intonation is becomes more obvious and pronounced the higher up the fretboard you play.

When a string’s saddle is closer to the nut than it’s supposed to be, notes will be increasingly flat as you go up the fretboard. Conversely, when the saddle is farther away from the nut than it’s supposed to be, notes will be sharp. You can fix this with slight turns of the saddle screws located on the bottom of the bridge, as shown below. This adjustment will serve to move the saddles forward or backward to their rightful position.

Closeup.

To start the process, plug into a tuner, then tune the bass. Now play the harmonic of the string you’re starting with at the twelfth fret and closely watch the tuner to ensure that the tuning is accurate. Then fret that same note at the twelfth fret and look at the tuner again. If the tuning is the same, that’s great, and you can move to the next string; if it’s not, you’ll need to move the saddle.

Before you make any adjustments, detune the string a bit so that the saddle screws glide easily across the bridge rather than scratch it under tension. Now locate the saddle screw for that string. If the note was sharp, turn the screw clockwise a half-turn, retune the string, and, using the tuner, check both the harmonic and the fretted note at the twelfth fret. If the note was flat, perform the same steps but turn the screw counterclockwise. You’ll know you’ve got it right when the harmonic and fretted note are exactly the same.

Closeup.

Repeat this for each string and retune the bass when you’re done to confirm that all the strings are intonated properly. This is necessary because, just as the tuning of one string affects all the others, the same is true of intonation. It’s common to have to fine-tune your intonation a number of times before you get it right, and it may take you a little while to get a feel for how much of an adjustment to make. As long as your eyes stay peeled on your tuner, you’ll eventually get it. (I promise you this process gets easier every time you do it.)

Before deciding that your set-up is complete, plug your bass into your amp and play it for awhile. You want to be sure the action is the way you like it, there’s no fret buzz, and the intonation is spot-on. Get all three right and playing your bass will become even more pleasurable than it is already!

All photos courtesy of the author.

NOTE: Yamaha cannot be held responsible for any damages that may occur to your instrument as a result of doing your own set-up.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha basses.

PMEA 2022

2022 Pennsylvania Music Educators Association Annual In-Service Conference

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Pennsylvania Music Educators Association in presenting its annual in-service conference.

Pennsylvania’s 1.8 million public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Pennsylvania as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

Meet Dave Clark and Matt Davis

Dave ClarkThe Pennsylvania Music Education Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult these past two years have been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and we want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Matt DavisStop by and say hi to us in the exhibit hall. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum.

If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to us at Dave Clark or Matt Davis. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Have a wonderful conference!

— Dave Clark and Matt Davis, District Managers,
School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

Product Showcases

HARMONY DIRECTOR

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


WINDS

NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


Concert Chimes


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad


Cubase Recording Software


Dorico Music Notation Software


Introduction to Dorico for iPad


DRUMSETS

DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


KMEA 2022

Kansas Music Educators Association 2022 Professional Development Conference

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Kansas Music Educators Association in presenting its 2022 Professional Development Conference.

Kansas’ nearly 470,000 public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Kansas as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

Meet Wes Kreitz

Adam FrankThe Kansas Music Educators Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult these past two years have been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and I want to express my appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Stop by and say hi to me in the exhibit hall. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum.

If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to me at wkreitz@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Have a wonderful conference!

— Wes Kreitz, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

Product Showcases

HARMONY DIRECTOR

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


WINDS

NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


Concert Chimes


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad


Cubase Recording Software


Dorico Music Notation Software


Introduction to Dorico for iPad


DRUMSETS

DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


CASMEC 2022

The 2022 California All-State Music Educator Conference

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the California All-State Music Educator Conference in presenting its 2022 Convention.

California’s nearly 6.2 million public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of California as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

Meet Jeff Queen

Adam FrankThe California All-State Music Educator Conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult these past two years have been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and we want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Stop by the exhibit hall so we can chat, or you can email me at jqueen@yamaha.com with any questions. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone, and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Have a wonderful conference!

— Jeff Queen, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

Product Showcases

HARMONY DIRECTOR

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


WINDS

NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


Concert Chimes


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad


Cubase Recording Software


Dorico Music Notation Software


Introduction to Dorico for iPad


DRUMSETS

DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


TMEA

Texas Music Educators Association 2024 Convention

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Texas Music Educators Association in presenting its 2024 Convention.

Texas’ nearly 5.5 million public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Texas as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

Meet Your Texas District Managers

  • Chris Manners

  • Jazmin Moralez

  • Neal Postma

This conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support, and professional development.

We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help. Stop by the exhibit hall so we can chat, or you can email us (cmanners@yamaha.com, jmoralez@yamaha.com, npostma@yamaha.com) with any questions. We’re eager to talk with you about your needs as an educator or performer.

We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the NU1XA AvantGrand Piano, DM3 Series mixing boards, DM7 Series mixers and Finger Drum Pads. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more. Have a wonderful conference! 

— Chris Manners, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corp. of America

— Jazmine Moralez, District Manager, Piano Division, Yamaha Corp. of America

— Neal Postma, District Manager, Higher Education Solutions , Yamaha Corp. of America

ELEVATE YOUR MUSIC PROGRAM WITH DM3 AND DM7 DIGITAL MIXERS! With revolutionary features and incredible sound, these state-of-the-art mixing consoles can raise your music program to new heights. Ask any Yamaha employee at our TMEA booth for a demo!

Professional Development Clinics at TMEA

Wednesday, February 7
  • 10:00 – 11:00 a.m. — Michael Pote, The Harmony Director HD-300: Taking Ear Training to the Next Level (CC 214A)
Thursday, February 8
  • 10:00 – 11:00 a.m. — Dr. Andrew Eldridge, Texas PAS Business Meeting (Grand Hyatt 4th Floor Crockett AB)
  • 2:30 – 3:30 p.m. — Omar Thomas, Navigating the Terrain: Cultural Appropriation in Band Music (CC 217)
  • 4:00 – 5:00 p.m. — Joseph Jefferson, Jazz Programing at Every Level (CC 217)
  • 8:00 – 9:00 p.m. — Jerry Junkin and Boston Brass, President’s Concert: Dallas Winds with special guest artists Boston Brass and Timothy McAllister (Lila Cockrell Theatre)
Friday, February 9
  • 10:00 – 10:50 a.m. — Jerry Junkin, Tastemakers: A Conversation on Music with Jerry Junkin (CC Hemisfair Ballroom 3)
  • 12:30 – 1:00 p.m. — Wiff Rudd, Express Brass (Baylor University) (CC North Lobby Music Showcase)
  • 2:30 – 3:30 p.m. — Eric Rath, Cultivating Percussion Ensemble Excellence in Small Schools (CC Hemisfair Ballroom 3)
  • 4:00 – 5:00 p.m. — Daniel Loudenback, PRESIDER: A Bilingual Approach to Teaching Mariachi (CC 225)
  • 4:00 – 5:00 p.m. — Richard Floyd, PRESIDER: An Informal Conversation with Robert Floyd (CC 220)
Saturday, February 10
  • 4:00 – 4:50 p.m. — Aric Schneller, Texas Community College Band Directors Association All-State Jazz Ensemble (CC Hemisfair Ballroom 1-2)

For a complete list of clinics and performances, visit the TMEA website

Join the Yamaha educator newsletter for a round-up of our articles and programs!

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

PRODUCT SHOWCASES

PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

DM3 Series

DM7 Series

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Harmony Director

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2



WINDS

Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo

NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin

SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum

NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone

CFM Series Concert Field Drum

Percussion Mallet Stands

Finger Drum Pad


DRUMS

Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice

Stage Custom Hip: Full Sound, Compact Size


PIANOS

NU1XA AvantGrand Piano

DC3XENPRO PE Disklavier Enspire


GUITARS

C40II Nylon Guitar

SLG SILENT guitar™


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad

Cubase Recording Software

Dorico Music Notation Software

Introduction to Dorico for iPad

Continue reading

OMEA 2022

Ohio Music Education Association 2022 Convention

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Ohio Music Education Association in presenting its 2022 Convention.

Ohio’s nearly 1.7 million public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Ohio as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you! 

Meet Dave Clark

Adam FrankThe Ohio Music Education Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult these past two years have been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and we want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Stop by the exhibit to chat, or you can email me at dclark@yamaha.com with any questions. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone, and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Have a wonderful conference!

— Dave Clark, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America 

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

Product Showcases

HARMONY DIRECTOR

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


WINDS

NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


Concert Chimes


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad


Cubase Recording Software


Dorico Music Notation Software


Introduction to Dorico for iPad


DRUMSETS

DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


40 Under 40 – 2022

2022 Yamaha “40 Under 40” — Celebrating Excellence in Music Education

Last year, Yamaha launched the “40 Under 40” music education advocacy program to celebrate and recognize outstanding music educators who are making a difference by growing and strengthening their music programs. Now, we celebrate the 2022 group of remarkable educators who triumphed before and during the pandemic to keep their programs thriving.  

These 40 educators — all under the age of 40 — showcase the following characteristics: action (anticipate what needs to be done and proactively take the necessary steps that lead to a stronger music program), courage (propose and implement new or bold ideas), creativity (show innovation and imagination in achieving plans and objectives) and growth (establish, grow or improve music education in their schools and communities). 

We received hundreds of nominations from students, parents, other teachers and administrators, local instrument dealers and mentors. The selected “40 Under 40” educators below have gone above and beyond to elevate music and music-making in their students’ lives — like Terry Nguyen, who shares traditional Japanese and Asian cultural and traditional arts, especially taiko drumming; Jennifer Stadler, who incorporates fun games and technology into her lessons at her private piano studio; Amanda Schoolland, whose music program honors the culture and traditions of the Tsimshian people who live in the small Alaska town of Metlakatla where she teaches; Alexander Wilga, who coordinated a proposal that secured guaranteed funding for music programs across his district; and Kenneth Perkins, who started a faculty and staff choir at his elementary school.

All the “40 Under 40” educators have remarkable stories behind their teaching philosophies and methods, and you’ll be inspired by all of them. 

Join us in applauding the 2022 class of “40 Under 40” educators.

Meet the 2024 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2023 “40 Under 40” Educators

Meet the 2021 “40 Under 40” Educators

David Amos

David Amos

Director of Bands
Heritage Middle School
Painesville, Ohio

Read more

Justin Antos

Dr. Justin Antos

Director of Bands and Orchestras
Dwight D. Eisenhower High School
Blue Island, Illinois

Read more

Cassandra Bechard

Dr. Cassandra Bechard

Director of Bands, Assistant Professor of Music
University of Northwestern St. Paul
St. Paul, Minnesota

Read more

Stephen Blanco

Stephen Blanco

Director of Mariachi Studies
Las Vegas High School
Las Vegas, Nevada

Read more

Robert Bryant

Dr. Robert Bryant

Music Education Coordinator,
Assistant Professor of Music
Tennessee State University
Nashville, Tennessee

Read more

Adam Calus

Adam Calus

Executive Director
Education Through Music — Massachusetts
Boston, Massachusetts

Read more

Kristopher Chandler

Kristopher Chandler

Director of Bands
Gautier High School
Gautier, Mississippi

Read more

Danielle Collins

Danielle Collins

Director of Music, Media, Entertainment Technology (MMET) Department
Academy for the Performing Arts
Huntington Beach High School
Huntington Beach, California

Read more

Dr. Nathan Dame

Dr. Nathan Dame

Director of Choral Activities,
Fine Arts Department Chair
Wylie East High School
Wylie, Texas

Read more

Brandon Felder

Brandon Felder

Fine Arts Music Director
SHABACH! K-8 Christian Academy
Landover, Maryland
Music Director
Georgetown University Gospel Choir
Washington, D.C.

Read more

Bryson Finney

Bryson Finney

Artistic Director, We Are Nashville Festival
Learning Technology Specialist
Metro Nashville Public Schools
Nashville, Tennessee

Read more

Alain Goindoo

Alain Goindoo

Director of Bands, Jeaga Middle School
West Palm Beach, Florida
Executive Director, Hope Symphony INC

Read more

Jayme Hayes

Jayme Hayes

Director of Bands
Mayberry Cultural and Fine Arts
Magnet Middle School
Wichita, Kansas

Read more

Jonathan Helmick

Dr. Jonathan Helmick

Director of Bands,
Associate Professor of Music,
Slippery Rock University
Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania

Read more

Anastasia Homes

Anastasia Homes

Director of Bands
San Elijo Middle School
San Marcos, California

Read more

Amir Jones

Amir Jones

Director of Bands
Thomas W. Harvey High School
Painseville, Ohio

Read more

Damon Knepper

Damon Knepper

Director of Bands and Orchestras
Ironwood Ridge High School
Oro Valley, Arizona

Read more

Katie O'Hara Labrie

Katie O’Hara LaBrie

Composer, Conductor, Clinician
Fairfax, Virginia

Read more

Wesley Lowe

Wes Lowe

Director of Instrumental Arts
The King’s Academy
West Palm Beach, Florida

Read more

Tracy Meldrum

Tracy Meldrum

Director of Bands, Fine Arts Department Chair
Verrado High School
Buckeye, Arizona

Read more

Tammy Miller

Tammy Miller

Artist Faculty of Piano
Omaha Conservatory of Music
Omaha, Nebraska

Read more

Gabrielle Molina

Gabrielle Molina

Executive Director
Project Music
Stamford, Connecticut

Read more

Justin John Moniz

Dr. Justin John Moniz

Associate Director of Vocal Performance,
Coordinator of Vocal Pedagogy
New York University — The Steinhardt School of Culture, Education and Human Development
New York, New York

Read more

Bryant Montalvo

Bryant Montalvo

Music Teacher, Choir Director
Central Falls High School
Central Falls, Rhode Island

Read more

Cody Newman

Cody Newman

Director of Bands
Forney High School
Forney, Texas

Read more

Terry Nguyen

Terry Nguyen

Lecturer
University of California, Riverside
Riverside, California

Read more

Tanner Otto

Tanner Otto

Orchestra Director
Sycamore Community Schools
Cincinnati, Ohio

Read more

Kenneth Perkins

Kenneth Perkins

Music Teacher
Joseph Keels Elementary School
Columbia, South Carolina

Read more

Joel Pohland

Joel Pohland

Band Director (8-12),
Assistant Band Director (5-7)
Pierz Healy High School
Pierz, Minnesota

Read more

Alec Powell

Alec Powell

Director of Choirs
Mountain Ridge Junior High
American Fork, Utah

Read more

Benjamin Rogers

Benjamin Rogers

Director of Choirs
Liberty Middle School
Spanaway, Washington

Read more

Amanda Schoolland

Amanda Schoolland

Music Director, Computer Coding Instructor
Metlakatla High School
Metlakatla, Alaska

Read more

Jennifer Stadler

Jennifer Stadler

Independent Piano Teacher
Jennifer Stadler’s Piano Studio
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma

Read more

Mark Stanford

Mark Stanford

Director of Bands, Music Teacher
Springfield High School
Springfield, Pennsylvania

Read more

Brandon Tambellini

Brandon Tambellini

Band Director
Blackhawk High School
Beaver Falls, Pennsylvania

Read more

Heather Taylor

Heather Taylor

Instrumental Music Teacher
Lakeshore Elementary School
Rochester, New York

Read more

Katie VanDoren

Katie VanDoren

Associate Director of Bands
Vandergrift High School
Austin, Texas

Read more

Chris Vitale

Chris Vitale

Director of Bands
Westfield High School
Westfield, New Jersey

Read more

Armond Walter

Armond Walter

Director of Instrumental Music
Meadville Area Middle School
Meadville Area Senior High School
Meadville, Pennsylvania

Read more

Alexander M. Wilga

Alex Wilga

Director of Bands
Davenport Central High School
Davenport, Iowa

Read more

Continue reading

Understanding Bandwidth and What it Means for HDMI®

It’s not easy navigating the ever-changing world of video and audio for home entertainment. It seems like new formats and terms are popping up constantly.

Bandwidth is a word you hear a lot these days, in reference to both computers and consumer electronics. In this article, we’ll take a look at what bandwidth means and how it impacts your home AV system.

Speed vs. Bandwidth

When defined in reference to what comes through your internet router, bandwidth refers to the maximum amount of digital data that can pass through the cable (or, in the case of Wi-Fi, through the air) in a given amount of time. It’s typically measured in Megabits per second (Mbps) or Gigabits per second (Gbps). A bit is the smallest increment in digital data; a Megabit is one million bits, and a Gigabit is a thousand times bigger. Don’t confuse Megabits and Gigabits (Mb and Gb) with Megabytes and Gigabytes (MB and GB), which are much larger and are used to measure file size.

So far, so good, but here’s a crucial concept: When it comes to digital data, speed isn’t the same as bandwidth. Although they’re both measured in Mbps or Gbps, speed refers to how fast the data moves, whereas bandwidth refers to the cable’s (or Wi-Fi’s) maximum capacity to carry data in a given period of time.

“Think of it as a wide-open highway versus that same highway with a one-mile construction zone that drops down to two lanes,” suggests Phil Shea, Content Development Manager for Consumer Audio at Yamaha. “Bandwidth is how many open lanes are available for the whole trip.”

Line of traffic on highway being directed via orange cones and electronic arrow sign to move into one lane from many due to lane closure.
Think of the data as the cars and the bandwidth as the size of the highway.

Another analogy would be to a water hose. The wider the hose, the more water can pass through it at any one time.

HDMI Bandwidth

Bandwidth is also used as a measurement of how much data you can stream over HDMI®, whether it’s coming from an internet router, a streaming device (like a Roku® box), a gaming console or a Blu-ray player, and whether it’s going to an AV receiver or directly to your TV.

If you have an AV receiver or sound bar in your system, it provides what’s referred to as HDMI passthrough. That means that data coming from your router, streaming box, game console or Blu-ray player goes into your receiver or sound bar and exits unchanged from that device’s HDMI output. From there, you connect it to your TV with another HDMI cable. (For more information about these kinds of interconnections, check out this blog posting.)

The diagram below shows a simple setup. The content comes through the internet router, where it’s sent, either via ethernet or Wi-Fi, to a streaming device that’s connected to the AV receiver with an HDMI cable. The receiver amplifies the audio and sends it to the speakers (two speakers are shown here, but it could be a surround system) while the HDMI signal gets passed through the receiver and sent to the TV to provide the video portion of the content.

Diagram.
How HDMI passthrough works.

How Much Is Too Much?

The amount of bandwidth you need depends on the data rate of the content that you want to watch. (Data rate refers to the actual amount of information that’s required for a particular format such as 1080p, 2160p, 4K 30Hz, 4K 60Hz or 4K 120Hz.) The higher the format’s resolution, the more HDMI bandwidth it requires. It’s important to note that your system will only deliver as much bandwidth as its least capable component. So if your receiver supports 8K, but your TV only supports 4K 60Hz, then the latter will be the maximum resolution you can watch.

The reason why this occurs is due to an HDMI feature called Extended Display Identification Data (EDID). The source device (e.g., Apple TV®, Roku, etc.) checks with the TV to establish the highest quality of content that the system can support. If every device agrees that they are capable of 4K 120, for example, then the source will send 4K 120 signal up the line. But if something in the system can only do 4K 30, then the source will only send 4K 30.

Cabling Counts

But there’s one part of your system that EDID doesn’t factor in: your HDMI cables. For example, if all the devices are compatible with 4K 120, the source will send out 4K 120. But if the cables don’t have the capacity to carry 4K 120 signal, you’ll get bad things like blank screens, dropouts and intermittent sound.

When HDMI 2.1 was released a few years ago, it included a new cable standard supporting 48 Gbps bandwidth. But HDMI 2.0 cables only can handle 18 Gbps, so if you want content in 4K 120 (or, eventually, 8K), you’ll not only need components with sufficient bandwidth but cables with that same capacity too.

Closeup of the connector.
Not all HDMI cables have the same bandwidth.

The 8K Way?

The 8K format is the “new shiny object” of TV technology, with video resolution of 7680 × 4320 pixels. That’s four times as many pixels as 4K UHD (3840 x 2160) and sixteen times as many as Full HD (1920 x 1080). It requires so much data that you’ll not only need components capable of its bandwidth demands but HDMI 2.1 cables as well.

But if you’re adding new components or building a completely new system, do you need it to be 8K capable? Not necessarily, says Shea … at least for now. “By far the most important thing is the dynamic range,” he says, referring to the brightness and contrast of the TV display when using video formats like HDR10+ and Dolby Vision™. “That offers the biggest improvement in picture quality. If you’re not doing 8K video streaming, then having a 40 Gbps receiver and nothing else in your system at that level doesn’t help.” Entry-level Yamaha AV receivers like the RX-V6A or RX-V4A offer 24 Gbps of HDMI bandwidth, sufficient, according to Shea, “for most consumer applications.”

Closeup of front panel of unit.
Yamaha RX-V6A AV receiver.

The bottom line is that not everyone needs the biggest, baddest, fastest componentry out there when everything in the system is limiting. As long as you’re satisfied with the video and audio quality your home entertainment system is delivering, the specific bandwidth it’s using is irrelevant. After all, it’s about the experience, not the numbers.

A Brief Guide to Drum Tonewoods

Drum shells are constructed from a variety of materials, but wood is by far the most popular. Wood is strong, stable, easy to work with, produces a good sound and can be manufactured in a variety of eye-catching finishes. What’s more, different types of wood contribute different tonal characteristics to a drum, such as:

  • Warmth: A mellow tone comprised mostly of mid-range frequencies
  • Attack: The amount of clarity and articulation that is present in each stroke
  • Sustain: The length of time during which the sound of the drums resonates before decaying
  • Projection: The level of power and volume that is created
  • Low end: The amount of low-end frequencies the drum produces
  • Sensitivity: How quickly and accurately sound is produced when the drum is struck

Yamaha began making drums in the late 1960s using birch and mahogany. According to Daryl Anderson (Senior Designer, Drums), those tonewoods were selected not only because they were structurally sound, but because they had a tonality that worked well for the music of that era. “The changes in construction of Yamaha drums in the decades since are reflections of what was happening in the music scene,” he explains. As an example, Anderson cites the Yamaha Recording Custom Series introduced in 1975 (originally named the 9000 Series), which were the first 100% birch drums available. “Their sound was characteristic of the music of the time,” he says, “with a cutting attack and deep low frequencies. As music evolves, we react in the way we create new instruments.” (Here’s what a YD9000 Recording Series drum kit sounds like).

Let’s take a look at the various tonewoods commonly used to construct drum shells.

Birch

Birch is a durable hardwood that has long been popular for use in drum shells because it’s easily pliable and grows plentifully throughout the Northern Hemisphere. It’s a strong, medium-weight wood that usually has a straight grain pattern; although sometimes, the grain can appear curly. Birch typically has a white color that takes stain well and can develop an attractive yellow tint as it ages.

The North American birch used to make Yamaha Recording Custom Series drum shells reduces unwanted overtones while producing a powerful, bright sound that cuts through the densest instrumentation, with excellent low-end boom. Here’s Yamaha artist Larnell Lewis playing a Recording Custom kit.

Classic full drum kit with high hats and bass drum. The name Yamaha appears on drum face.
The iconic Yamaha Recording Custom Series.

Chinese birch, used in Yamaha Stage Custom Birch Series drums, needs a slightly warmer climate, so the wood grows a little faster and is a little softer than the North American variety. It produces a balanced tone across the entire frequency range with plenty of bite for a more “vintage” sound. Here’s what a Stage Custom Birch snare drum sounds like.

Maple

North American maple is a very strong hardwood that grows plentifully in the Northeastern United States and Canada. It’s durable and dense, with a light cream color and a smooth grain pattern that looks great when stained.

Maple has been a mainstay of drum shells for many years due to its crisp tonality, balanced mids and highs, and slightly warm low end. The shells used for Yamaha Absolute Hybrid Maple Series drums consist of three plies of maple on each side of a single ply of wenge (see below), which makes for a rich, powerful sound with excellent sensitivity, projection and sustain. Here’s Wale Adeyemi playing an Absolute Hybrid Maple drum kit.

North American and European maple shells give Yamaha Tour Custom Series drums a refined tone with quick response, excellent sustain and a focused low end, making them suitable for any musical style. Here’s Yamaha artist Larnell Lewis playing a Tour Custom Maple kit.

Oak

Oak is an extremely durable, dense hardwood that thrives in the Northern Hemisphere. It’s strong and heavy, with a characteristic deep grain that’s easy to recognize. What’s more, oak stains very well, enabling it to take on colors ranging from light beige to a dark walnut.

Oak drum shells yield a very low fundamental tone (the basic pitch of the drum) for a focused sound, along with a solid midrange and bright, cutting highs, as well as excellent projection. Yamaha Live Custom Hybrid Oak Series drums are constructed using three plies of oak on each side of a center ply of phenolic material, then hand-finished with traditional Japanese uzukuri for a uniquely beautiful appearance.

Closeup of wood grain.
Live Custom Hybrid Oak Series shells are hand-finished.

Here’s Yamaha artist Satoshi Bandoh playing a Live Custom Hybrid Oak kit.

Poplar

Poplar is a relatively light, stiff and resonant tonewood that has a straight, uniform grain with a white or creamy yellow color. Due to this light hue, minerals soaked up from the ground sometimes create streaks of color through the wood, ranging from blue and green to red and yellow, giving it a striking appearance.

Poplar has been used for years in the construction of drum shells, both on its own or layered with other tonewoods. It yields a smooth, even tone with gentle highs and mids, along with a slightly boosted low end. Yamaha Rydeen Series drums feature six-ply poplar shells to achieve a warm tone with a good deal of bite as well as a great low end.

Bright red drum kit with Yamaha on bass drum.
Yamaha Rydeen Series.

Wenge

Found primarily in Central Africa, wenge is an extremely hard, dense wood with a medium to dark brown color, coarse straight grain and black veins. Wenge produces a relatively bright tone and resonant low end, and it’s used as the center ply in the construction of Yamaha Absolute Hybrid Maple drums.

Closeup of inside edge of a drum shell showing the layers of wood and other materials that make up the shell.
Yamaha Absolute Hybrid Maple shell.

Jatoba

Also known as Brazilian cherry, jatoba is found primarily in Central America and is one of the most popular exotic woods. Jatoba heartwood (from the dense inner part of the tree) is extremely hard and varies in color from light orange/brown to dark red/brown. Positioned as the center (and hardest) ply in Yamaha PHX Series drums, jatoba helps increase projection and strengthens the fundamental tone of the drum. Here’s Yamaha artist Moses Boyd playing a PHX Series drum kit.

Closeup of a drum.
Yamaha PHX Series drums are available in a variety of stunning finishes.

Mahogany

A heavy wood with straight, fine grain, mahogany grows in Cuba, Honduras, Mexico and Africa, and is often used in the construction of musical instruments due to its resonant properties. When used to make drum shells, mahogany yields soft highs, a smooth midrange and a boomy low end.

Kapur

A reddish-brown hardwood that grows primarily in Malaysia and Indonesia, kapur has a straight grain and a hardness that’s in-between maple and jatoba. Drum shells manufactured from kapur produce a good deal of boom with plenty of projection.

Hybrids

Yamaha PHX Series drums employ a unique shell configuration with plies of North American maple, kapur and jatoba. “The PHX shell has the hardest ply — the jatoba — at the center,” says Anderson. “On either side are plies of kapur, then we use maple for the inside and outside plies of the shell. Jatoba is incredibly dense and serves to excite the adjacent layers, sort of the way dropping a stone in a lake causes the energy to ripple outward.” The result is a shell that maximizes attack and sustain while providing plenty of projection and warmth.

Crosscut image of shell.
Yamaha PHX shell excitation structure.

As mentioned previously, wenge is used as the center ply in Yamaha Absolute Hybrid Maple drum shells. “Wenge is harder and more dense than maple, so it produces a brighter sound and a higher pitch compared to maple,” Anderson explains. “It changes the tone versus a 100% maple shell. The very hard and dense center ply of the Absolute Hybrid Maple helps energize the drum shell chamber, increasing dynamic range, sensitivity, projection and volume. Basically, it takes that classic maple sound and bumps it up a few notches.”

The shells for Yamaha Live Custom Hybrid Oak drums are constructed with a phenolic center ply — a type of resin. “Once we discovered how the core excites the adjacent layers,” says Anderson, “we experimented with a phenolic sheet as the center ply, and it reacted in a similar way as using a jatoba or wenge core because the phenolic resin is very hard and very dense.” This unique combination produces a drum shell with excellent projection and a balanced tone with bite.

Manufacturing Process

In addition to the tonewoods selected, the manufacturing process plays a critical role. Anderson explains the Yamaha method of making drum shells: “The veneer is kept at constant temperature and humidity to prevent delamination due to environmental changes (heat or humidity, for example), and we cut the veneer at a bias to ensure a perfect diagonal seam. The wood plies are cross-laminated for increased shell strength, and the seams are staggered around the shell so they don’t overlap. We use an ‘air seal’ system where an air bag is dropped into the center of the mold and inflated, pushing outward against the interior of the shell and marrying those plies together. This guarantees a perfect cylinder with uniform pressure throughout the shell. The whole thing — under pressure — goes into a huge microwave oven that bakes the glue and dries it quickly, and that’s how a Yamaha drum shell is born.”

“We take the same care in the paint process,” he adds, “using environmental chambers to test whether our paint recipes are going to last if they’re exposed to extremely hot and humid environments or extremely cold and dry environments. We need to ensure that when our drums are purchased by someone — whether they live in Ontario, Canada or in the middle of Brazil — they arrive safely and will last a lifetime.”

 

Want to hear a comparison between the sounds of these different tonewoods? Check out this video:

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha acoustic drums.

Fix It: Tips for Teaching Rhythmic Accuracy on the Piano

Rhythm is the bedrock of music. Without it, we would have a random set of pitches aimlessly poking through our sonic world.

A strong understanding of rhythm and the development of an internal pulse are key skills all musicians and music students must possess.

However, too often, students and even their teachers focus their efforts on pitch accuracy with little attention to rhythm. This can lead to playing that lacks character, forward drive and a sense of phrasing. Here are some common errors I have encountered in the piano studio along with proven solutions.

Fix it: Unsteady Sense of Pulse

It is important to recognize the difference between rhythm and pulse. Pulse is what we consider the “beat,” while rhythm consists of the long and short sounds that fit within the pulse. It is common for students to play without a steady pulse. Sometimes this can be due to deficiencies with their playing technique. More often, it is because they have not fully internalized a steady sense of pulse.

HEAD OF THE CLASS: The P-22 Upright Piano

As teachers, sometimes we make the error of immediately reaching for the metronome, hoping that it will solve the problem. However, it is important to note that the metronome is a tool to help us remember the pulse or recall what different speeds are. The metronome is not the panacea for all pulse and rhythmic issues.

Solution — To addressyoung female student marching pulse and rhythm problems, I like to use movement activities that can be accomplished away from the piano. I find this approach to be more effective. It also creates a small break in the lesson when the student can stand up and refocus with a different activity. Some movement ideas include marching or patsching (tapping on thighs) while singing the melody of the piece.

These movements can also be used in a call-and-answer game of different rhythms as well as more traditional exercises like rhythmic dictation. An understanding of subdivisions can also be addressed with these activities. Inspiration for other movement activities can be found by exploring the teachings of Kodály, Orff and Dalcroze. Once I am convinced students have developed a reliable sense of pulse, I then introduce them to the metronome to help remind them of that pulse.

Fix it: Misinterpreting Rhythmic Notation

Incorrectly reading the rhythm of a passage is another common error made by piano students. Again, because we can sometimes be so focused on pitch accuracy, rhythm is forgotten. In this case, teachers often resort to some type of counting hoping that this will immediately solve the issue. In her book “Professional Piano Teaching, Volume 1,” Jeanine Jacobson outlines four counting systems:

  • Descriptive (nominative) — the student uses rhythmically spoken note names (quarter, half note, etc.)
  • Numerical — the student counts the number of beats for each note value (i.e., a half note is 1-2, a whole note is 1-2-3-4)
  • Metric — the student counts the number of beats per measure successively (i.e., 1 always refers to beat 1, 4 always refers to beat 4)
  • Syllabic — the student counts using an arbitrary set of syllables or words (i.e., Kodály system uses ta, ta-ty)

Many piano method books focus on the first three approaches, which are very helpful when decoding rhythms. However, teachers can and should also apply the use of syllabic counting. Even if this approach is not employed in the method book being used, teachers can always supplement this knowledge with their own activities and explanations.

Solution — I personally like to incorporate the principles of Dr. Edwin Gordon’s Music Learning Theory in my teaching. I introduce my students to reading rhythmic notation using his rhythmic syllable system. It is a beat function system and places emphasis on the rhythmic function of micro and macro beats. I feel that this approach helps students feel  the rhythm. Not only do they learn to internalize rhythms with conviction, they also easily grasp the concept of subdivision. As a result, the transfer of this knowledge to their own repertoire is seamless. Another similar approach that uses the principle of beat function but with different syllables is the Takadimi system.

The syllabic approach to rhythm allows students to feel and verbalize rhythms before trying to play them on the piano. Furthermore, they will be able to confidently and accurately recognize and replicate the same rhythmic patterns in different contexts. Once students develop this skill, the transition to metric counting will be much easier, and they will more likely be open to counting while playing! I highly recommend looking into the syllabic approach by attending workshops and conference sessions. This YouTube video provides a short introduction.

THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

Fix It: Not Feeling the Difference Between Simple and Compound Meters

two female students facing each other while holding hands and swaying The musical flow of 4/4 versus 6/8 meter is very different. Often, students may not read rhythms correctly because they do not have a full understanding of the meter.

Solution — Again, movement activities will work best to help students appreciate the difference of meters. I sometimes like to join hands with students and help them sway back and forth, alternating weight on each foot to help them feel the pulse of each meter. Doing this while singing a passage or saying a rhythm together will help them feel the accurate rhythm as well as the overall phrasing. It will also help them develop a sense of the subdivisions within each big beat. Once students feel confident with this activity, I may pair them together or have older siblings help younger siblings develop that same understanding of meter.

By focusing on rhythm, you will help your students play with greater confidence and accuracy. Their playing will communicate more musicality, artistry, vitality and character. Once a sense of rhythm and pulse is internalized, your students will enjoy learning music independently and they will play with flair.

Picking the Best TV for Your Space

How do you select the best TV for your space? There are so many options out there, it can get confusing. You also have to think about how large the TV should be, where and how high it should be placed, and how you will mount it if you end up deciding it should go on a wall.

In this article we’ll demystify all these factors so you can simply kick back and enjoy some great shows and movies on your new TV.

Think Big

In my experience as an installer, I never get complaints from a client that their TV is “too big.” On the other hand, I’m often asked to swap out smaller sets for larger ones. So, to avoid annoying trips back to the store, re-stocking fees, or dealing with painful return processes — think big!

How big are we talking about? Since TVs are very high resolution nowadays, you can get very close to the screen without seeing pixels. The accepted formula for minimum viewing distance (1.5x the screen width) reveals that you only have to be about 8.75 feet away from an 85″ diagonal display. I’m guessing this is probably much closer than many people think.

I always recommend putting some blue tape on the wall to simulate the outer dimensions of a TV — a cheap and easy exercise — before you finalize the size of the set you’re going to buy. By doing this, you will likely find that the TV you thought was “too big” still looks kind of small on the wall. If you are waffling between two sizes (a 75″ and 85″ model, for instance), my advice is to always purchase the larger size if you can afford it.

One last important note: TV manufacturers always list two heights: without stand and with stand. Use the “without stand” number if you plan to mount the set on a wall; use “with stand” if you intend to sit it on top of a piece of furniture.

The Room Dictates the Size

An important consideration for TV selection is how wide the room is. If you have some important seats that are off to the side of the TV and not directly in front, you may want to select an OLED model instead of a standard LCD one. These TVs have a wider viewing angle, so those folks off to the side won’t experience a darker image just because they are not in the prime seat. OLEDs are typically premium quality, so you are not just paying for the wide-angle capability, but also for better black levels and a more dynamic and detailed image. In my opinion, they’re worth the extra bucks.

Needless to say, bigger spaces like the family room, rec room or home theater require bigger TVs. The minimum size set I recommend for those locations is 65″, but most of these types of rooms can accommodate a 75″, 85″ or even 100″ TV pretty easily.

Locations like an office or home gym will generally require somewhat smaller TVs — usually in the 55″ to 65″ range — as will main bedrooms if space permits. Guest bedrooms are often outfitted with smaller models (43″ to 55″) while kitchens only require compact TVs in the 24″ to 32″ range. Mind you, these are just typical home guidelines. If you happen to watch a lot of movies in your bedroom or office, by all means go bigger!

How High?

This is something a lot of folks get wrong. In today’s home designs, there are less and less places to put a TV … and most of the available areas are not great. For example, a typical family room design uses the fireplace as a focal point and has a ton of windows. This forces you to put the TV above the fireplace, which is always too high. For optimum comfort (and minimum neck strain), your eyes should be level with the middle to the bottom third of the screen when seated. This is the most comfortable viewing angle for the human body. In other words, a 65″ TV should be mounted so that the bottom of the TV is roughly 26″ off the ground.

A typical fireplace mantel, on the other hand, is 60″ off the ground — far from ideal. So get that TV as low as possible when room design permits. That said, you need to keep in mind any potential obstacles that could obstruct the view — things like coffee table knick-knacks, bed footboards and other furniture. Make sure they are not going to block any part of the screen at your selected TV height and viewing position.

In addition, for optimum audio, you’ll want to add a sound bar, which should be placed as close to seated ear level as possible. This typically dictates that the sound bar be positioned under the TV. For that reason, you’ll need to take its dimensions into consideration before finalizing your TV height. (Note that, like TVs, most sound bars can be mounted on a wall or placed on top of a piece of furniture.) For more information about mounting a TV and sound bar, check out this blog posting.

Mount Up

Finally, there’s the important decision about whether you should mount your TV on the wall or simply put it on top of a credenza or other piece of furniture. The answer largely depends on the desired height and the aesthetic you are going after, as well as any physical restrictions. For example, if you’re an apartment-dweller, you may not be able to drill into the wall to hide wires … or you may not have an electrical outlet on the wall where you want to put the TV. In that case, using a piece of furniture instead of wall-mounting may be your best bet.

If you do decide to mount the TV on a wall, you need to select a bracket type. There are three options here: tilt brackets, articulating arms and simple flat brackets. A tilt bracket is a must if for some reason you need to mount the TV very high up (for example, above the fireplace, as previously discussed). This will give you the flexibility to angle it downward. Unfortunately, these brackets are a little on the thick side, so your TV will stick off the wall an extra inch or so compared to a flat bracket. If your room has multiple viewing locations, then an articulating arm makes sense, but this is an even thicker bracket and will make the set stick off the wall an additional 3-4 inches. Assuming you can mount the TV at the correct height, and you have only a single primary viewing position, a flat bracket is the lowest cost, thinnest and best option.

 

Choosing the right TV — in terms of both size and location — allows you to create an immersive home viewing experience. Integrate it with a quality audio system for an equally immersive listening experience and you’ll have every angle covered … literally.

Auxiliary Instruments Every Concert Band Should Have

At some point, concert band directors will need some auxiliary instruments. You may need to purchase these instruments for a music program at a new school. Or, you may need to replace instruments that are far too old and worn out to take to the stage anymore.

With bands performing auxiliary-heavy modern pieces like “Godzilla Eats Las Vegas!” by Eric Whitacre, it can be difficult to determine which and how many auxiliary instruments you will need. In this article, I will list the ones that every concert band should have on hand.

Auxiliary Percussion

This is the area where you will spend most of your auxiliary instrument budget. Percussionists are always jumping from instrument to instrument for effect. The following auxiliary percussion instruments are must-haves.

  • two female percussionist playing the marimba and vibraphoneTimpani and Marimba : While many directors consider these standard instruments, they are technically auxiliary. A nice marimba (see photo to the right) is a must-have because it adds a mellow timbre that carries in a way that cannot be substituted by other tuned bar instruments like the xylophone or vibraphone. The timpani adds depth to the low end of a band’s sound. They are actually an evolved version of military drums. This versatile instrument can be found in operas, concertos and marches. These two instruments are at the top of the list because they are expensive and can be difficult to maintain. If your band program doesn’t have high-quality timpani and a rosewood marimba, set aside money in the budget for these first.
  • Brake Drum: With a little bit of searching, band directors can find a brake drum, which is a large piece from a car wheel, for free. It sounds like an anvil being struck. You play the brake drum with regular drumsticks.
  • Crotales: This set of small, cymbal-shaped bells are placed in a way that makes them look like the keys on a piano. They can be struck with a stick or even played with a bow for an eerie effect.
  • Castanets: These are common in concert band literature, especially Spanish marches. If you have a small budget, get the regular wooden castanets that you hold in each hand. If you have extra cash, get a castanet machine, a vertical stand with built-in castanets; you press or tap on the instruments with your hands. Having castanets on a stand and readily available will help percussionists with fast transitions.
  • Guiro: A specialized scraper instrument made from a hollowed and notched gourd, a guiro makes a ratchet sound when you run a stick along the notches.
  • Bell Tree: This is a tree of inverted and nested metal bowls that is scraped in a downward motion for a unique sound effect. The bell tree as we know it today was invented relatively recently — around 1950 — musically speaking.
  • Blocks: Wood blocks (a single piece of wood with a slit in it) and temple blocks (a set of five hollow wood or plastic blocks) are found in many scores. They can be heard in band pieces like “The Wooden Clock,” where the instruments create the featured tick tock sound.
  • Shakers: While most band programs have some type of shakers, it’s always a good idea to expand the percussion cabinet and get more. Egg shakers, maracas, woven basket-type shakers like the shakere are a good place to start.
  • Slapstick: If you plan on playing the ever-popular holiday tune, “Sleigh Ride,” next winter, make sure you have a slapstick (two pieces of wood connected by a hinge on one end) on hand to mimic the sound of a whip.

Other fun auxiliary percussion instruments you should consider having on hand include a vibraslap (imitates a jaw-bone rattle), flexitone (makes a comical “boing” sound and when played very fast, mimics the sound of an old phone ringing) and ratchet  (makes rattling and clicking sounds and can be found in some of Strauss’s and Schoenberg’s pieces).

flugelhornAuxiliary Brass

The must-have auxiliary brass instrument is the flugelhorn, which is usually easy for trumpet players to transition to.

While the Bb trumpet and flugelhorn share the same tubing size, the timbre of the two instruments is very different, which is mainly due to the shape of the bell. Also, the flare of the flugelhorn’s tubing begins closer to the mouthpiece than the trumpet, giving it more of a dark timbre.

You can put bass trombones and piccolo trumpets on your wish list, but the flugelhorn is the most commonly used auxiliary brass instrument you see in a score (one example is this arrangement of “Auld Lang Syne”). The flugelhorn is also found in arrangements of folk songs and traditional holiday tunes. Amanda MucCulough’s “Charon’s Lullaby” is a really interesting use of the flugelhorn, which is the character of Charon, the Greek ferryman of Hades.

Auxiliary Woodwinds

piccoloThe must-have auxiliary woodwind for a concert band is a grenadilla wood piccolo. While many band directors make do with a metal marching piccolo and others get away with using all flutes for Sousa marches, leaving out this little instrument takes away a certain timbral je ne sais quoi.

If it’s not in your budget to get a real grenadilla wood instrument, consider synthetic grenadilla wood or even a resin one. Remember: Anything is better than a metal piccolo when it comes to an indoor concert band.

Other auxiliary woodwinds to consider, especially if you plan on delving into college-level repertoire, are an Eb clarinet, bass clarinet and English horn. Those with larger band programs (and hopefully, a larger budget) might be able to get an alto flute or a bass flute.

A great budget hack when it comes to these smaller woodwinds is to go to garage sales and flea markets. While you are unlikely to find an English horn, you’d be surprised how many different kinds of clarinets and piccolos are floating around at outdoor garage sales! They might need a trip to the repair shop, but this is much more economical than buying one from an instrument retailer.

Auxiliary Instruments: Substitutions

If you can’t afford all the instruments on this list, get creative and substitute some instruments. While shakers vary widely in timbres, many of them can be substituted for one another when you’re in a pinch. Crotales can be replaced with some types of bells, and guiros can be replaced with other scrapers.

Unfortunately, there aren’t many great substitutions for auxiliary woodwinds and brass instruments, though you can cheat a little by using timbres. If you can’t get a piccolo, Eb clarinet or another reedy wooden instrument, ask your clarinets, oboes and saxes to be louder or teach them to change their tone color to something more bright. The same goes for brass if you don’t have a flugelhorn. Ask your other conical-bore instruments like the euphonium and French horn to come up in volume and become more mellow and dark.

Lastly, if your budget is tight, plan out all of your concerts during the summer. That way, you know what pieces your ensembles will play for each concert, and you’ll know exactly what instruments you will need, too!

With a little planning and research, you can have a variety of auxiliary instruments for your program. Once you know what you can and can’t get and what you actually need, buying new bells and whistles (quite literally!) can be fun! Happy shopping!

UMEA 2022

Utah Music Educators Association 2022 Professional Development Conference

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Utah Music Educators Association in presenting its 2022 Professional Development Conference.

Utah’s nearly 660,000 public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Utah as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you! 

Meet Wes Kreitz

Adam FrankThe Utah Music Education Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult these past two years have been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and I want to express my appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Stop by and say hi to me in the exhibit hall. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum.

If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to me at wkreitz@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Have a wonderful conference!

— Wes Kreitz, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America 

Professional Development Resources

Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

Product Showcases

HARMONY DIRECTOR

HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


WINDS

NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


STRINGS

YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


PERCUSSION

NEW MS-9414 Series

NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


Concert Chimes


SOFTWARE

Dorico for iPad


Cubase Recording Software


Dorico Music Notation Software


Introduction to Dorico for iPad


DRUMSETS

DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


Top 10 Electric Guitar Effects

It’s not just distortion, delay and reverb anymore. Today, there are thousands upon thousands of plug-ins and pedals that can change the sound of an electric guitar in countless ways. To help cut through the fuzz, here are 10 of the most popular electric guitar effects, complete with audio examples and screenshots showing their settings.

1. DISTORTION

When you think of blazing hot guitar sounds, there’s usually distortion involved. This comes from the harmonic saturation that occurs when you overload a preamp and/or vacuum tubes, but it can also be successfully emulated in digital models of amp sounds. Distortion is a mainstay of heavy metal and thrash music and provides extra sustain, tone and grit to your signal — think the classic sound of Randy Rhoads on Ozzy Osbourne’s “Crazy Train.”

Screenshot.

2. FUZZ

Fuzz is another form of distortion, this time generated by using transistors to create a “clipped” square wave. (Like distortion, fuzz is something that can be successfully emulated by digital models.) Jimi Hendrix’s “Foxy Lady” is one of the best examples of fuzz guitar on record.

Screenshot.

3. DELAY

A delay is simply a copy of the original signal, usually occurring milliseconds later. Many guitar effects processors and pedals allow you to set this in BPM (Beats Per Minute) with the use of a “tap tempo” button so that the delays can be synchronized with the music. Controls typically allow you adjust the effect level, the delay time and number of delays, as well as the amount of feedback (that is, how much output signal is fed back to the input). You can also usually pan the delays in stereo for an even more powerful sonic experience, as you can hear in the audio clip below. U2 guitarist The Edge often uses delays prominently, for example on “Where The Streets Have No Name.”

Screenshot.

4. REVERB

Reverb is the sound of an acoustic space, where sound waves are bouncing off walls, ceilings and floors to create a sonic “wash.” Early recording studios (such as the famed Abbey Road in London, or Capitol Records in Los Angeles) created reverb by placing speakers in small but very “live” rooms (usually with tiled walls and concrete floors and ceilings), with carefully spaced microphones placed nearby to pick up the “re-amped” sound, which would then be blended in with the original source signal.

Of course, this method of generating reverb wasn’t (and still isn’t!) practical for most people. Starting in the 1960s, guitar amps often came outfitted with a spring (or set of springs) to generate reverb, along with mounted transducers to pick up the reverberated signal. (Think Dick Dale or any surfer guitarist of the era.) Today’s digital emulations of spring reverbs (whether in pedal or plug-in form) sound equally cool.

Screenshot.

The recording studios of the ’70s offered a different kind of reverb called “plate” reverb. This was generated by a large, thin sheet of metal suspended by springs or clamps, with contact mics mounted on its surface to pick up the reverberated sound. Again, this isn’t practical for most homes (or stages), but modern digital emulations of plate reverbs sound just as good, making for a nice “washy” effect in which the sound of the guitar seems to float in space.

Screenshot.

5. PHASER

What happens when you combine two identical audio signals together, but with one very slightly delayed? You get something known as phasing. Guitar phasers apply subtle filtering to shift the phase relationship of the two signals back and forth, creating this signature effect. The late Eddie Van Halen was well known for his use of phasing, as can be heard on songs like “Eruption” and “Atomic Punk.”

Screenshot.

6. FLANGER

Add a subtle time modulation to phasing and you get what is known as flanging. (The term originated because this overlay of signals initially was done by playing two tape recordings of the same sound simultaneously while subtly changing the speed of one by gently pressing a finger down on the metal flange of one of the tape reels.) Technically, this creates what’s known as a comb filtering effect, but most of us simply refer to it as a “swooshing” sound.

Screenshot.

7. CHORUS

Chorus is one of the most popular guitar effects. It uses subtle time and pitch differences to create a “doubling” effect that adds sparkle and shimmer to your sound. The delay times are usually quite short — under 30 milliseconds (thousandths of a second) — and the pitch wobble is generated by modulating the delay time with an LFO (Low Frequency Oscillator). Chorusing was a mainstay of the sound of Police guitarist Andy Summers; think “Message In a Bottle.”

Screenshot.

8. PITCH SHIFT

A pitch shifter alters the frequency (pitch) of the original input signal, then blends it back in with itself. This can be used to generate either a different musical note (a fourth, fifth, octave, etc.), or more commonly, a very subtle detuning of the note (a quarter-tone or less) for a “harmonizer” effect. With the use of a blend knob, you can add the extra shifted note (or notes) back into the original signal to your taste.

Screenshot.

9. ROTARY

This guitar effect is based upon the sound of a rotating speaker cabinet called a “Leslie,” originally designed for use with the Hammond organ. It didn’t take long before players like George Harrison realized how cool it was to run a guitar through a Leslie too! It’s a big part of his sound in his late-era Beatles and solo records, and it plays a major role in the Tom Petty song “You Don’t Know How It Feels.”

Screenshot.

10. WAH

This effect is normally controlled with a foot pedal; as you press the pedal up and down, it opens and closes a filter, similar to the action of manually turning a tone knob on an electric guitar as you play notes. (There are also “auto-wah” effects that are created by using a low-frequency oscillator — or “LFO” for short— to repetitively and automatically modulate a filter without the use of a pedal.) This creates a sound like a voice saying the word “wah,” hence the name. The wah effect reached the pinnacle of its popularity in the ’70s (think “Shaft”), but it’s still sometimes used today. When it comes to examples, there are few better than the classic “Theme From Shaft” by Isaac Hayes, or Jimi Hendrix’s “Voodoo Child.”

Screenshot.

Bear in mind that you can also combine two or more effects to create more complex tonalities: for example, distortion and wah (archetypical Hendrix), or reverb, delay and chorus (a big part of the sound of The Police). Take the time to experiment and create some of your own signature sounds using the effects on this list!

All audio examples are played on a Yamaha Pacifica electric guitar through a Line 6 HX Stomp™ effects pedal. All screenshots were taken in HX Edit (the companion app to HX Stomp).

The Pros and Cons of Discs vs. Downloads for Console Games

These days, gamers have a lot of options at their fingertips, from myriad characters to emulate, to which systems to choose, to whether their quests will happen at home or via mobile devices. But there’s another big choice entering the gaming ecosystem lately and that’s whether to purchase game titles as traditional physical discs or as digital downloads.

Just as some music lovers want vinyl albums or CDs and others don’t, there are no clear-cut “winners” or “losers” here. Both discs and digital games cost about the same, and they provide a gaming experience and interface that is often identical. Yet while physical discs still represent most sales, more and more gamers (and gaming console manufacturers) are moving toward downloadable cloud-based offerings. In this article, we’ll take a look at the reasons why, along with the advantages and disadvantages of each format.

Discs: The Pros

For those who grew up pre-millennium, this is largely the standard. For those folks, owning something tangible is a priority, and discs or cartridges allow for this; in fact, there are many gamers who will only buy a digital game if they can’t find a physical one for sale. While it’s true that physical discs can be scratched or lost, that’s more a matter of the owner’s due diligence; cared for correctly, they will provide smooth gaming (essentially) forever. Digital games do not always offer this permanence (more on that shortly).

Unlike digital games, with a physical game, you can never be locked out. (See below.) Furthermore, if (heaven forbid) all the video game companies went out of business tomorrow, or if their servers went down, with physical games, you would still be able to play them on your consoles; digital games reliant on the internet or the cloud would be lost.

Another big plus: There are no subscriptions needed for physical games; they’re always yours. What’s more, unlike digital games, physical games have a resale value. This value can even rise above the original purchase price if the game becomes a collector’s item.

Last but not least, game discs or cartridges can be loaned or traded to other players. Digital games are non-transferable, though you can usually play them on any console you can sign into.

Discs: The Cons

The most obvious drawbacks to gaming from physical discs is that they are fragile (see above) and take up space. If you’re an avid gamer, you might own dozens — perhaps, even hundreds — of titles. These all need to go somewhere: on shelves, under a bed, in a closet or, worst of all (especially if you have a significant other), the middle of the living room. This can be a problem, especially in smaller living spaces. Digital games, of course, don’t have this drawback.

Here’s something you might find surprising, however: When it comes to gaming speed, there’s no appreciable difference between a digital or physical game. Loading times may differ, depending upon your console, but unless the game is being played interactively online and the player’s internet is slow, the actual gaming experience should be identical regardless of whether the data originated in a server or on a physical disc.

Downloads: The Pros

Digital games are convenient, plain and simple. With a few clicks of a button, you can purchase one on your console or handheld device and within a relatively short space of time (which might range from just minutes to a couple of hours at most), the game is ready to play in the comfort of your home. There is no car ride necessary, no big box store or salesperson to deal with, no delivery time to wait out for a package to arrive. Just point, click and play.

In addition, as noted above, digital games provide a way to own a great deal of media without having to worry about where to store it … or have a mountain of discs come crashing down on you!

Another huge benefit is that digital libraries never sell out. Many gamers from the ’80s and ’90s know the frustration of going to a brick-and-mortar store to buy that one perfect title, only to learn that the last one had just walked out the door. Digital games are never unavailable.

Digital games also make traveling with a library of titles much easier. Don’t want to pack hundreds or thousands of dollars worth of games in your checked bags? With a library of games stored on your hard drive, you’ll never face that dilemma. In the same way, digital games can never be lost by accident; they remain on a player’s account, essentially permanently.

Downloads: The Cons

Here’s where a pro turns into a con. The fact that digital games are bound to a player’s account means that, if for some reason a player is locked out of their account, access to the games is also denied. However, loss of access is rare and would likely only be the result of egregious behavior while playing online games or commenting vulgarly in online chats.

In addition, digital games are often only sold by subscription; let the subscription lapse, and your access to the game is gone forever … or at least until you scrape up the necessary bucks to renew it.

Digital games are like everything that’s on the internet: easily accessible but, in actuality, ephemeral. While your console is tangible, the game itself isn’t, which offers a sense of freedom … and, perhaps, a sense of absence, too. The choice is yours. Just bear in mind that there are advantages and disadvantages to both ways of entering the gaming Metaverse.

The Power of the Placeholder

I don’t know about you, but I was mesmerized watching The Beatles’ songwriting process in the recently released documentary Get Back. The most eye-opening practice was how Paul and John often sang whatever came to mind and slipped off their tongues … no matter how silly or unrealistic the idea was.

This wasn’t necessarily unfamiliar to me, but the more I watched the more I realized I don’t do it as much as I used to. Hmm.

In the song “Dig A Pony,” for example, John originally sings the words “I dig a skylight.” But he knows it isn’t right yet. We can almost see his brain turning as he twiddles a pencil, repeating the line over and over again until “road hog” occurs to him quite randomly. He realizes it’s the right choice as soon as he utters it.

Merriam-Webster defines a road hog as “a driver of an automotive vehicle who obstructs others especially by occupying part of another’s traffic lane.” I didn’t know that! I always assumed that a road hog was some kind of street animal. But why would you “dig” an inconsiderate driver? John was a writer who didn’t care about logic. He simply liked the sound of how words fell together. “Road hog” may not have been as polite as “skylight,” but John wasn’t exactly known for his manners. So there we go. He dug a road hog. OK!

The entry for “Dig A Pony” in the online Beatles Music History Newsletter states that “the randomness of the lyrics suggest that the author possibly didn’t have any intended interpretation in mind at all.” As John Lennon himself often professed, “Words meant whatever the hell one wished them to.”

I get it. But that concept is a hard pill to swallow for someone like me who teaches a college class in pop songwriting, especially since I instruct my students to be sure to give context in the first verse of a song and clarity throughout the body so the listener doesn’t have to work so hard to understand what’s going on. It’s my belief that aspiring songwriters should learn the rules before breaking them … and that, if you do choose to break them, it should be done artfully. In this case, the extracted norm should be replaced with something that provokes the same or similar emotion.

In the process of birthing “Something,” John counsels George to “just say whatever comes into your head each time … until you get the word.” For the line “attracts me like no fill-in-the-blank,” John offers up “cauliflower.” Ridiculous, yes, though it has the correct number of syllables. But we can also hear the connection between cauliflower and “other lover,” which George eventually stumbles on — we can see how one led to the other. How the two very softly rhyme. The relationship is there. And so, the logic.

And then there’s Paul sitting at a piano discovering “The Long And Winding Road.” He’s contemplative, open, noncommittal with his word choices. Did you leave me standing there? Or waiting there? It’s a tie. In the end (and with a little help from a friend — roadie Mal Evans), he uses both words in different parts of the song.

In my many years as a professional songwriter I’ve often been asked to find words for a “placeholder” lyric (sometimes called a “dummy” lyric) sung by a collaborator over a track he or she put together. If that person has a good sense of semantic aesthetics, half my work is done. Their verbal “road map” will be extremely suggestive of where I go with it.

On my own, though, I don’t use placeholder lyrics as much as I used to. I wonder why. Perhaps over the years I’ve become jaded? Not as playful? Downright lazy? But watching how effortless and fluid it was for The Beatles, and knowing how excellent a song can be even when the meaning is totally ambiguous, has inspired me not to think too much — to see what feels right, as opposed to literally being on the money.

Songwriting is an endless work in progress. We’re constantly learning how to expand or add to our tool box … and sometimes how to get back (no pun intended) to tools we have forgotten. I look forward to being a little dumber and welcoming that particular tool back in.

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

Use Movement to Fix Rhythmic Issues

We have all had students who struggle to maintain a steady beat or who seem to not understand metric relationships. They compress rhythms or slow down during more challenging passages.

The main reason students struggle with rhythm is because they haven’t experienced a rhythmically diverse foundation and developed a rhythm vocabulary. While clapping and playing with a metronome can fix some things, for students who do not feel rhythm, movement is often the most effective teaching tool.

In my movement pedagogy and in this article, I like to synthesize the work of Émile Jaques-Dalcroze and Edwin Gordon, sprinkled with a little Rudolf Laban.

  • Émile Jaques-Dalcroze (1865-1950), a Swiss composer and music educator, developed Eurhythmics, or the study of music through movement.
  • Edwin Gordon (1927 – 2015) was a performer, music educator, researcher and author who established Music Learning Theory, a model for music education based on how children learn when they learn music. He also coined the term “audiation” – hearing and understanding music in one’s head, even when there is no music present.
  • Rudolf Laban (1879 – 1958), an Austrian-Hungarian dancer, choreographer and movement theorist, created Labanotation, a dance notation that allowed dances to be restaged. He also researched the basic principles of human movement, classifying them into four main parts.

Although these three creative men differed in many ways, they agreed that movement and music are intertwined. I won’t dive too deeply into their philosophies and pedagogies here because I want to focus more on practical application, but I encourage you to read more about them.

Rhythmic Patterns

Music educators all agree that the sound should come before the symbol. Unfortunately, it’s far too easy to just open a method book and teach the symbol first. Often rhythmic problems can occur because a student just isn’t sure what those dots sounds like – they have no real meaning to the student. In Music Learning Theory, Gordon advocated for the use of rhythmic patterns prior to reading rhythmic notation.

4/4 patternIn his theory, there are specific rules for creating the patterns, but for now, let’s just use a simple pattern of quarter, quarter, eighth, eighth, quarter in 4/4 time (see pattern to the right). As the teacher, I would start by using a neutral syllable like “bah, bah, bah-bah, bah.”

I can either create different patterns and have the student repeat them back to me or I can chant two patterns and have the student tell me if they are the same or different. If the student cannot determine whether my patterns are the same or different, I know that they are not quite ready to audiate the meter and its subdivisions. So, we continue working on repeating patterns. After adding rhythmic solfege to the patterns and having the student create their own patterns, the notation or symbol makes more sense because the student already has the sound in his or her head. The timeline for this is different with each student.

Big Beats and Little Beats

woman swaying One of the most common rhythmic problems I encounter is playing steadily in 3/4 time. Unfortunately, most of the music on the radio and most of the music in early method books is in 2/4 or 4/4 time, so switching to triple meter can create problems. (While not directly movement-related, improvising in the “troublesome” meter can be a great help.)

When a student struggles with playing with a steady beat or compresses running notes, it is usually because they do not understand the relationship between the big beats and the little beats. (Gordon calls big beats “macrobeats” and the little beats are called “microbeats.”)

To help a student with this problem, I will improvise a piece in 3/4 time and ask them to sway back and forth or walk around the room to the macrobeat. I like swaying or walking better than clapping because these movements show the time and space that also exists between the beats, not just on the beat. (If you are not comfortable improvising, you can always use pre-notated music or sing or use a recording.)

To incorporate the microbeats, have the student tap their fingers on their head or shoulders. When they can accurately feel the macrobeats and microbeats individually, ask the student to sway the macrobeats while tapping the microbeats. Again, this is helping the student to really feel the subdivisions.

tennis ballI have also seen Dalcroze teachers use tennis balls to work on this concept. The teacher plays a piece with changing tempi while the student bounces the ball on the macrobeat. The microbeat actions might be passing the ball to another hand, tossing it. (Using the tennis ball also makes the student pay attention to how much force or accent is needed on each downbeat.)

I work in a similar way with students who are compressing subdivisions or rushing through 16th note runs. I also like to have them “play” on the closed keyboard cover so they can hear the clarity of the rhythm without worrying about correct notes, dynamics, articulation, etc.

Body Percussion

twin girls clapping With older children, body percussion is a fun way to work on complex rhythms or polyrhythms. One of my favorite body percussion activities is a rhythm canon, demonstrated in this video by Dr. Jeremity Dittus. Michelle Wirth also has some great activities on her website, Body Percussion Classroom. I have used her Simple Three-Part Rhythm in conference presentations, with young children and even with  my college students, and they all have a great time.

You can also have students create their own body percussion ensembles to address specific rhythmic issues. A great opportunity for body percussion is the 3:2 rhythm that occurs in Debussy’s “First Arabesque.”

Of course, listening is the most powerful tool and we should encourage our students to listen to a variety of musical styles. There will always be students who struggle, though, and I hope that these tips will help you and your students as you travel on your musical journey together.

The Best 2021 Movies to Stream in 2022

Last year saw a number of big Hollywood blockbuster films, as well as expansions on many franchises. In case you missed any of them, here’s our list of the top 10 movies released in 2021 that you can stream today. (Warning: spoiler alert.) We’ll see if 2022’s films can top these, in terms of performance, visual effects or any other way!

1. Dune

In this adaptation of Frank Herbert’s 1965 science fiction novel of the same name, Paul Atreides (Timothée Chalamet) and his family, the noble House Atreides, travel to the hostile and dangerous desert planet Arrakis, where they meet the Fremen people and are pushed into a war against the House Harkonnen clan. The cliff-hanger ending does a fantastic job of setting things up for a sequel! Find out where to stream it here.

2. Black Widow

This edition of the Marvel franchise takes place after the events of 2016’s Captain America: Civil War, where we saw Natasha Romanoff/Black Widow (Scarlett Johansson) on the run and forced to deal with her past and her relationship with her surrogate sister, Yelena Belova (Florence Pugh). Indeed, this film begins with scenes of the two from their childhood and shows how they became Black Widow agents in the first place. But though Romanoff and Belova seem to be continually in a state of conflict, they find themselves working together again for a common goal. Find out where to stream it here.

3. No Time to Die

No Time to Die is Daniel Craig’s fifth and final appearance as the dapper British secret agent James Bond. Here, he plays a Bond who has left MI6 and moved to Jamaica. His retirement doesn’t last long, however, as he’s soon called upon to find kidnapped MI6 scientist Valdo Obruchev (David Dencik), who had been working on a bioweapon called Project Heracles, which infects and kills people through DNA. Find out where to stream it here.

4. Godzilla vs. Kong

The two monsters clash yet again, this time on both land and sea. The film begins on Skull Island where Kong lives, and where we meet the orphan girl Jia (Kaylee Hottle) with whom Kong has developed a bond. The plot begins unfolding when scientist Nathan Lind convinces Kong expert Ilene Andrews (Rebecca Hall) to have the huge gorilla locate a power source in the Hollow Earth. Meanwhile, Godzilla has been attacking cities for seemingly no reason, and then begins attacking Kong as well … yet at the end, the pair surprisingly team up. Find out where to stream it here.

5. The Conjuring: The Devil Made Me Do It

With this return to the Conjuring universe, the demonologist duo Ed and Lorraine Warren (Patrick Wilson and Vera Farmiga) face one of their scariest cases yet. The film is loosely based on the 1981 trial of Arne Cheyenne Johnson, who murdered his landlord because he claimed to have been possessed, as well as Gerald Brittle’s book The Devil in Connected, written about the trial. The Warrens set out to investigate the killing, which becomes the first American murder trial to use the defense of demonic possession. Find out where to stream it here.

6. Mortal Kombat

The newest iteration of Mortal Kombat follows Cole Young (Lewis Tan), a former MMA fighter who doesn’t know how his lineage is attached to martial arts champions although he has a dragon mark, which others who have been chosen to fight for Earthrealm also bear. Young is being hunted by the assassin Sub-Zero (Joe Taslim), who killed Young’s ancestor Hanzo Hasashi (Hiroyuki Sanada). Eventually he discovers that he must awaken his special power (his “arcana”) in order to defeat the Outworld villain. Find out where to stream it here.

7. Shang-Chi and the Legend of the Ten Rings

This is the first Marvel movie helmed by an Asian director and featuring a largely Asian cast. It tells the story of martial arts master Shang-Chi (Simu Liu), who leaves China for America after training vigorously underneath his father, Wenwu’s (Tony Leung Chiu-wai) Ten Rings organization and suffering his father’s cruelty. Eventually an epic fight ensues between Wenwu and Shang-Chi, as the pair battle over control of the weapon, the ten rings. Find out where to stream it here.

8. Free Guy

In comparison to some of the other films in this list, Free Guy is lighthearted fare. The central character is Guy (Ryan Reynolds), a bank teller who leads a blissful life until he finds out that his world isn’t real. Cue Millie Rusk (Jodie Comer), otherwise known as Molotov Girl, who tells him that he’s actually a non-player character in a huge multiplayer online video game. Guy eventually becomes the hero by saving his friends from being deleted by the game’s creator, Antwan Hovachelik (Taika Waititi). Find out where to stream it here.

9. The Suicide Squad

The premise: A convict taskforce is recruited by Amanda Waller (Viola Davis) to travel to the island nation of Corto Maltese to eradicate any evidence of an experimental, gigantic alien starfish called Starro the Conqueror. What the crew doesn’t know is that the American government secretly is behind it all, though when Starro escapes, Rick Flag (Joel Kinnaman) has his suspicions and tries to find proof of the plot. The rest of the Squad decides to save the city, and Waller finally gets her just desserts. Find out where to stream it here.

10. F9: The Fast Saga

The latest installation of the Fast and Furious franchise, F9: The Fast Saga sees Dom Toretto (Vin Diesel) and Letty (Michelle Rodriguez) living off the grid with their son, Little Brian (Brian Marcos). However, their peace is short-lived when they uncover a plan by Dom’s estranged brother Jakob (John Cena), who, with his associate Otto (Thue Ersted Rasmussen), is trying to steal a super weapon called Project Aries. Both sides face off in Tbilisi, where the villains trigger the device … but, rest assured, all is right in the end. Find out where to stream it here.

 

Click here for information about Yamaha AV products.

Creating Vocal Chops and Other Sampler Tricks, Part 2

In Part 1 of this two-part article, we used AudioWarp mode in a Sampler Track in Steinberg Cubase. The idea was to isolate one note and transpose it across the MIDI keyboard. Most samplers of this type — the kind that only let you load one sample at a time — offer a similar mode.

They also usually have a mode that cuts your sample into smaller pieces based on user-selectable criteria. In the Cubase Sampler Track, it’s called Slice mode. This offers many creative possibilities but can be a little trickier to use than other modes.

The advantage to making vocal chops with Slice mode is that, since you’re working with slices from a vocal recording, you end up with several that have different consonant sounds. These can be more interesting than the same sound transposed up and down the keyboard. Slice mode is also great for creating and manipulating drum loops.

Ready to learn how to use Slice mode? Read on …

Multi Chop

In Cubase Sampler Track and similar plug-ins for other DAWs, the default option is to slice samples by their transients. Transients are the peaks at the beginning of sound waves where the attack of the sound begins. The sampler turns each of the transients it finds into a separate note and maps it to the keyboard. A Threshold knob allows you to control the level at which transients are detected, which affects how many slices you get.

Screenshot of soundwaves.
A drum sample sliced up using Transient mode.

In Cubase, you can also choose Grid mode, which slices a sample based on the grid setting that you create for that track. Choosing sixteenth notes often works well, but it depends on the source material. You can also manipulate the slices manually in any mode by dragging their start or end points. If you select Manual mode, nothing gets automatically sliced — you have to click in the waveform to create slices.

By the Slice

Whichever method you choose, you end up with a finite group of slices, each triggered by its own MIDI note (these slices, by the way, don’t get transposed). In Cubase, the number of notes you have available after you slice a sample is equivalent to the number of slices created. These are mapped to your MIDI keyboard in a linear order.

Screenshot of sound waves.
The white keys represent notes with slices mapped to them.

Cubase also creates a MIDI file of the notes corresponding to the slices — something that’s really helpful since you can drag and drop that file into the sampler’s MIDI track in the Project window.

Screenshot of sound wave.
The Drag MIDI Phrase to Project button (circled in red).

From there, you can open the MIDI Key Editor to change the order and rhythm of the notes. It will then look something like the screenshot below:

Screenshot of frequency chart.
Each note represents a slice.

You’ll have the most luck if you use a vocal sample from your song as the source material for your chops. It will feel more integrated, and the notes will be in the same key and scale as the song.

If you want to use a vocal sample from outside your song, you’ll likely need to transpose it to match the key. Samplers all have global transpose options, so you’ll just have to figure out how many steps up or down you need to go.

A Real Cut-Up

Let’s take a look at an example of Slice mode in action, applied to this vocal phrase:

I opened up a Sampler Track and dragged the phrase in, then sliced it in Transient mode to create vocal chops for use as a melody on top of a simple bass and MIDI drum part I’d recorded. I then triggered the chops I wanted from my MIDI keyboard, adding some delay and distortion in the Cubase mixer. When I was happy with my performance, I recorded it. Finally, I used Cubase’s Key Editor to quantize most of the notes.

Here’s what the final track sounded like:

On the Beat

As mentioned earlier, Slice mode is also useful for cutting up drum loops or a section from a mixed drum track. Let’s say you have a loop with really cool sounds, but the drum part is not right for your song. Even if it’s at a much different tempo or in a different time signature, you can slice it into samples that you can trigger via MIDI. This allows you “deconstruct” drum recordings and access their individual hits, which you can then “reconstruct” into new patterns.

To do this, simply drop the loop (or section) into your sampler and slice it by transients. Each resulting slice should represent a different drum hit. Try triggering from your MIDI keyboard or another controller, and you should be able to find kick, snare and hi-hat or ride slices that sound good. Now, with the click track going, record a new drum pattern or part and quantize it accordingly.

Note that the end points of slices may not always work for a particular drum or cymbal. If it sounds cut off, you’ll need to extend the end of the slice. Conversely, if you hear another drum or cymbal at the end of a slice, you may have to shorten it. In Cubase and many samplers, slices are delineated by vertical markers that you can drag horizontally to change the start or end time.

Screenshot of sound waves.
Drag the white slicing markers to change start and end times.

Here’s an example of deconstructing a drum loop, using this loop as source material:

After slicing it up, you can record a completely different pattern with it, like this:

The Transfer to New Instrument Button (circled in red in the illustration below) in Cubase’s Sampler Control allows you to move the active sample (or sample slices) into a virtual instrument. From there, you can edit it using that instrument’s features.

Screenshot of sound waves.
The Transfer to New Instrument button, circled in red..

Slicing up a drum sample is an excellent way to create new drum tracks, but it does have some limitations. Dedicated drum sample instruments like Groove Agent SE (included with Cubase) use multisamples on each hit to make them sound more realistic. Different samples will be triggered depending on the velocity of the MIDI note (essentially, how hard you hit it), with each sample correspondingly louder or softer. For example, on a real drum kit, if you lightly tap a snare drum with a drumstick, it will sound quite a bit different than if you hit it hard. Using multisamples helps translate those dynamics into a realistic performance … even if you’re triggering virtual drum kit sounds instead of playing real drums.

Screenshot.
Sample slices loaded into Groove Agent 5 SE.

Open the Envelope

One final point: Samplers generally allow you to apply and edit envelopes, and to modulate samples with things like LFOs (Low Frequency Oscillators) so that the volume, pitch and/or timbre of a note changes over time, same as on a synthesizer.

Screenshot.
Editing a sample’s amplitude envelope.

If you haven’t had experience with that type of editing, it’s helpful to experiment with it when you have some time on your hands. For example, check out what happens when you lengthen the attack or the release of an amplitude envelope. Or see how different filter types affect the notes sonically. Find out what happens when you turn up the resonance control in the filter section or use an LFO as a modulator. The more you understand those controls, the better your ability to manipulate vocal chops and other sampled parts.

 

Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

 

Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

Be a Better Teacher by Being Selfish

The word selfish gets a bad rap. By definition, it’s “lacking consideration for others; concerned chiefly with one’s own personal profit or pleasure.”

The lacking consideration part may not be something to be celebrated. After all, we have to share this world with others, and we can achieve more when we work together. But being concerned chiefly with one’s own personal profit or pleasure — what’s so wrong with that? If I don’t put myself first, who else will?

Why is selfish considered a negative trait? Probably because when we think of this term, Ebenezer Scrooge comes to mind or the dinner guest who gets seconds before the other guests have finished their first plate. The people in these examples can certainly improve their behavior and attitudes. But is the answer to go to the opposite extreme and sacrifice everything pleasurable and fulfilling to help someone else? I don’t think so. But perhaps a redirection or reevaluation of being selfish is necessary.

The Giving Tree: A Tale of Selflessness or a Modern Horror Tale?

If you’ve read Shel Silverstein‘s book “The Giving Tree,” you are likely in one of two camps. The quick synopsis of the book is that a boy needs/wants things, and a tree is happy to provide what the boy needs.

The first camp sees a heartwarming story with an altruistic tree at its core. The tree is happy when it can give. The second camp sees the story differently — the boy continually takes advantage of the giving nature of the tree. Eventually, the tree becomes a stump with nothing left to give. The end.

I was a fan of the tree, which first provided some fun for the boy — he swung around its branches and wore its fallen leaves like a crown. Later, the tree provided shade and apples. The apples were picked, and the leaves eventually fell, but they would come back with care and the change of the seasons.

tree stumpBut then the story loses me. The boy wants more, and the tree gives it. But the tree starts giving away so much that it becomes less and less valuable. Branches are removed, and eventually, the entire trunk is cut down. The tree is reduced to a stump, but it continues to tell itself that its happy to give.

At the time of this writing, I’m nearly 38 years old. I’m a practicing music teacher during the weekdays. I’m married with five kids. What do I want at the end of my career? I’m not exactly sure, but I do know two things: 1) I don’t want to delay all of my happiness and fulfillment post-teaching, and more importantly, 2) I don’t want to end up a stump. Furthermore, I want to be in a place where I am mentally and physically healthy enough to help others without sacrificing myself.

When I look back at my early years of teaching, I cringe. Nearly every waking minute was tied to my career. If I wasn’t working, I was thinking about work or recovering from work. I enjoyed my job, but I was slowly losing some personal agency, my health was declining and I had little free time. And worst of all, it was my fault. I needed to shift some priorities and start acting with my own best interests in mind.

In other words, I started to be a little selfish.

man holding cup of coffee Some Small Changes to Put Yourself First

“My first coffee of the day will not be in the car.” I made this a rule over a year ago, and it has made a world of difference. I get up, get ready, brew a cup of coffee and sit down with it. Oh, the anxiety I felt for the first week or two into this. I wasn’t able to get to school five minutes earlier. I thought I’d break. But in reality, it was a great, low-risk exercise in putting me first.

Here are some other things you can do for yourself.

Make It a Tie Game: For everything you do for someone else, do one thing for yourself. I don’t really believe in scorekeeping, but if you’re a person who always puts others first, this can be a great way to at least be playing a tied game.

Don’t Delay All Gratification: How many times have you thought, “If I work hard, then someday, I’ll reap the benefits of my rewards”? Delayed gratification is fine, but sometimes we just need to enjoy what we want when we want it (in other words, now!).

Early on, I made no time for social events and relaxing. All I did was work. And honestly, I wasn’t very fun to be around. Making some time each day or week to do something enjoyable with no strings attached did wonders in helping me to find balance.

Remember Why You Got Into This: One of my college professors, Dr. Charles Menghini, used to say that many teachers end up losing their love for music. It can be struggle and a fight, but you must keep your love of music and educating students at the core of what you do professionally. It will be hard and may even seem naive with all the outside work that must be done, but you must avoid burning out.

Do you remember when you first opened your instrument case or sang in the choir for the first time? That was a great feeling. We can still have that feeling while also sharing it with others.

Establish Priorities

So, you’ve chosen to put yourself first, and you’ve freed up some time. What do you do now? Establish some priorities to help determine where you most enjoy directing your energy. You may find that you simply want to spend time relaxing. Or, you may discover that all your free time goes toward something that you work extremely hard at — but as long as you choose to do it, mission accomplished!

priority list in a spiral-bound notebook Make a list of the things that you want to do for yourself — things for your health, personal growth, recreation and relationships. This can be anything from studying a piece you enjoy, exploring a new exercise routine or getting a band together to play a set at a bar. I have a list of projects and priorities that I can do now, and a list that I’d like to do someday (called my “Someday/Maybe” list).

Once you’ve determined what you want to do, schedule time for these activities and make yourself and your goals a priority. If you find that you really enjoy what you’re doing, keep it going. If you complete a project or decide that it’s not for you, then promote something from your Someday/Maybe list to a current project.

Accept That Some Things May Slip

The mundane but necessary daily tasks will try to get in the way of your goal of putting yourself first. Accept that you are just one person who simply cannot do everything. Sometimes you must choose what is important. Do I want to move forward on a project that means a lot to me or do I load the dishwasher? Not doing which task will make me feel worse? Can I hand wash only what I need until I can actually do all the dishes? This is not a great long-term solution, but if this happens occasionally, you’ll be fine.

If you’re like me, you get a lot of satisfaction from a clean workspace, but as we know, there’s always more to clean and organize. I can go for hours cleaning up messes in my house. But there will always be messes to clean up, and usually leaving a mess for another day or two will not hurt.

Apply this attitude of acceptance to other projects and goals. You won’t have time for it all, and that’s OK. Some things can slip, and you can reprioritize projects and goal.

Don’t Let Others Shame You

You’re putting yourself first, and you are really starting to enjoy the time you have carved out for yourself. And then other people give their opinions. Don’t be discouraged or disheartened by comments like: “I couldn’t take that time away from my family,” “I just don’t have the time” or, my mother’s signature phrase, “Must be nice.”

They’re not bad people. Sometimes people just disagree with your choices. If a close friend or family member says something, you should certainly take them seriously, but don’t take it personally. These responses often come from people who also want to enjoy themselves and maybe break away from the grind. They just haven’t given themselves permission to put themselves first.

For example, I planned to try out wall-climbing recently and told some friends. They said, “Must be nice.” My response? “It is. I’m going on Monday night if you want to join me.” Magically, schedules cleared up, and we all went and had a great time.

Don’t Be Stumped!

Here’s the bottom line: The more selfish I was, the better teacher, father, husband, friend I became, and the more I could act selflessly. On the other hand, the less I thought about myself and put my own wants and needs last, the less useful I was. I was shocked by this observation.

Where would your “giving tree” story end? Would you let yourself become a stump? I sure wouldn’t. I would certainly share my leaves and apples and offer shade. But I’d draw the line at cutting down my branches and whittling down my trunk. They may help someone else in the short term, but I can’t get them back once they’re gone.

By putting your own best interests, wants and needs first, you will become more balanced, content and better equipped to pursue what you want in life and handle what life happens to throw your way.

It’s OK to Say “No”

Saying “no” may sound easy, but it’s really very complicated. “No” is one of the shortest complete sentences, but it carries significant emotional weight for some people.

How do you decide when to say “yes” and, more importantly, when to say “no”? First, you must set up your environment for healthy decision-making. Plan out your boundaries and decisions ahead of time, which will make decisions easier to execute and more honest in the heat of the moment. Here are a few ways I have helped myself.

Set Parameters for a “Yes”

closeup of man's thumbs up hand Because your time is valuable and you have so many options, any request of your time must earn a “yes” from you. Think about some requests or opportunities in the past that you have regretted saying yes to. Chances are, they provided little benefit to you or your students. Your time would have been better spent doing something else. I don’t think there’s a specific formula for a “yes” from me, but I have noticed some patterns.

  • If a request or opportunity is technically required for my job and happens on contract hours or during planned extracurricular hours, it’s a yes. (Note: these are usually not requests but rather directives packaged in a nice question-like statement.)
  • If a request or opportunity is not required by my employer, but it is something that I think is required of high-quality music programs, I will probably say yes.
  • If the request or opportunity costs me either time or money and does not offer any significant benefit to me, my family or my program, it’s a no.

Benefits — what you get from saying yes — are another category altogether. These can be as easy as financial benefits all the way to the good feeling you get from volunteering.

Create a Not-To-Do List

chalkboard with the words No and Yes, with Yes crossed out I love lists. My favorite is my “not-to-do” list, which includes things, ideas or events that I have tried at least once and determined that I do not want to do them again if given the choice.

As a gigging musician on the side, I’ve had a few gigs that were just not enjoyable. They either didn’t pay or they didn’t pay well, they took many hours, and they were a very far drive from home. I also didn’t know any of the people involved with these events, so I couldn’t use the social gathering aspect as an excuse. I dreaded when one particular gig, which I felt obligated to do, came around each year. After the last gig, I made the long drive home and told myself all the reasons to keep doing it. Eventually, I told myself, “It’s OK to not want to do it. It’s a gig – not a life sentence.”

This was the start of my not-to-do list. My second entry was judging solo and ensemble contests, which just aren’t my thing. If you enjoy these, more power to you.

Choices are easy to make when you can refer to this list. If you have a particular amount of anxiety about saying no, just pretend this list was written by someone else and that you have to follow these orders. It’s not a long-term solution, but it’s a start in gaining more agency.

Non-Negotiables and Negotiables

It’s also important to determine your negotiables and non-negotiables. The goal is the same: Eliminate any thought process or judgment regarding decisions on these matters.

For example, my non-negotiables: I won’t miss my own children’s concerts, I won’t accept gigs or extracurricular events on a particular night of the week, etc.

On the other hand, my negotiables: I will work on a specific night of the week if the pay is X dollars or if my favorite celebrity is showing up. I will add on a parade if I take one other engagement off the calendar.

You can’t always choose what to say no to. However, if you have autonomy in your job, simply ask yourself, “What if I did say no?”

Schedule Yourself

blank page in open planner So, you’ve got your not-to-do list, your negotiables and non-negotiables, but you’re still having trouble saying “no.”

Next, schedule your time. Dinner with friends, game nights, hobbies, etc. are important because they are something you look forward to other than work. Or maybe you just want to be alone and relax.

Put “Thursday, 7 p.m., watch Brooklyn 99” on your calendar. If something else comes up, it’s a conflict that you cannot accommodate because you “already have something scheduled.” And when Thursday 7 p.m. comes around, you can watch your show or change your mind and do something else, it’s your right to do so.

Don’t Invite Others to Solve Your Issues

When you actually say “no,” don’t give away more information than is needed. People are absolute masters at solving problems to get someone to help them get what they need. (They are not bad people for doing this — they are just resourceful.)

If you present an opening, don’t be surprised if someone takes it. Saying, “No, I can’t do this right now, but check with me in a few weeks,” is fine, but you must be prepared for that person to reach out again in a few weeks.

Furthermore, if you present a barrier why you can’t do something, expect them to solve your problem. So, shed that thinking. You don’t have to give a reason for saying no.

Does this conversation sound familiar?

“Don, I know it’s last minute, but can you stay with some band kids today to do a small performance for some visitors?”
“Thank you for the offer, but I’m unable to today.”
Response A: “Thanks, no problem. Just thought we’d check.” (End of discussion. I then go home and watch TV/rake the yard/climb Mt. Everest/stare at the wall.)
Response B: “It’s just for a little bit. Can you think about it? Is there anything you can do to reschedule some things?”

This is a trap! This person is looking to get what they want or need (which is fine — again, they are not bad people). Now, they are going into problem-solving mode. If you give them the opportunity, they will solve your problem for not staying. Don’t overshare — keep yourself as your priority and maintain a sense of balance and health. Besides, do you really want to cave in and later unfairly resent this person for asking, when in reality, you could have just said no?

So, how should you respond? You can firmly but politely repeat, “Thank you again, but I’m unable to today.” If they persist, keep repeating. My record is four repeats. But I was able to keep my after-school plans.

If you get particularly anxious in these situations, practice with a friend — seriously. I’ve had to do this in the past. 

Your Personal Life Should Not Be Used Against You

My wife and I have five children ranging in age from 2 to 12. Some of our friends have fewer children, one has more and several have none. If you don’t have children, you may have suffered from these experiences at some point: “Can you stay after and help out with this? Don has to leave … he has kids.”

You can respond in whatever way you choose. But your relationship and family status should never play a factor in how valuable your non-contractual time is. It’s not their business, and your time is your time.

Don’t Use your Students as an Excuse

If anyone tries to get you to do something by saying, “it’s what’s best for the kids,” don’t take it personally, but you should realize that it may be manipulation. You’re a degreed professional, who knows what’s best for your kids. This person is probably not consciously trying to manipulate you,  but avoid letting this statement cloud your judgment.

You probably use this same reasoning on yourself and have thought, “If we don’t do this event, the kids will be upset, or they won’t get a good experience!” I’m going out on a limb and say that if you are thinking this, you obviously care, and your kids are probably getting a great experience from you. Going from four to three festivals a year will likely not send a student down a non-redeemable path.

Feel Free to Say “No” (To Anyone Except Me)

The most challenging “nos” are those directed to people closest to you and those in a supervisory role over you. I have had situations where supervisors have told me, “You don’t have to say yes to everything; no is a perfectly acceptable response.”

When I later received a request from them and said “no,” they were upset. Nervously, I had to explain that if they told me something, I would take it at face value.

two women talking as they sit around a round table Practice, Practice, Practice

When possible, say “no” in person or over the phone; avoid emails or texts if you have concerns that your response might be taken the wrong way. It’s also good practice in assertiveness. The first few “nos” can be tricky. As recommended above, practice with a friend. Once you get five or six “nos” under your belt, your assertiveness becomes more straightforward, and you even start to realize how much more you enjoy the things you say “yes” to.

You’re in the Driver’s Seat

When you say “yes” to something, you’re actually saying “no” to something else. It could be saying “no” to score study, time with your kids or yourself or even boredom. The time is non-renewable.

Interruptions and other distractions can easily take up your valuable time. See my article, “5 Time Burglars to Avoid,” for some of these distractions and how you can combat them.

No one is going to take care of your time like you will. A “no” or a “yes” is neither good nor bad but remember that you’re in the driver’s seat and requests and opportunities must earn a “yes” from you.

What’s the Difference Between Soprano, Alto, Tenor and Baritone Saxophones?

If you’ve ever watched a horn section onstage, you may have noticed that the sax players are sometimes playing different-sized instruments, even ones that have different shapes. On occasion, they even swap out their saxes from song to song.

Ever wonder why? If you guessed it’s because each type of saxophone makes a slightly different sound, you’d be right, but the differences don’t end there. In this article, we’ll take a closer look at what differentiates the four most common types of saxophones, but first let’s talk a little about the history of this fascinating and exceptionally versatile instrument.

Origins

Invented by Belgian musician Adolphe Sax (hence: saxophone) in 1846, the original idea was to create an instrument that would bridge the sonic gap between brass instruments and woodwinds. Indeed, the saxophone is the only woodwind made of brass, yet it uses a reed mouthpiece.

At first, there were as many as 16 varieties of saxophone, which were primarily found in orchestras and used to play classical music. Today, there are only a few types in common use — predominantly the soprano, alto, tenor and baritone — and the instrument more often plays a role in contemporary jazz and rock, where it is typically used for soloing as well as main melody and underpinning.

Similarities

For starters, all saxophones, regardless of type, are conical, meaning their tubes or bodies widen from the mouthpiece to the end of the instrument. What’s more, each of their tubes blossom into a bell-like shape at the end of the horn — a part known, fittingly enough, as the bell.

The bells of multiple saxophone types in one image.
Saxophone bells.

In addition, the keys on soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones are all essentially the same. A baritone sax may have one extra key for a lower note, or a soprano may have one more for a higher note, but anyone familiar with one type of saxophone can play the others.

But this is where differences begin to emerge. Whereas a piano has 88 keys, and therefore a large range of notes, a saxophone has fewer possibilities, which is why there are several options available. And since, as shown in the illustration below, each varies in size, their pitch range and breath and force requirement changes as well. As with vocalists, soprano designates the highest voice, alto the next highest, then tenor, followed by baritone.

Graphic comparing the sizes of types of saxophones to absolute heights and to each other.

Soprano Saxophone

The soprano saxophone is the smallest (and lightest in weight) of the four types and therefore offers the highest pitch. For this reason, it is more sensitive and thus harder to keep in tune than the other three types. Soprano saxes are usually tuned to the key of B-flat, which is the same tuning as many other orchestral instruments, including the trumpet.

Additionally, as fans of contemporary smooth jazz may have noticed, most soprano saxophones are, unlike their three cousins, are straight, not curved. Some modern soprano saxes (such as Yamaha YSS-82ZR models) feature curved necks, allowing the player to adopt a more traditional playing stance and embouchure (mouth position), rather than the downward-looking position the straight soprano sax requires. There are even some soprano saxophones with curved bells, which make them look like an especially small version of their bigger cousins.

Two different silver color saxophones, one with a curved neck the other with a straight neck.
Straight neck soprano sax (left), curved neck (right).

Alto Saxophone

Alto saxophones, which are nearly always tuned to the key of E-flat, are the next biggest in size and the next highest in pitch. Unlike the straight-shaped soprano, the alto saxophone is shaped like the letter “J.” Tenor and baritone saxes are also J-shaped but the neck of the alto is bent straight at an almost 90-degree angle.

Gold color saxophone.
Yamaha YAS-875EXII alto saxophone.

The curve in the alto saxophone neck gives the tube more length. This not only extends the pitch range downward but also deepens the sound. For a more extreme example of this, consider a tuba, which is very big and has many twists in both its neck and body.

Tenor Saxophone

The tenor saxophone, which is the next largest in size and next lower in pitch, is the most commonly played type of sax in popular music. It uses a larger mouthpiece and reed than the soprano or alto and is nearly always tuned to the key of B-flat. As exemplified by the playing of legendary musician John Coltrane, the tenor sax has enjoyed long-standing popularity, from the inventive jazz of the 1940s to the bebop and honking rock’n’roll of the ’50s, all the way to the contemporary rock and R&B enjoyed by millions today.

Gold colored tenor saxophone with silver colored keys.
Yamaha YTS-26 tenor saxophone.

Baritone Saxophone

The baritone saxophone, which is tuned to the key of E-flat, is the largest and heaviest of the four. To help extend the body of the baritone sax and allow for the lowest pitch possible, the top of the neck incorporates a twist, or “curly-q” — a feature not found in any of the other saxophone types.

Large gold colored saxophone with a small foot.
Yamaha YBS-82 baritone saxophone.

Because of their large size and very long neck length, baritone saxes require the most lung power and an especially “open” (that is, relaxed) embouchure to enable the low rumble of its imposing tonality. Despite this, more and more young musicians are gravitating to baritone sax, especially since modern craftsmanship has helped make beginner models such as the Yamaha YBS-480 lighter and easier to play.

 

Yamaha offers a wide variety of soprano, alto, tenor and baritone saxophones, from beginner and intermediate models to professional-level instruments. Click here for more information.

Top Five DIY Home Audio Projects to Consider This Year

It’s that time of the year when we make lists and resolutions about all of the things we want to accomplish in the New Year. Don’t forget about your audio/video systems when you put this list together! There are plenty of small projects or additions that can enhance your entertainment experience in a big way.

Here are some of the improvements you might consider making to your home technology systems in 2022.

1. Add Outdoor Speakers

If you spend a lot of time in your backyard, patio or pool, this one’s for you. Don’t mess around using your smartphone to listen to music outdoors! You need a proper set of speakers with some significant amplification to deliver good quality sound and cover a big area … and to battle the ambient noise of traffic, splashing and noisy neighbors.

Difficulty Level: 4 – 8 (Based on a scale of 1 – 10)

First, you’ll have to mount two or more speakers to a sturdy surface. This could be an exterior wall of the home, a trellis, or a post in the landscaping.

Next, you’ll have to get signal to the speakers. If you’re using a wireless system like Yamaha MusicCast, this is an extremely simple process. If you’re using a wired system, it’s a little more complicated as you’ll need to do a wire run, particularly if you want to hide the wire. In the latter case, you may need to take advantage of crawlspaces or attics to get the wire to the outdoors in a clean fashion. Here, hiring a professional installer might be a good option to consider.

Cost: $$ – $$$ (With $ being least expensive and $$$$ being most expensive)

Assuming you already own an amplifier (preferably one with multiple zones, since this allows you to control your music going to your outdoor speakers independently of the music going to your indoor ones), you just need to purchase a pair of all-weather speakers such as Yamaha NS-AW194s, along with a sufficient amount of 14-gauge 4-conductor speaker cable. Quality outdoor speakers can be found for well under $200.

Two small light color audio speakers.
Yamaha NS-AW194 all-weather speakers.

Required Tools / Equipment

  • Cordless drill
  • Screwdriver
  • Amplifier (preferably one with multi-zone capability)
  • All-weather speakers with mounting hardware
  • Speaker cable (if using a wired system)

Ready to take a deeper dive?

Check out these blog articles:

How to Enjoy Great Outdoor Sound without Disturbing Your Neighbors

Enjoy Music Outdoors with Zone 2

How to Create a Resort-Level Audio Experience in Your Backyard

How to Mount Outdoor Speakers

Top Five Things You Should Know When Hiring an AV Installer

2. Add Mounted Indoor Speakers

Maybe 2022 is the time to add music to your office, dining room or master bath. After all, the more rooms with music, the better! Just popping some speakers on a desktop or tabletop is simplicity itself, but if you want the clean appearance of flush-mounted in-ceiling or in-wall speakers, then you have a little project on your hands. Much like the installation of wired outdoor speakers, unless you’re using a wireless system like a Yamaha MusicCast-compatible receiver and speakers, you’ll need to run wire from point A (your amplifier location) to point B (the ceiling or wall of the room you want music in). On top of that, you need to make sure you install the speakers in alignment with lighting fixtures as well as away from electrical wiring and between beams and joists, so this may be something you might want to put into the hands of a professional installer.

Difficulty Level: 8 – 9

Routing wire through a house can be a challenge, as is lining up speakers in a ceiling.

Cost: $$ – $$$$

Most in-ceiling and in-wall speakers are quite affordable, so if you decide to tackle this project yourself, there won’t be much cost involved. If you opt to hire an installer, the expenditure can be significantly higher … but you’ll get a professional job done.

Required Tools / Equipment

  • Cordless drill
  • Speaker cable
  • Drywall saw
  • Ladder
  • Amplifier
  • In-ceiling or in-wall speakers

Ready to take a deeper dive?

Check out these blog articles:

How to Install In-Ceiling Speakers

How to Install In-Wall Speakers

3. Turn Your Home Into a Cinema

With movies being immediately released on streaming services, there is no better time to turn your viewing room into a home theater. Don’t be daunted by this task: You can do it! The toughest part will be getting the wires to all the right places, but using a wireless system such as an AV receiver and speakers with Yamaha MusicCast capabilities (such as the Yamaha RX-A8A AV receiver shown below) makes things much easier.

Small black rectangular audio component with large dial on front.
Yamaha RX-A8A AV receiver.

With a simple 5.1 surround setup, you just need to get audio signal to six speakers, but if you are embarking on a trip to cinema nirvana (aka Dolby Atmos, which is supported by the aforementioned Yamaha RX-A8A), then you will need to get as many as a dozen wires to a dozen speakers. A Dolby Atmos system will require three or four speakers in front of you (left, center, right, and most likely a big subwoofer) as well as two additional speakers on the side and two behind you, plus two or four speakers above you, mounted in or on the ceiling.

If you have attic space or a drop ceiling, running and hiding the wires is fairly straightforward. However, if you have to open up walls to get wires around, this can be a bit trickier and may require the services of an installation professional. The good news is that, assuming the video equipment is below your TV, the video wiring should be pretty easy as you’ll only need to get a single HDMI cable from your TV to the AV receiver.

Difficulty Level: 6 – 9

Wire running could be a challenge unless you have an attic, crawlspace or drop ceiling to work with. If you do, the difficulty level could drop to a 6.

Cost: $$ – $$$$

The costs will vary depending on how high-performance you want your hardware to be.

Required Tools / Equipment

  • Cordless drill
  • Drywall saw
  • Ladder
  • Large-screen TV
  • AV receiver
  • Speakers
  • Speaker cable

Ready to take a deeper dive?

Check out these blog articles:

Home Theater Basics

Five Reasons Why Home Theater is Better Than Going to the Movies

Building the Ideal Home Theater

Home Theater In Small Spaces

How to Recreate the Movie Theater Experience at Home

How to Hide the Wires In Your Home Theater

Four Benefits of Having a Professional Do Your Home Theater Installation

Top Five Things You Should Know When Hiring an AV Installer

4. Make Your Home Smarter

There are a lot of products out there to make your home smarter. Here are a few you might consider adding:

  • A doorbell system that rings to your smartphone
  • A doorbell camera that shows visitor’s faces on your smartphone
  • A smart thermostat that helps you manage your power bill
  • An intelligent irrigation system that won’t waste water on a rainy day and automatically adjusts to changes in seasons or weather

You also might consider swapping out your dumb lighting dimmers for some intelligent ones so that you can easily set lighting timers, change the color of the light, or simply reduce your utility bill.

Difficulty Level: 2 – 4

Most of these products are made for the consumer, so installation and configuration is pretty painless for most folks. Swapping of lighting dimmers is the most complex of the ideas listed above, and may require an installation pro or electrician unless you are comfortable with basic electrical wiring.

Cost: $ – $$

A lot of these devices are fairly inexpensive and all are widely available online.

Required Tools / Equipment

You can do almost all of these projects with just a screwdriver.

Ready to take a deeper dive?

Check out these blog articles:

Smart Home Integration — From DIY to CI Guy

The Perfect Pairing: Yamaha MusicCast and Home Automation

5. Add a Sound Bar

Let’s face it: TV sound stinks. That’s because manufacturers are constantly trying to make the TV cabinets as small as possible, with the screens as large as possible, leaving no room for quality speakers. On top of that, the speakers often face the wall behind the TV instead of the listening area. This makes for some really difficult-to-hear dialogue.

The good news is that there’s a super-easy DIY project that can solve this issue: Just connect a sound bar. Installation is a snap. Connect a cable to your TV, do a fast configuration, and voila: instant way-better sound!

A good choice here would be the Yamaha SR-C20A, which delivers great sound and is compact enough to fit anywhere (on top of or inside an entertainment cabinet, for example). What’s more, handy rear-panel keyholes mean that it can be easily mounted on a wall if you prefer, though this would require running a cable through the wall, which makes the project slightly more complex.

Large flat screen hung on living room wall with small horizontal sound bar hung under it.
Yamaha SR-C20A sound bar wall-mounted.

The SR-C20A also provides virtual surround sound capabilities and a built-in subwoofer to bring your favorite movies to life without the need to run any other wires. There are also sound bars that come with separate wireless subwoofers. Either way, adding a sound bar/subwoofer combo is the most painless home audio improvement you can make.

Difficulty Level: 1 – 2

Easy to install, easy to configure. If you want to mount the sound bar on a wall, this requires running a cable through the wall, which makes things a little more involved, but it’s still a simple project.

Cost: $ – $$

Sound bars range in cost depending on the performance you want. There are lots of good options under $200.

Required Tools / Equipment

  • Cordless drill (if you want to mount it to a wall)
  • Screwdriver (if you want to mount it to a wall)
  • HDMI cable
  • Sound bar
  • Wireless subwoofer (if the sound bar does not have a built-in subwoofer)

Ready to take a deeper dive?

Check out these blog articles:

How to Connect a Sound Bar to a TV Using HDMI ARC

There’s a Sound Bar for Every Space and Budget

Introducing the SR-C20A Compact Sound Bar

Virtual Surround Sound and Yamaha Sound Bars

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha AV products.

Pinar Toprak

Classically trained film, television and game composer Pinar Toprak’s credits include blockbuster superhero movies like Captain Marvel and Justice League, as well as the hugely popular Fortnite from Epic Games. In this video, conducted at her Los Angeles studio, she talks about the psychology of music being at the center of her craft, striving to always improve, the excitement of hearing musicians play her compositions for the first time and the importance of not just musicianship but technology as well.

“I’m mesmerized by the power of music,” she states, “and by emotions that are not necessarily verbally expressed. Music gets through to us more than any words you can imagine.” Yet Toprak’s compositional approach varies, depending upon the specific project. “Sometimes it’s a matter of creating different sounds and textures — it’s more [about] the vibe — and sometimes it’s a tune that I need to come up with.” One thing remains constant, though: “I start with the most difficult [element], and then build everything around it.”

Steinberg Cubase plays a major role in the process, as Toprak explains. “It allows me to create without worrying about the tool itself. Having a template and all of the workflow already in place — it’s like being with a friend. Cubase allows me to work in the fastest and most efficient way, and [to] really focus on the music, which is what matters the most.”

Toprak wraps things up with some sage advice for aspiring composers. “The main thing is having a curious mind, because when you have a curious mind, you’re guaranteed to evolve.” Equally important, she says, are musicianship, a mastering of technology, resilience and loving what you do. “When you’re passionate about what you do,” she explains, “people feel it and they want to create with you.” Truly words to live by!

Check out these related articles.

Click here to learn more about Steinberg Cubase.

Navigating a Score

There’s more to reading a score than just learning the notes, the rhythms and the chords. In this article, we’ll tell you what’s involved, with tips for navigating the various symbols and markers you’re likely to encounter.

Key Signature and Time Signature

There are two vital pieces of information that you’ll find at the beginning of every written piece of music, and they establish important rules for what will follow.

The first is called the key signature, and it consists of a group of sharps or flats, placed right after the musical clef. (As a keyboard player, you’ll usually be following the treble clef only, but in some sheet music — for example, in all classical music scores — there will be a treble clef for the right hand and a bass clef for the left).

The second is called the time signature, and it follows the key signature on the staff. Here is the beginning of a piece for piano, with these elements labeled for you:

Musical annotation.

Let’s look at these in greater detail.

Key Signature

Most music tends to be based on a certain scale (or key center), and that means it will be made up of combinations of white and black keys. The key signature at the beginning of printed music tells you which black-key notes (i.e., sharps and flats) will be used often throughout the piece. (This saves the printed music from having to show a lot of sharp or flat signs in every measure.) So when you first look at a new piece of music, you need to — pardon the pun — take note of this.

Here are some common key signatures:

Musical annotation.

Time Signature

The time signature describes the general rhythm and feel of a piece of music by telling us how to count the bars and what the basic unit of counting is. The top number indicates how many beats are in each measure, and the bottom number indicates the rhythmic unit that gets each beat.

Here are some common time signatures:

Musical annotation.

Signs and Symbols

The most common navigational symbol is a pair of brackets with a pair of dots inside them. Together, these are called a repeat sign. The first bracket is the Start Repeat, and the second one is the End Repeat:

Musical annotation.

These tell you to play the bracketed section twice (unless otherwise marked). So for the example above, you would play bars 1-2-3-4-1-2-3-4 and then move on to the rest of the score.

Bear in mind that repeat signs don’t always have to occur at the beginning of a line of music. For example, you might see this:

Musical annotation.

Here, you would play bars 1-2-3-4-3-4 and then continue on.

When you need to repeat a bracketed section more than twice, the score will have an instruction telling you how many times to repeat, like this:

Musical annotation.

This would be played as 1-2-3-4-3-4-3-4 and then onward.

Another common occurrence is when a section is meant to repeat, but with some small differences in the end of each phrase. Those situations utilize what are called numbered endings, i.e., 1st ending, 2nd ending and so forth. For instance:

Musical annotation.

Here, you would play up to the first ending’s End Repeat sign and then go back to the Start Repeat sign. At that point, you’d play through, but this time go to the second ending and onward, so for this example, it would be played as 1-2-3-4-1-2-3-5-6-7-8 and onward.

There are some other signs that tell you where to go back to after encountering an End Repeat sign. For example, the symbol D.C. (Da Capo) at the end of a section is an instruction to go back to the very top of the score. So when you see it, you don’t need to look for a Start Repeat sign; you just jump back to the beginning.

Musical annotation.

The “roadmap” for this piece of music would be 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-5-6-7-9-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-5-6-7-9-10-11-12-13-14-15-16 and onward. Whew!

You don’t always have to go back to the top, or to a Start Repeat sign, either. The D.S. (Dal Segno) sign is used to indicate a specific bar to go back to. It looks like this:

Musical annotation.

Here it is in use:

Musical annotation.

Here, you would play through both endings as usual, and then continue to the bar that has the D.S. instruction in it. From there, you’d jump back to wherever the D.S. sign is and then continue playing onward. The roadmap for this example would be: 1-2-3-4-1-2-3-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-7-8-9-10-11-12 and so on.

There are also ways to indicate how far to play after going back to the D.S. sign. A common one used in classical music is D.S. al Fine, which means, “go back to the D.S. sign and play until you come to a bar that is marked Fine.” Note that this doesn’t have to be at the end of the piece. If it comes earlier, you don’t do anything special when you first pass through that bar — just keep going. You only observe the Fine after having gone back using a D.C. al Fine or D.S. al Fine sign.

Here’s an example of how it works:

Musical annotation.

This would be played 1-2-3-4-1-2-3-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-13-14-15-16-7-8-9-10-11-12-13 and done.

A common method of navigational instruction after using a D.C. or D.S. sign is to use what is called a Coda sign.

Musical annotation.

This is an instruction to jump to a new section of music that is usually (but not always) an extended section leading up until the end of the piece. If you encounter a D.S. al Coda sign at the end of a bar, you need to jump back to the D.S. sign and play until you encounter a bar that contains a Coda sign, or the words To Coda/Al Coda. Then you jump to whatever later bar has the Coda sign at the beginning of the measure. Here’s an example:

Musical annotation.

The roadmap here would be 1-2-3-4-1-2-3-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12-7-8-9-10-13-14-15-16.

Repeat signs and symbols serve a very useful purpose; without them, most pieces of sheet music would be quite long … and it’s difficult to keep turning pages while you are playing!

Look for Changes

Checking a piece of music ahead of time for key signatures, time signatures and repeat signs allows you to pre-plan your journey before you attempt to actually play the music. However, they don’t always remain the same from start to finish, so you should always look through the score carefully to see if any of them change during the course of the piece. If such a change occurs within a staff, it will be notated at the start of the first bar of the change; if it’s going to happen on the next line or stave, there will usually be a cautionary indication to warn you that it is about to happen.

As an example, here’s a piece of music that goes through a lot of time changes:

Musical annotation.

The time change to 2/4 in bar 7 comes in the middle of the line, so it’s indicated immediately, but for the change to 6/8 that occurs in bar 13, there is a cautionary indication at the end of bar 12 to help warn you ahead of time — same thing for the return to 4/4 that happens in bar 21.

Changes in key signatures are usually referred to as a modulation, and the same cautionary indications are used if they occur on the next line or stave. For example:

Musical annotation.

This piece starts in the key of C (no sharps or flats) and then modulates to the key of A (three sharps) at bar 7. The next key change, to the key of B-flat (two flats) occurs at bar 13, but since it is at the start of a stave, a cautionary warning appears at the end of bar 12. Bar 16 returns to the key of C, and to indicate no sharps or flats, natural signs are used to say, “stop using the B-flat and E-flat you were using previously.”

Many professional musicians circle (or use a highlighter to annotate) these important instructions to draw attention to them before ever playing through the piece. You’d never take a trip without knowing where you’re going. The same is true for playing sheet music and written scores. Be prepared!

 

Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

Holiday Sheet Music and Software Buying Guide

It’s that time of year… so the song goes. Music plays such an important part in the holiday spirit, and Yamaha has all of your favorite songs ready for download today.

Looking for a gift for a Disklavier owner? Yamaha offers numerous Christmas-themed PianoSoft music titles in our online store. If they’re a Piano Radio subscriber, we have special channels on for the entire holiday season, including “Holiday Party,” “Holiday Favorites,” “Christmas Eve” and “New Year’s Eve Party.” In addition, ENSPIRE owners can tune into a special “Original Artist Holiday Favorites” channel featuring recordings from holiday legends like Bing Crosby and Frank Sinatra.

We’ve also got lots of holiday MIDI Songs available for download, including classics like “Jingle Bells,” “Silent Night” and “Blue Christmas” by Elvis Presley.

Last but not least, if you need a backing band to play along, or would like to lead your friends and family in a holiday sing-along, choose from the dozens of Christmas Style Files we have available for downloading. Here are descriptions of a few of them:

Christmas Style Files contains several holiday Styles with a dynamic mix of genres.

Christmas Blue lets you play “Blue Christmas” in the style of Elvis Presley. A solid backbeat with added layers of orchestration, guitar and flute make the somber Christmas classic come alive.

Christmas Swing 2 provides a perfect country swing style for songs like “Rudolph the Red Nosed Reindeer” or a mellow version of “Jingle Bell Rock” a la Hall & Oates.

– Ready to try mixing up your holiday songfest with a little tropical inspiration and reggae flair? Check out Jamaican Christmas.

May your holiday season be filled with music and cheer!

 

For more information, visit the online Yamaha PianoSoft store.

What are MIDI Songs?

Perhaps you’ve heard the term “MIDI songs” before, but maybe you’re not quite sure what they actually are — in fact, you may not even know what “MIDI” is. Fear not! Here are the answers to the most commonly asked questions about MIDI songs and explain why they’re such a great addition to your digital keyboard or digital piano.

What Is MIDI?

The word “MIDI” is an acronym for “Musical Instrument Digital Interface” — a standard developed back in the 1980s that allowed different digital music devices, such as keyboards, sequencers and drum machines (and, later, computers) to communicate with one another, regardless of manufacturer. In effect, MIDI is a kind of language, with clearly enumerated performance commands (such as “play middle C and hold it for four beats, then let go of it and play a D six beats later”) that all MIDI-compatible instruments understand.

Yamaha has prepared a short, easy-to-understand document called “MIDI Basics” that goes into greater detail. Click here to download it.

What are MIDI Songs?

Simply put, MIDI songs are just collections of data that tell your keyboard what to play. They come in the form of digital files (usually with the suffix .MID) that you can upload to your instrument, either directly from your computer via USB, or by transferring them first to a flash drive, then plugging the drive into the instrument’s USB port. As we’ll see shortly, MIDI song files are very small in size, so it takes mere seconds to load them; once in your instrument, you can play them instantaneously at the push of a button.

What are the Advantages of MIDI Songs Over Audio Files?

At this point you may be thinking, “Wait a minute … why should I bother with MIDI songs when I can simply download an audio file of the song I want to hear?” After all, there are literally millions of songs available on iTunes® and other streaming sources, as well as special “minus-one” audio files that leave one instrument out so you can play along.

But MIDI songs offer several major advantages over audio files, as follows:

1. You can freely change their key. This is not possible with audio files unless you’re willing to put up with the (often significant) degraded sound quality that results. Change the key of MIDI songs and the sound quality is completely unaffected — they sound exactly the same, only transposed.

2. You can freely change their tempo. Similarly, if you do this to audio files, the sound quality is degraded. Speed up an audio file more than a little bit, and everything starts sounding cartoonish (think Alvin and the Chipmunks); slow it down too much, and it sounds muddy and swampy. In contrast, MIDI songs can be slowed down or sped up by any amount without affecting the sound quality at all.

3. You can freely change their instrumentation. This isn’t possible with audio files, period.

4. You can turn tracks on and off, creating your own custom “minus-one” versions. This is only possible if an audio file is in a multi-track format, which is rare. If the audio file is stereo — which is almost always the case — it’s impossible to do. Being able to freely mute or solo instrument tracks makes it easy to hear and learn each individual component, and is a terrific live performance feature, too, since it allows you to do “break-downs” with the push of a button.

5. They’re much, much smaller than audio files. A one-minute MIDI file is about 10 KB (kilobytes, or thousands of bytes) in size. In contrast, an MP3 file of the same duration will be about 1 MB in size (a megabyte is a million bytes), while a better quality uncompressed audio file (such as a WAV) will be over 10 MB. The smaller the file, the less memory space is required and the faster the loading time — plus, you can typically load many MIDI files into even those instruments that have limited memory capacity.

6. They work with pretty much every modern digital keyboard. This includes all current Yamaha digital keyboards, digital pianos, arranger workstations and synthesizers, as well as keyboards introduced by most other manufacturers since the early 1990s — vintage instruments as well as newer ones.

What are the Different Types of MIDI Songs?

The innovation that enabled the creation of standardized MIDI songs was something called “General MIDI” (GM for short), a protocol that was universally adopted by all major digital keyboard manufacturers in 1991.

GM specifies that particular sounds be stored in particular memory areas — for example, Voice 1 must always be the sound of an acoustic grand piano; Voice 25, the sound of a nylon-string guitar. What’s more, these voices are arranged into 16 specified “families” of eight instruments each; the Reed family, as an example, must include four kinds of saxophones, an oboe, an English horn, a bassoon and a clarinet. Thanks to this meticulous degree of organization, no matter what GM-enabled digital keyboard you use, you always hear the same type of sound when you select a particular Voice (though the audio quality may differ somewhat from instrument to instrument). In addition, GM also specifies which drum sounds are assigned to which keys, so that the drum track of a MIDI song always plays the correct drums and cymbals, regardless of the digital keyboard being used.

In 1999, GM Level 2, which includes more sounds and features (such as the addition of standardized reverb and chorus effects), was adopted. Yamaha expanded upon this further with the introduction of the XG (EXtended General MIDI) standard. Most Yamaha downloadable MIDI songs incorporate multiple file formats (in many cases including both GM and XG versions) zipped into one file. Other “premium” versions, optimized for various Yamaha keyboards, are often included as well. (See below.) To learn which versions are recommended for your model, click here.

What are Premium MIDI Songs?

Premium MIDI songs (such as “XA,” “XT” or “G” files) offer additional features optimized to work with the score display functionality of specific Yamaha digital keyboards, as well as learning features such as stream lights and song waiting. They provide chord notation and lyrics, making it easy for you to play along on other instruments such as guitar and/or to sing along karaoke-style; if your instrument has vocal harmony features, you can even plug in a microphone and turn your voice into a choir! You can also make custom mixes of Premium MIDI songs on compatible Yamaha keyboards. An explanation of the different kinds of MIDI songs offered by Yamaha can be found here.

 

Yamaha offers hundreds of MIDI songs available for immediate downloading. Click here to view the available titles.

The Science of Awe (and Why it Matters)

Ah, rebranding. There’s a powerful emotion that used to be called “the sublime.” That idea first burbled up with the Greek philosophers, and then resurfaced later with the 18th-century art movement called Romanticism.

These artists were trying to put a finger on how some experiences — like a stirring musical composition, an inspiring painting or a violent thunderstorm — can produce the very strongest emotion humans are capable of.

As French author Nicolas Boileau-Despréaux (1636-1711) wrote, “The sublime is not strictly speaking something which is proven or demonstrated, but a marvel, which seizes one, strikes one, and makes one feel.” In the 21st century, there’s a new phrase for this emotion, and psychologists call it “awe.”

What Exactly Is Awe?

Milky Way arch in the sky

To put it simply, awe is the sensation of seeing yourself as a small part of something bigger. In the magazine Philosophy Now, Robert Clewis, a professor at Gwynedd Mercy University in Pennsylvania, described it as “a complex, mixed feeling of intense satisfaction sensed before a striking or inspiring object, event or act.” This could include positive feelings of seeing a natural wonder, like you may have felt if you have ever stood at the edge of the Grand Canyon or by a waterfall in Hawaii. Or maybe you were camping and looked up and saw the bright Milky Way glowing in the night sky. We can even feel awe around human-built creations, such as a vast cathedral or the Great Pyramids.

Interestingly, awe is a mixed experience, both soul-satisfying and yet also a bit … discomforting. It’s a bit humbling. But overall, people like the feeling of awe and want that experience to continue, Clewis writes.

Awe + Creativity

So, what does awe have to with being a music educator? Awe, it turns out, is strongly linked with creativity and music.

People who are more creative tend to experience awe more frequently — even finding it daily — according to a 2021 study by J.W. Zhang and team and published on the American Psychological Association PsycNet site. This study also noted that people who scored highly in the trait of awe performed better on a cognitive performance task (called Duncker’s candle problem, this test looks at how people deal with a challenge). Lastly, the study reports that when people were having a more awe-inducing day than normal, they reported being more creative that same day.

It may be that creative personalities are able to home in on awe-inspiring things with more ease, or in new ways — or, it may be that being open to awe helps inspire creativity.

The Benefits of Awe

woman with eyes closed, listening to music through earbudsOver the past 20 years, researchers have been increasingly interested in awe, as they have found that it helps people feel more satisfied, more connected, more generous and less anxious.

Awe has been a particularly useful emotion to tap into during the overwhelming and uncertain times of the pandemic. Awe is an antidote to isolation, according to Piercarlo Valdesolo at Claremont McKenna College in California. His research, as discussed in this interview with NPR, finds that awe can make our problems seem to fade away because it diminishes the focus on self, drawing attention to that which is bigger than ourselves. “You become more concerned about the collective,” he says. “You become more generous. You help … more cooperative. You kind of get out of your own head, to put it simply.”

Feeling Awesome

Good news: Many of the things we’re told to do to inspire a sense of awe are already a part of your life as a music educator. These include spending time with children, who naturally encounter the world with a sense of wonder, and listening to music, which creates a deep language of emotion in the brain.

You can also foster a sense of awe by focusing closely on everyday experiences, like taking a long hot shower, snuggling a pet or enjoying a cup of coffee. Time in nature — observing the miraculous things like changing seasons, rainfall, growing plants and subtle shifts of light — creates awe, too.

How to Cultivate Awe in the Classroom

artwork of female's face, neck and shoulders painted in bright colors with musical notes coming out of her ears In the classroom, ask students to find a piece of music that makes them feel the sensation of awe — or come up with a list together as a class. (Here are some examples of lists: 10 Awe-Inspiring Tracks for Your Adventure Travel and 8 Pieces of Classical Music Inspired by the Sea.)

What music makes students feel awe? “Solsbury Hill” by Peter Gabriel? Bon Iver? Gregorian chants? Calls to prayer recorded in Istanbul? John Williams’ theme from “Jurassic Park”? Australian duo Dead Can Dance? Te Vaka? Experiment with playing music from various eras, different artists and the use of different instruments, to see what resonates. What shakes the soul?

For me, it’s Russian composers like Pyotr Tchaikovsky and Modest Mussorgsky. I love pieces like “Night on Bald Mountain” and “Baba Yaga, The Hut on Hen’s Legs,” from Pictures at an Exhibition and even the zesty parts of “The Nutcracker.” But also, Nine Inch Nails, and Holly Holy by Neil Diamond, who says of that song, “To me it has magic. But you can’t listen to it, you just have to feel it.”

That’s the wonderful thing about awe — it’s such a deeply powerful human emotion, but it’s also so personal. It’s not the lyrics, but the feeling. It’s between us and the universe.

So, what moves you? What makes you feel awe?

20 New Songs To Add to Your Holiday Playlist

Sometimes our holiday playlists can get a little outdated and dull from year to year. The good news is that finding new songs just takes a little patience and digging.

Here are 20 suggested “freshen-up” songs from across many genres — a blend of old and new to spruce up your holiday festivities.

FIVE SONGS TO ADD TO YOUR PRESENT WRAPPING PLAYLIST

Mariah Carey, “All I Want for Christmas Is You” (1994)

No holiday gift-wrapping playlist would be complete without Mariah Carey’s hit, “All I Want for Christmas is You.” Serving as the lead single from her first holiday album, 1994’s Merry Christmas, the record features the singer’s infamous dog-whistle register, layered vocal runs and festive bell chimes.

Gwen Stefani, “Santa Baby” (2017)

In 2017, Gwen Stefani shared a version of the classic “Santa Baby” on her album You Make It Feel Like Christmas. Like Eartha Kitt’s 1953 original release, Stefani’s rendition features pared-down drums and strings as she offers her tongue-in-cheek list of what she wants from Santa.

Britney Spears, “My Only Wish (This Year)” (2000)

Britney Spears’ only wish for the holiday in this song is to meet her true love. She asks Santa to wrap the person up and leave them under the tree so they might meet on Christmas morning.

Jessica Simpson, “Let It Snow, Let It Snow, Let It Snow” (2004)

Jessica Simpson gives the holiday staple “Let It Snow, Let It Snow, Let It Snow” an upbeat, funky makeover. While the song’s lyrics are simple, it’s not a real holiday if we don’t wish for some snow — no matter what city you live in. (See next entry.)

PJ Morton, “Winter Wonderland” (2018)

PJ Morton takes the classic song “Winter Wonderland” and gives it a tropical, light-hearted twist, with reggae aesthetics and horns. The Maroon 5 keyboardist is clearly also hoping for some snow in his native New Orleans — giving listeners a fresh take on one of the season’s essentials.

FIVE SONGS TO ADD TO YOUR SHOPPING PLAYLIST

Run-D.M.C., “Christmas in Hollis” (1987)

Run-D.M.C.’s take on a holiday song, with “Hollis” referring to the rap group’s native Queens neighborhood in New York City. Here, the three members riff on a casual run-in with Santa Claus and the cash he deliberately leaves them.

Meghan Trainor and Earth, Wind & Fire, “Holidays” (2020)

From Meghan Trainor’s 2020 album, A Very Trainor Christmas. Here, the singer taps Earth, Wind & Fire for the rosy, festive song “Holidays.” Turning on this tune will surely brighten your spirits if the task of shopping for presents seems overwhelming.

Ariana Grande, “Santa Tell Me” (2014)

For Christmas, Ariana Grande just wants one thing: to not fall in love with her crush. That’s the gift she requests from Santa Claus, pleading for him to help her out because she wants to make sure the relationship is strong enough to last.

Ne-Yo, “This Christmas” (2019)

Ne-Yo’s 2019 “This Christmas” covers Donny Hathaway’s seminal classic of the same name, originally released in 1970. Here, Ne-Yo also sings about all the accoutrements that accompany the perfect Christmas, including mistletoe, presents and a roaring fire.

Tyler, the Creator feat. Fletcher Jones, “I Am the Grinch” (2018)

What is Christmas without the Grinch? Tyler, the Creator’s new take on the vintage villain for the 2018 film Dr. Seuss’ The Grinch shows the rapper speaking from the Grinch’s point of view, announcing the havoc he plans to wreak on the unsuspecting people of Who-ville.

FIVE SONGS TO ADD TO YOUR COOKING AND CLEANING PLAYLIST

Sia, “Santa’s Coming for Us” (2018)

Sia’s bouncy song delivers a promise that Santa Claus is on his way this Christmas Eve, with a hope that Santa grants whatever wish the listener asks for this year.

The Eagles, “Please Come Home for Christmas” (1978)

While “Please Come Home for Christmas” is a bit of a melancholy song, no holiday is complete without it — especially The Eagles’ 1978 cover version. Here, the singer beseeches his love to come home for Christmas so they may partake in all the festivities.

Chuck Berry, “Christmas” (1970)

“Run Rudolph Run” may be Chuck Berry’s most well-known holiday hit, but his 1970 song “Christmas” is another solid addition to your playlist. On the track, he makes a list of what he and his love could do if they spent just one more Christmas together.

John Legend, “Bring Me Love” (2018)

John Legend’s holiday wish is also something non-materialistic: he wants Santa to bring him his love because he feels like that’s what he deserves in the new year.

The Who, “Christmas” (1969)

The Who’s 1969 song “Christmas” (from their rock opera Tommy) is an atypical Christmas song, rife with classic rock chords and vocals — raucous elements that can help break up the monotony of getting your home ready for guests.

FIVE SONGS TO ADD TO YOUR DINNER PLAYLIST

Kelly Clarkson, “It’s Beginning to Look a Lot Like Christmas” (2021)

Kelly proves again and again that there’s a reason she won the first American Idol. In her cover of “It’s Beginning to Look a Lot Like Christmas,” from her latest seasonal offering, When Christmas Comes Around…, she shows off her powerhouse singing chops while describing the seasonal trappings that make the holiday what it is.

Brenda Lee, “Rockin’ Around the Christmas Tree” (1958)

Brenda Lee’s 1958 song “Rockin’ Around the Christmas Tree” has sold over 25 million copies, and it’s the fourth most digital downloaded Christmas single ever. For many, it brings the 1990 film classic Home Alone to mind as it underscores the scene where Kevin McCallister pretends he’s hosting a holiday party at his house.

Destiny’s Child, “8 Days of Christmas” (2001)

The title song from Destiny’s Child’s 2001 album 8 Days of Christmas sees the three singers breaking down what their significant others gave to them over the course of the holiday, including a candlelit dinner.

Justin Bieber and Usher, “The Christmas Song (Chestnuts Roasting on an Open Fire)” (2011)

There have been a lot of covers of Nat King Cole’s 1946 hit, “The Christmas Song (Chestnuts Roasting on an Open Fire),” but Justin Bieber and Usher’s 2011 version is unmatched. After Bieber opens the song, the two singers duet, trading some of the most famous lines from the record.

Ella Fitzgerald, “Sleigh Ride” (1960)

Ella Fitzgerald released her version of “Sleigh Ride” in 1960. Backed by horns and drums, the jazzily ethereal track welcomes the holiday season with open arms, as she sings about a cozy sleigh ride amid the winter’s snow.

5 Tips to Start and Run an Audition-Only Ensembles

Many high schools have audition-only ensembles. While larger pep bands and regular concert band give you more instruments to work with, an audition-only ensemble holds a special place in a directors’ heart. Oftentimes, this ensemble is full of upperclassman who are about to graduate, so time becomes limited and precious.

Here are some tips on how to make the most of your audition-only ensemble — from making it run smoothly, to growing your group for years to come.

1.     Try Student-Lead Literature

With audition-only ensembles, you can see which musical direction your students would like to move toward. Block out the end of a rehearsal period to ask your pupils what kind of literature they’d like to play one day. Maybe it’s Holst’s Suite in Eb, Xerxes or even variations on a Korean folk song.

Why try student-lead literature? Because if your students make the selection, they are going to have an extra incentive to want to learn it. Even if it seems above their technical ability, order the score. This is the method one of my own directors, Mr.Koch, employed. He had us playing Persichetti before we were 16. Talk about a feat!

2. Consider Charging Admission to Concerts

small string ensemble performingYou might face some resistance and difficulties if you start to charge $5 to $10 for admission to concerts, but here are some reasons to consider it with an audition-only ensemble:

  • It will help cover the cost of new scores and instrument repairs.
  • You and your students won’t have to work as hard at fundraising and will have more time and energy to focus on rehearsing.
  • It clarifies the concert date.
  • It helps set a professional tone for performances and the ensemble as a whole.

The more difficult the music, the more expensive the scores. Not to mention, you may find yourself in need of rarer (and pricier) instruments such as grenadilla wood piccolos, English horns and auxiliary percussion like thunder sheets and theremins.

Some directors might fear that charging admission will decrease the size of the audience, but it can have the opposite effect. If parents and other family members pay for the event, they will likely remember the date more than if the concert was free. This small increase in stakes can lead to bigger audiences.

Even if the initial result to charging admission is a smaller crowd, keep in mind that it’s more important for an audience — no matter the size — to be captivated. Charging admission will certainly weed out the audience members who are noisy and disrespectful. Furthermore, charging admission to your audition-only concert helps set the tone — what was previously an informal event, just became a formal event.

3. Work with Your Local Orchestra

In my area, many members of the Toledo Symphony visit surrounding high schools as guest artists. They provide guest conducting experiences and musical feedback before band festivals. They also do sectionals and sometimes, one-on-one lessons for soloists.

While it might seem like a hefty cost to compensate a professional from the symphony, it is worth it. The more professionals you can have in the room with your students before a competition or concert in a large venue, the better. In addition to this, it actually helps out the symphony as well: Members of the orchestra are exposed to your pool of students, who may want to study with them later down the road.

4. Provide Incentive for Newcomers

You should never play favorites with your ensembles. But there are many advantages to making your audition-only ensemble markedly different than your concert band.

pizza partyHere are some tips for providing incentives:

  • Make it a little competitive — During concert band rehearsals, mention what your audition band is playing, what the chair testing repertoire looks like, what they are doing for their new concert, etc. Hype up the audition ensemble because a little friendly competition and nudging can help grow your audition band’s try-out pool for the next year.
  • Change up concert black to something more elegant — Change the basic “concert black” to more formal attire to help set this ensemble apart from the others. Tuxedos and long black gowns are a good place to start.
  • Host audition-ensemble exclusive events — something as simple as a short homeroom pizza party can go a long way. Make sure to only do this after an audition-only ensemble concert. Remember, no playing favorites!

5. Get Involved with the Community

male student playing the saxophoneAudition-only ensembles are a great way to provide services to your community. Students who sign up for audition-only bands are more likely to want to perform at events outside of school.

Here are a few performance opportunities you can explore for your audition-only ensemble:

  • Have students play at the grand opening of small businesses.
  • Get your band involved in their summer community day.
  • Make a yearly event inside the school (such as audition-only students caroling from classroom to classroom, playing music over the intercom during game days or other special events).
  • Collaborate with the orchestra director if your school has one. Put together a symphonic orchestra and get students from both ensembles together, which will allow for even more advanced literature to try.

Getting involved in your community is a two-way street. Performances attract community attention, which can garner enough recognition for articles on the front page of your local paper!

Twice the Work? Twice the Fun!

While audition-only ensembles can seem like twice as much work, they can also be twice as much fun! Try some new literature that seems too hard — you’ll be pleasantly surprised at how your students will stretch their talent.  Get your band out there, get involved and most importantly, enjoy yourself!

Case Study: Strategic Storage and Scheduling Solutions

When Vincent Vicchiariello began his transition to Director of Bands at Nutley High School in New Jersey in 2018, the program boomed. “We had our biggest [group] of 95 students in our marching band,” he says. “We were busting at the seams.”

As the band department increased in size, so did logistical challenges including where to store equipment and when and where to rehearse. Clear communication and support from the community led to interesting solutions.

Vicchiariello compares band directors to mathematicians or firefighters. “Every band director is the same — we’re problem-solvers,” says Vicchiariello, who has been a teacher with the school district for more than 11 years since earning his music education degree in 2009. “We’re always finding a way to make something happen.”

Equipment Expansion

Part of the band’s growth occurred with the formation of an indoor percussion ensemble in 2016. The group had its first competitive season in the winter of 2017 and now has about 30 participants. Starting then and in the years since, the band has steadily acquired pit equipment, including three marimbas, four vibraphones, a drum set cart, a synth cart, speakers — “all that good stuff,” Vicchiariello says.

Much of the front ensemble opportunities have been incorporated into both the winter and fall marching groups. “We consider ourselves to be a decent-sized program, but our percussion section was [previously] just … battery on the field [and] a small front ensemble,” Vicchiariello recalls. “We’ve really grown our front ensemble to be something that is comparable to what is behind it on the field.”

While accumulating the equipment, Nutley experienced storage constraints. “Percussion instruments take up a lot of room,” says Vicchiariello, who is a percussionist himself and graduated from Nutley in 2005. “One thing that I still battle on a daily basis is facilities storage,” he says. “Where do we put everything?”

Just 15 miles outside of New York City, Nutley High School sits in the center of town with no room for development. “The problem here is that there’s no space to build anything else,” Vicchiariello says. “We can’t toss on an addition to the high school to expand the music wing because there’s no land to build on — everything is so tight.”

Having just a small closet shared with the theater department and the rehearsal room itself, the band began by putting large equipment on the stage. But when the auditorium was used for theater performances, that solution wouldn’t be viable.

Nutley band storage trailer from sideVicchiariello and the school district solved its storage problems in a variety of ways. Most importantly, the board of education purchased an enclosed trailer exclusively for the band’s use in March 2018. Previously, the district had transported the band’s equipment to competitions, games, and other events in several multi-use box trucks. As the board looked at buying a new box truck, it incorporated the purchase of the trailer. Vicchiariello coordinated with the director of grounds to research the size and internal features as well as bid out the project. A student’s uncle paid for the custom exterior paint.

In addition to travel, the trailer is used as a storage facility for marimbas, vibraphones, xylophones, any stands or racks, as well as other items that are made of metal or plastic. “Whatever is going in there doesn’t need to be temperature controlled,” Vicchiariello says. “We are constantly in and out of there, and we do check up on it if there are any leaks or if anything gets too hot. Nothing is in there with wood or drumheads.”

Nutley band room In addition, Vicchiariello built shelves and a rack in the back of the band room to house battery equipment and harnesses, respectively. Unfortunately or fortunately, the band received new marching band uniforms in 2018 as well, so the shelves now hold boxes of extra uniforms instead. “It’s like the ever-turning carousel that doesn’t want to stop,” Vicchiariello says.

As a temporary solution, the band is taking advantage of an unused general music and computer classroom to house battery equipment, low-brass instruments and uniform racks. In the future, the band and choir hope to jointly create a uniform storage system in the choir office.

Organization Guru

Vicchiariello also organizes the storage closet to donate, sell, repurpose or pass along old equipment. “I did a lot of work with clearing out most of the old and sorting through things and making piles to see how we can use the space to the best of our ability,” he says. “Everyone who knows me says that I’m a great organizer whether it’s an Excel sheet or the way that I keep my area.”

Most of the time at Nutley, when teachers decommission an item, the school system decides what to do with it. Large instruments like a bass drum or marimba were handed down to the middle school, for example.

As a self-proclaimed “neat freak,” Vicchiariello will clean out his storage spaces on a rolling basis, “If I have time, I’ll go and do it,” he says. “I did it in the fall. I find myself doing a lot of it during the summer. When I’m here for a marching band rehearsal, I’ll come in early.”

In addition to being an organizer himself, he teaches his students to be the same way. “It’s become part of the culture,” Vicchiariello says. “It’s like raising our own kids. … We don’t just take a cover off an instrument and roll it into a ball. We fold it and hang it over the instrument. When you take your instrument out of your locker, you don’t leave the case on the floor. The case goes back into your locker. We’re constantly brainstorming ideas on how to make the small things we have [feel] bigger and how to maximize the space.”

In and Out of “The Swamp”

Nutley band practicing at In the same vein, Vicchiariello solved challenges that the marching band faced with rehearsal space. With only one multipurpose field used for football, baseball, soccer, lacrosse and marching band at the high school, the band’s rehearsal schedules conflicted with sports practices and games. Therefore, the band members often walked to Yanticaw Park, directly behind the school and affectionately called “The Swamp,” when they couldn’t use the main field. During the last competitive season in 2019, the space didn’t have enough room for 95 students or even an area for the front ensemble. “We would have to do split practices and were only able to practice certain parts of our show,” Vicchiariello says.

To be able to rehearse the full show, the band changed its twice-a-week practices to the evenings after football practices and soccer games. Since the stadium has no lights, the band would use a portable generator to see, Vicchiariello says.

Overcoming these obstacles, the Nutley Raider Marching Band won the USBands New Jersey State Championships and achieved 2nd place in the USBands National Championship in Group IVA that season.

As if the prior facility conflicts weren’t enough, the school returfed its field in the summer of 2020, restricting its use, and groups couldn’t use indoor bathrooms due to COVID-19. So, the band held a modified band camp at Owens Park on the other side of town. “Owens field had a full bathroom and a very big open space,” Vicchiariello says.

In the end, Vicchiariello credits the community for coming together. “Every road or every connection leads back to Nutley,” as he has certainly experienced. “We have a community, an administration and teachers who support what we do. And our parents are the best in the business.”

Top Stocking Stuffers

Okay, we have to admit that not all of these gift suggestions will fit in a stocking. But they’re all sure to put a smile on the face of the musician or music lover in your life this holiday season, and since they’re all priced at under $500, they may well put a smile on your face too.

URBAN GUITAR BY YAMAHA

“I think acoustic guitar is a great way to start learning,” says world-renowned recording artist and four-time GRAMMY® winner Keith Urban, “because you can play it anywhere.” There’s no better way to begin that journey than with the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha.

Designed with beginners in mind, the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha includes everything needed to start playing right away. The guitar is a finely crafted instrument featuring a concert cutaway body and a thin, short-scale neck that makes it easy to play. It sports a beautiful spruce top with a tobacco brown sunburst finish and a tortoise-shell pickguard, plus it comes with a custom guitar strap and picks. The accompanying interactive lesson app provides step-by-step instruction from Keith Urban himself, as well as his teaching partner JUNO. Together, they offer inspiration and encouragement, along with cutting-edge features that will keep budding guitar heroes engaged and looking forward to their next lesson.

An acoustic guitar.

AG03 / AG06 COMPACT MIXERS

Anyone who regularly attends online meetings — as well as every podcaster, gamer, teacher, social media content creator and musician — will be thrilled to discover a Yamaha AG03 or AG06 compact multi-purpose mixer in their holiday stocking. Both models have built-in USB interfaces, making them ideal for live streaming applications of all types, including interactive video gaming, online instruction and podcasting, as well as music production and mobile recording.

The AG03 offers three microphone/instrument inputs and a dedicated headphone output, making it easy to mix your voice with background music, while the AG06 doubles the inputs for more advanced productions. Both come with Steinberg WaveLab Cast and Cubase AI software, which provide a wide range of simple-to-use recording, editing and distribution tools and enable high-resolution 24-bit/192 kHz two-track recording and playback. And even though it provides professional quality audio, you don’t have to be a pro to use the AG06/AG03: Simple operation and a handy 1-TOUCH control allows the user to instantly add compression, EQ and onboard effects like reverb and guitar amp simulation with the turn of a single knob.

Two small mixers.

PSR-E373 PORTABLE KEYBOARD

There’s no better way of encouraging a love of music than by giving someone a portable keyboard, and the Yamaha PSR-E373 is ideal for both beginners and hobbyists. It offers hundreds of built-in sounds, dozens of studio-quality effects and an expressive touch-sensitive keyboard. In addition, auto-accompaniment “Styles” provide a virtual backing band that can jam along in a variety of musical genres from around the world, such as jazz, R&B, and Latin, and a “Smart Chord” function allows the player to add great-sounding chords with just a few fingers.

Even when there’s no piano teacher available, onboard lesson functions help beginners learn how to play complete songs and improve their playing skills, and they can also download a song book that includes the complete scores and provides tips for mastering the lessons. In addition, a special Duo mode allows two students to do duets and practice together. The PSR-E373 makes learning and practicing fun … and isn’t that what it’s all about?

Child playing portable keyboard and smiling.

TW-E3B TRUE WIRELESS EARBUDS

Who wouldn’t like to find a set of earbuds in their holiday stocking? Yamaha TW-E3B true wireless earbuds are small in size yet detailed in sound. Ergonomically shaped for all-day comfort, they come with four eartip sizes for a custom fit and non-slip coating for improved hold. They also provide up to 24 hours of battery life, with an enhanced charging case that features easy-to-read indicators

TW-E3B earbuds are Bluetooth 5®-compatible, with aptX technology for stable wireless connectivity and superior sound. They’re water- and sweat-resistant, so they can be worn outdoors and during exercise, with easy controls for taking phone calls, adjusting music playback and Siri®/Google Assistant activation, plus Listening Care intelligent equalization for full-range sound at lower listening volumes. In short, TW-E3B earbuds offer everything the on-the-go streamer needs, and at an extremely affordable price too.

A pair of earbuds in their cases.

PIANICA

At first glance, you might take this for a toy, but the Yamaha Pianica is actually a serious instrument. This small, portable keyboard is breath-powered — all the player has to do is simply blow air into it while pressing down the keys. While the sound it makes is similar to an accordion or a harmonica, the Pianica uses the same familiar black-and-white keys as a piano, so anyone can begin playing music right away.

There are several different Pianica models available. The P32D offers 32 keys, while the P37E model (shown below) has an extended keyboard with 37 keys for a full 3-octave range. It also comes in three different colors — red, brown and black — with the red model actually having a slightly brighter tonality than the other two, allowing the player to choose his or her individual sound as well as making a fashion statement. Whether you’re buying a gift for a friend or relative hoping to discover the joy of making music, or you’re a parent who wants to introduce your child to music for the very first time, the Pianica is an easy and fun way to get started.

Yamaha Pianica keyboard wind instrument on table with coffee cup.

THR10II AND THR10II WIRELESS DESKTOP AMPS

The family of Yamaha THR-II compact desktop amplifiers provide guitarists of every level with a perfect combination of professional-quality tones and stylish good looks — whether they are practicing, recording or playing along with their favorite music.

The THR10II and THR10II Wireless models provide 20 watts of power and 15 different amp tones as well as modeled microphone sounds, stompbox-style modulation effects and studio-quality reverb and delay. There’s a USB port for recording and playback, plus Bluetooth® support that allows wireless audio playback through the built-in stereo speakers; there’s even a free mobile editor for remote control from a smartphone. The THR10II Wireless model adds convenient wireless operation — no guitar cable required!

A small amplifier.

CS-865 DOUBLE BRACED BOOM STAND

Cymbal boom stand.

Drummers are always looking for creative ways to expand their kits, and what better way than with a new cymbal stand? The Yamaha CS-865 double braced boom stand features an infinite adjustment tilter that allows virtually any angle adjustment, so cymbals can be placed right where the drummer wants them. The hinged tilter clamp grips the boom securely, with a memory lock that adds extra security to keep cymbals precisely positioned. Large rubber feet keep the stand from moving around, and plastic plugs in the vertical tubes prevent them from rattling — an annoyance that can be picked up by microphones in the recording studio. In addition, the boom arm stores inside the main arm, so the CS-865 can be used as a straight stand too — a “hideaway” feature that also means it takes up less space when stored … or even when it’s hiding under a tree.

AXE PACK

Guitarists can always use accessories, and the Yamaha AXE PACK provides all the essentials to maximize their playing time and enjoyment. This comprehensive kit includes an A-frame stand to hold electric and acoustic guitars — even ukuleles — along with a nylon strap, a string winder, a Yamaha GCT-1 clip-on tuner for guitar and bass (ukulele too), a polishing cloth, plus a supply of picks.

Guitar stand kit.

SR-C20A COMPACT SOUND BAR

Think a small sound bar means small sound? Think again. The Yamaha SR-C20A compact sound bar makes no compromises when it comes to audio fidelity, plus it’s packed with features such as virtual surround sound and a built-in dialog enhancer — there’s even a built-in subwoofer for those all-important rumbles that make movies and games come to life.

The SR-C20A has built-in Bluetooth too, so in addition to adding great sound to any TV or computer, it can also be used for streaming audio such as music and podcasts. And with the use of a free app, it can be turned on or off from a smartphone or tablet — the user can even switch content or change sound modes. Best of all, at just 23″ in length, the SR-C20A can fit anywhere, from entertainment cabinets to bedroom dressers to gaming stations to dorm room desks — it even includes rear keyholes for easy wall-mounting.

Yamaha sound bar on desk beneath computer monitors.

MPH-MT5 HEADPHONES

Yamaha studio headphones.

An extra pair of quality headphones always comes in handy. The Yamaha MPH-MT5 high-grade monitor headphones deliver a balanced sound that is always faithful to the source, making them perfect for home recording, where accuracy is a must. They’re lightweight and comfortable, and employ an over-ear closed back design for excellent isolation, with an extended frequency range that allows you to hear the entire sound, from the lowest lows to the highest highs. Moveable earcups enable single-ear monitoring, and thick, durable ABS housing and folding arm make the MPH-MT5 ideal for travel and use in even the toughest working environments. Carrying bag and 1/4″ adapter included too!

P-45 DIGITAL PIANO

Digital pianos provide full-sized 88-note keyboards that have the same feel as those of acoustic pianos. The Yamaha P-45, geared toward players at all levels — from beginners to professionals — provides precisely that, in an affordable package.

Its keyboard boasts a weighted action that has a heavier touch in the low end and a lighter touch in the high end, just like the hammers inside an acoustic piano. And not only does the P-45 sound just like an acoustic piano, it can also emulate the tonality of an electric piano, harpsichord, organ or vibraphone — even a complete string section! It comes with its own built-in sound system, and four varieties of onboard reverb allow the player to choose just the right kind of ambience, plus a headphone output allows private practice any time of the day or night without disturbing friends, family or neighbors. And unlike an acoustic piano, the P-45 is portable and lightweight — just 25 pounds — so it can be easily moved anywhere in your home or used for performance in other venues.

An electronic keyboard with 88 keys.

Venova™ Casual Wind Instrument

The trailblazer in your family is sure to appreciate Venova. It’s a completely new type of wind instrument — Yamaha calls it a “casual” wind instrument — that is easy to learn and fun to play. With simple recorder-like fingerings (the same kind taught in elementary schools everywhere) and a sound like a saxophone, anyone can be playing music in no time!

There are three models of Venova to choose from: The YVS-100 uses a real soprano sax mouthpiece and reed; the larger YVS-120 uses an alto mouthpiece to produce a lower and more mellow sound; and the YVS-140 uses a tenor saxophone mouthpiece and reed that make it easy for anyone — even beginners — to produce a rich, low sound. All three models are are water-washable, durable, lightweight and extremely portable — simply stick a Venova in a backpack and take it to the park or to a barbeque, or toss it in a suitcase and take it along on a business trip or on vacation. And there are no add-ons to buy: Everything needed to start making music is provided, including mouthpiece, ligature, synthetic reed, mouthpiece cap and a durable carrying case with strap.

Young man playing a Yamaha Venova casual wind instrument.

 

For more information about these and other great Yamaha music products, click here.

Expand Your Digital Keyboard, Expand Your Music

Many new instrument owners ask the question, “What else can I do with my keyboard once I get it home?” Yamaha keyboards are designed with expansion in mind! From new Voices and Styles to songs and sheet music, you can find everything you need to fully enjoy your instrument on the Yamaha MusicSoft Downloadables page.

Here are some of the ways you can expand your instrument:

1. ADD NEW VOICES AND STYLES

Looking to expand your musical vocabulary? Want to open the door to new creative ideas? There’s no better way than to add new sounds and arrangements to your keyboard. Yamaha Voice & Style Expansion Packs and Premium Packs & Voices literally place the sounds and genres of music from around the world at your fingertips — and best of all, they’re free!

Voice & Style Expansion Packs are compatible with most Yamaha PSR-S, PSR-SX and PSR-A arranger workstations (to determine compatibility for your instrument, check the specific expansion pack listing). They offer everything from Indian Taals to Vietnamese instruments, as well as Latino Cumbia, Bolero and authentic Mexican, Caribbean and Central/South American party music accompaniment Styles.

Premium Packs & Voices are regional-themed collections that are compatible with Yamaha Tyros and Genos arranger workstations (to determine compatibility for your instrument, check the specific premium pack listing). These include a wide variety of musical genres — everything from Salsa to Banda to Italian folk music — as well as traditional European, Indonesian and Central/South American instruments.

If you’re the proud owner of a Yamaha synthesizer, you’ll want to check out our Synth Voice Libraries for MONTAGE and MOTIF, which give your instrument even more sonic range and flexibility. These include collections of classic analog and FM synth sounds as well as grand pianos, electric pianos (such as Chick Corea’s custom Mark V), organs, strings, pads and evolving soundscapes.

2. PLAY ALONG WITH THE SONGS YOU LOVE

MIDI songs are collections of data — digital files that tell your keyboard what to play. Because they’re standardized, they work with pretty much every modern digital keyboard, including all current Yamaha digital keyboards, digital pianos, arranger workstations and synthesizers. They offer numerous advantages over simple audio files in that you can freely change their key and/or tempo with no change to the sound quality. You can also mute or solo selective instruments to create your own custom “minus-one” versions of the songs, or change the instrumentation altogether — something that’s not possible with audio files.

Yamaha offers literally hundreds of professionally arranged and performed MIDI songs — including many current and past hits — available for immediate downloading (click here to view the available titles). So what are you waiting for? Start playing along with all your favorites today.

Disklavier owners can avail themselves of special PianoSoft Songs that take advantage of the special features offered by these innovative world-class reproducing pianos. Professional performances of many popular songs and classical compositions, as well as film and show music, are available for the entire Disklavier family of instruments.

3. EXPLORE STYLE FILES

Styles are controlled by the chords you play with your left hand. When you play a chord on your Yamaha keyboard, a backing ensemble joins your performance based on the structure of the chord being played.

Style Files allow you to play along with complete backing tracks in a variety of musical genres. These are not only useful in live performance but also extremely helpful in refining your improvisational skills. From rock to jazz, classical to country, easy listening to R&B, Style Files will make you sound like a pro! Versions are available for most Yamaha digital keyboards and digital pianos — click here for a complete compatibility list.

4. IMPROVE YOUR PROFICIENCY WITH SHEET MUSIC

Incorporating printed music (called sheet music) into your learning and playing is a great way to increase your keyboard proficiency while at the same time allowing you to expand your musical repertoire. Yamaha offers nearly a thousand printable sheet music titles for instant download — everything from pop and rock hits to movie and show tunes to gospel, liturgical and other genres.

As a bonus, the online Yamaha sheet music store allows you to preview the first page of each selection so you can try it before you buy it, along with a number of helpful “widgets” that make the experience interactive. One of these actually plays the song automatically so you can hear the music on the page as well as see it; other onscreen tools allow you to adjust the playback speed, transpose the song to another key, change the “top line” melody from vocal to a wind or string instrument, increase or decrease the note sizes, and save the preview as a printable PDF file.

 

Check out these related blog articles:

You Are The Artist

What are MIDI Songs?

How Sheet Music Can Improve Your Playing Skills

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha Voices & Style Expansion Packs.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Premium Packs & Voices.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Synth Voice Libraries.

Click here for more information about Yamaha Style Files.

Click here for more information about Yamaha MIDI Songs.

Click here for more information about Yamaha PianoSoft Songs.

Click here for more information about Yamaha sheet music.

Tips for Recording Acoustic Guitar

Capturing the sound of acoustic guitar may seem a bit challenging at first, but there are really only a few techniques for doing so, and once you have your parts down, there are additional ways to help your guitar sit perfectly in the mix or stand out on its own, depending on the musical context.

In this article, we’ll share some tips for getting a great recorded acoustic guitar sound and making it the star of the session.

Microphone Techniques

The most basic method of recording acoustic guitar — or any acoustic instrument, for that matter — is to put a microphone in front of it. Knowing where to position the mic is the tricky part.

I find that I generally get the best results by placing a directional (“cardioid”) mic about six inches away from the front of the guitar, near where the end of the fretboard meets the sound hole, as shown in the photo below. (Listen closely over headphones while moving the mic around to find the ideal “sweet” spot.)

Closeup of someone's hands as they play acoustic guitar with a small directional microphone positioned directly at strings.

As you can hear in this audio clip of me playing the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha, this mic placement yields a nice balance of lows, mids and highs and delivers an overall natural sound inherent to the instrument.

Note that if you move a directional (cardioid) mic closer than six inches from the guitar, you’ll get more bottom end due to something called the “proximity effect.” If you move it further from the guitar, more room sound will be introduced, which may not be a good thing if the room you’re recording in is not acoustically treated (typically, an untreated room will make things sound more boomy and/or reverberant).

You can also use two microphones to capture the sound of acoustic guitar, though you really won’t want to place any more than two on it (or any sound source, for that matter) due to the potential for phase cancellation issues. If I opt to use two mics, I will place the second one near the body to capture additional low frequencies, as shown in the photo below.

Closeup of someone's hands playing acoustic guitar with microphone positioned at strings.

By combining the first microphone (the one near the fretboard) with the second one on the body, you’ll get a good, overall sonic picture of the instrument’s full tonal range, as you can hear in this audio clip:

Another very popular method of using two mics on acoustic instruments is called the “XY” technique. This is where you use two identical cardioid microphones set to a 90 degree angle from each other, as shown in the photo below. Some engineers actually place the tips of the microphones slightly on top of each other, which is fine as long as the mics are not touching each other.

Closeup of someone playing acoustic guitar with microphone .

Especially when the resulting tracks are panned fully left and right, the XY mic technique captures a very wide stereo image of the guitar — one that’s almost larger than life, as you can hear in this audio clip, especially if you listen over headphones:

That said, two microphones are not necessarily better than one. If one mic sounds better than two, by all means just use it on its own. Note that there is, however, one drawback to recording acoustic guitar with a microphone (or two), which is a potential problem if you are recording live along with loud instruments like drums, and that is that the mic will capture the sound of everything else in the room too, unless the other instruments are especially well-isolated. For that reason, I have found it best to record acoustic guitar on its own whenever possible. This also offers the best production options during mixing, since you’ll have more control over the sound.

DI Recording

If your acoustic guitar has a built-in pickup (not all do), then another method of recording it is available to you: Simply plug a guitar cable into its output jack (this is called taking the “DI” or “direct” output) and connect it to an instrument input on your audio interface, or to a “DI box,” which takes the instrument level signal and boosts it to microphone level, after which it can be connected to any mic input on your audio interface or mixing board.

One advantage of using a DI instead of a mic is that the sound will not be affected by external noise coming from other instruments in the room or the sound of the room itself. DI recording works especially well if your acoustic guitar has a high-quality built-in pickup and preamp (such as Yamaha FG/FS Red Label guitars, which employ the company’s revolutionary three-way Atmosfeel™ system).

I usually record acoustic guitar with a single microphone and DI blended together. I actually do this even when using my Yamaha FG-TA TransAcoustic guitar, which is capable of creating its own chorus and reverb effects in the air, even when it’s not plugged in (click here for more information about how this remarkable technology works). Two simple knobs on the side of the instrument give me complete control over the effects, making it easy to “dial in” the ideal sound.

Here’s what the FG-TA DI sounds like on its own:

And here’s what the FG-TA sounds like miked, with a single microphone placed at the 12th fret:

With this guitar, I like to use a blend of the two. In this next audio example, the mic signal is panned to around 11 o’clock and the DI signal is panned to around 4 o’clock:

The bottom line is that there is no right or wrong way to get a good recording when it comes to choosing between using a microphone or the DI output. Both approaches can work well, depending on the particular instrument, the musical context, and the quality of the mics you have on hand. Best of all, you can use them together at the same time.

Double Trouble

One of the ways I get big acoustic guitar sounds is to simply double the part (a recording technique known as double-tracking) and pan the resultant tracks left and right. This utilizes the natural differences in the two performances (the “rub,” as I like to call it) to create a wider guitar sound. Sometimes I will change up the tonality of the guitar for the double-track when using a DI, or alter the mic position to get a slightly different sound.

Doubling also helps you bring the guitars more upfront in the mix, as they are in the left and right speakers independently, as opposed to the often-crowded center of the soundstage where the snare and kick drums, along with the bass, usually sit. Here’s an audio clip that demonstrates the power of double-tracking:

EQ and Compression Tricks

How you equalize (EQ) your acoustic guitar tracks depends on the needs of the song. I rarely apply EQ during recording, but often do during mixing. I tend to use some EQ on a DI signal to help bring the guitar forward in the mix since there is no room sound involved. Another way to move the acoustic guitar signal forward in the mix is to cut some of the low midrange frequencies out of the DI signal at around 200 Hz; creating this kind of frequency “hole” leaves sonic room for the other instruments. I will also sometimes carefully boost some of the high frequencies above 7 kHz for additional sparkle and clarity. You can do this to the microphone tracks too if need be.

For a bit of extra punch, I will also sometimes apply a small amount of gentle compression to the acoustic guitar during mixing. However, you have to be careful not to cut off the transients (the very beginning of the signal), so back off on the attack time. I tend to use a very small amount of gain reduction so as to keep the natural sound of the instrument intact.

All DAWs come with EQ and compression controls, plus there are a number of specialized plug-ins that add their own unique sonic footprint, such as digital emulations of vintage analog equalizers or compressors. You can also use a channel strip plug-in that includes both controls. A good example of this is the Steinberg Cubase Channel Strip, which allows you to apply various processing modules to the audio as needed.

Use Fresh Strings

This may sound obvious, but putting a fresh set of strings on your guitar right before you record can make a world of difference. Especially when it comes to steel-string guitars (nylon strings do not need to be changed as much), the extra clarity and brightness you get out of the instrument can be significant … and remember, what you hear in your ears is pretty much what is going to be amplified by the microphone and/or pickup. Not only do new strings tend to sound better, but the guitar will stay in tune better as well, and that’s critical to the big picture of capturing a great acoustic guitar sound.

One final piece of advice when it comes to recording acoustic guitar: Just use your ears and don’t worry about how things look on the screen. If it sounds right, it is right.

All photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha TransAcoustic guitars.

Click here for more information about Yamaha FG/FS Red Label guitars.

12 Holiday Shows To Stream This Season

It’s a great time of year to snuggle indoors and stream some classic TV shows! These episodes are guaranteed to get you into the holiday spirit.

1. The Honeymooners: ‘Twas the Night Before Christmas (“Classic 39,” Episode 13)

Ralph Kramden has just purchased a Christmas gift for his wife Alice when he discovers that Alice’s friend has given her the same gift. Feeling guilty that he spent $22 on a bowling ball, Ralph decides the only thing to do is hock the ball and use the money to buy Alice a nicer gift. We won’t spoil the ending, but Ralph realizes how lucky he is to have a woman who loves him. Don’t miss the scene where Ralph snoops around the apartment trying to sneak a look at his gift. Check it out here.

2. The Twilight Zone: The Night of The Meek (Season 2, Episode 11)

Art Carney (who found fame as Norton in The Honeymooners) plays Henry Corwin, a department store Santa who is fired after showing up drunk. When he finds a bag of presents and starts handing them out to passing children, Mr. Dundee (the department store manager) tells the police that Corwin stole the gifts, but Officer Flaherty opens the bag to find just empty cans and a stray cat. What happens after Corwin walks out of the police station is pure holiday magic, leaving Dundee and Flaherty looking up at the sky in amazement. Find out where to stream it here.

3. The Lucy Show: Together For Christmas (Season 1, Episode 13)

Lucy and Vivian (Vivian Vance, who played Ethel in I Love Lucy) decide that for the first time, they’re going to stay home with the kids for Christmas. Each has their own unique perspective on the holiday, and they argue over everything, including what to eat for dinner, when to open the presents, and the color of the tree. Their disagreement escalates into a hilarious tree-trimming scene, but it’s the kids that bring them back together to find the true meaning of the holiday. Find out where to stream it here.

4. The Mary Tyler Moore Show: Christmas and The Hard Luck Kid (Season 1, Episode 14)

Mary plans to drive home to be with her parents for the holiday, but is broken-hearted when she learns that she’s slated to work on Christmas Day. Mary then makes arrangements to spend Christmas Eve with her friend Rhoda, but when she discovers that her co-worker Fred is supposed to work the night shift alone, she takes his shift instead. Everyone goes home except for Mary, and just when all looks most bleak, a surprise arrives. Anyone who’s ever worked on a holiday will appreciate this episode! Find out where to stream it here.

5. The Odd Couple: Scrooge Gets an Oscar (Season 1, Episode 12)

Felix tries to convince Oscar to play the role of Scrooge in an upcoming charity production of “A Christmas Carol,” but Oscar wants nothing to do with it. When their discussion becomes heated, Oscar throws Felix out of the apartment. Later that night, Oscar falls asleep on the couch and Felix appears in a dream as Marley’s Ghost, showing Oscar his Christmas past, present and future. Can Oscar reform his grouchy ways? Find out where to stream it here.

6. The Golden Girls: Have Yourself A Very Little Christmas (Season 5, Episode 12)

Dorothy’s ex-husband Stan comes to the door asking the girls for money to finance a shady business deal, but they refuse. Rose explains that she’s getting into the holiday spirit by volunteering at her church to serve Christmas dinner to the homeless. The rest of the girls think it’s a great idea and join her. While serving food, they spot a homeless man dressed as Santa. It’s Stan, whose wife has thrown him out of the house. Stan views the situation as a disaster, but in the end, the girls help him see that he is in fact more fortunate than many other people. Find out where to stream it here.

7. Seinfeld: The Strike (Season 9, Episode 10)

Jerry, Elaine and George attend a Hanukkah party where George is reminded of Festivus, a holiday invented by his father, Frank (played by Jerry Stiller). When an intrigued Kramer contacts Frank to learn more, Frank decides that this is an excellent opportunity to revive the holiday, and invites the gang to a celebratory dinner. They are joined by George’s boss Kruger, Jerry’s soon-to-be ex-girlfriend Gwen, and workers from an off-track betting establishment that are chasing Elaine. Mayhem ensues, bringing Festivus to a boil! Find out where to stream it here.

8. The X-Files: How the Ghosts Stole Christmas (Season 6, Episode 6)

Mulder calls Scully on Christmas Eve, asking for help with investigating a haunted house where years ago, a young couple made a lover’s suicide pact. Scully shows up to humor Mulder, but when the door to the house slams shut, locking them inside, it’s not so funny. Ed Asner and Lily Tomlin portray the two ghosts in this spooky take on Christmas Eve. Find out where to stream it here.

9. Everybody Loves Raymond: The Toaster (Season 3, Episode 12)

Laughs abound in this holiday episode where Ray gives engraved toasters to his friends and family as holiday gifts. Everyone seems to love them, but Ray never gets a reaction from his parents, Frank and Marie. Naturally, they hate it and exchange the toaster before opening it to see the engraving. The ensuing treasure hunt by Frank and Marie to retrieve the engraved toaster is nothing short of hilarious. Don’t miss the scene where they argue at the department store. Find out where to stream it here.

10. Girlfriends: Merry Ex-mas (Season 4, Episode 11)

Though none of them sing very well, Joan tries to groom Maya, Lynn, Toni and William to croon some Christmas carols. Meanwhile, in an attempt to be nice to her ex-husband Darnell, Maya invites Darnell and his girlfriend Lena to her Christmas party. Later in the episode, Maya catches Lena with another man in a bar, resulting in a serious discussion between the two about relationships. There’s plenty of drama and lots of laughs in this one … and Maya’s spin on “a partridge in a pear tree” will have you rolling on the floor! Find out where to stream it here.

11. 30 Rock: Ludachristmas (Season 2, Episode 9)

Jack’s mom surprises him in New York by escaping a hurricane in Florida, while the Lemons arrive with their son Mitch, who, traumatized by a skiing accident, thinks it’s 1985. Jack’s mom is determined to show him that Liz’s family isn’t as perfect as he thinks, and instigates trouble. Be sure to watch the closing credits so you can hear Tracy’s exquisite rendition of “It’s A Jordan Christmas.” Find out where to stream it here.

12. New Girl: LAXmas (Season 4, Episode 11)

Jess and the gang arrive at LAX to find chaos due to a storm in the Midwest. All flights have been delayed so they resort to all sorts of mischievous tactics to get to their destinations, in the process encountering irate ticketing agents, a Santa who steals Jess’ gifts, and a business mogul (played by Barry Bostwick) who takes a run at Cece. Don’t miss the final scene, which delivers the punchline. Find out where to stream it here.

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha AV products.

Gifting Creativity

Wouldn’t it be cool if creativity was something we could wrap in a box and give as a gift? The problem, of course, is that creativity isn’t a product, nor is it a commodity. It’s energy. Imagination. Or perhaps … an experience?

Experiential gifts aren’t difficult to buy. In fact, they’re actually right at our fingertips. Anyone can easily purchase a voucher for a show or a meal, the adventure of two nights of camping (or “glamping”), a ticket to ride, a cooking class, a dance lesson — all offerings I personally would be truly thankful for. And, while we may not be able to will somebody to make art, it is within our power to arrange an environment in which they’d have the freedom and privacy to do so; to write a sonata, start a novel, pick up a paint brush.

What a welcome reprieve it would be for a new exhausted mom or dad to receive a note in a pretty box that says something like:

Dear significant other, For the next three Sundays I’m taking the kids to the park from 12 to 4 so you can find your muse again. I know you’ve missed it. I’ll even tune your guitar, light a fire, make a pot of coffee, light you a candle.

or …

Dear bestie, I know how many songs you have in your heart. I’m also aware you don’t have epic recording skills. So next weekend I’m all yours. Come to my studio and I’ll produce some tracks for you.

or …

I’ve curated a small audience as a listening party so you can perform you new EP.

Imagine the recipient’s delight!

Yes, these kinds of offerings require sacrifice and time and possibly even having to vacate the premises. An experience, however, is something we’ll always remember, as opposed to something we might forget, outgrow or return. As author Jessie Sholl writes in Experience Life Magazine, “If you want to give a gift that lasts, keep in mind that experiences may provide more enduring happiness than physical presents.”

As a bonus, research has shown that experiential gifts actually strengthen relationships, whether or not the giver and the receiver experience it together. So “even if you don’t go to the concert you gave your husband for his birthday, you are still a part of his story,” as Lizzie Dragon writes in Outdoorsy.

When my daughter was a toddler, my husband and I showered her with holiday presents. Just to see her face in the morning made the excess worth it! But in recent years, we’ve reevaluated what matters to us and it’s become more and more likely that we skip going to the mall (or even ordering online). Sure, our pile of wrapped gifts may look a little smaller these last few years, but our hearts are full.

Now I’m not suggesting I’d be the least bit unhappy to receive a new Yamaha instrument for the holidays. (Hint, hint.) But what I am saying is that the carving out of time and space for a loved one to re-connect with their muse is a fine alternative.

In my opinion, search engines would be wise to offer us some listicles for how we can give the gift of creativity. Hey, maybe I just wrote one.

Have a happy, creative holiday, my friends. See you next year!

 

Check out Shelly’s other postings.

The Best Console Games for Dolby Atmos® and Surround Sound

In a video game, localization of sound is essential for realism. An enemy’s footsteps come from behind you, an alien aircraft approaches from above, a gunshot emanates from a cluster of buildings. The more accurately your sound system or headphones can place those cues, the more authentic the gameplay will feel.

More speakers mean additional options for sound localization. That’s why 5.1-channel surround sound is better than stereo, why 7.1 is better than 5.1, and so on. The ultimate audio format for gaming is Dolby Atmos®. Rather than being reliant on fixed speaker positions, it’s an object-based system that allows almost unlimited placement of audio in a full three-dimensional sound field that includes height as well as soundstage width.

Currently, Microsoft™ Xbox™ is the only console that supports Atmos for gaming. Sony™ PlayStation® 5 doesn’t, at least for now. For games, PS5 has its own immersive format called Tempest 3D Audio, although it does support Atmos for streaming video or when using the built-in 4K Blu-ray player. There have been reports about future support in PS5 for object-based audio formats like Atmos and DTS:X™, but nothing has been confirmed … yet.

Here are six games that offer excellent implementation of multichannel audio, including 7.1 surround and, where noted, Dolby Atmos.

1. Call of Duty Warzone (Xbox X|S, Xbox One, PlayStation 4/PS5 compatible)

(Atmos-compatible when played on Xbox) Set in the city of Verdank, in the fictional Eastern European country of Kastovia, this first-person shooter is part of the massive Call of Duty franchise. It’s an online-only game that you can download for free.

One of the game’s two main modes is Battle Royale (Plunder is the other), in which you play against up to 149 other gamers in real time. The area in which the battle takes place shrinks continuously as the game progresses, ratcheting up the pressure.

Sound localization is crucial as you run through the war-torn city, trying to survive. The more accurately you can hear where sounds are coming from, the better you can defend yourself against (or attack) other soldiers, who could be lurking almost anywhere or even sneaking up on you. If the system you’re listening on is Dolby Atmos-compatible, you’ll have an advantage over your online rivals. Watch the trailer.

2. Gears 5 (Xbox X|S, Xbox One)

(Atmos-compatible) A third-person shooter with both single and multiplayer modes, Gears 5 is a sequel to Gears of War 4 and, despite the “5” in its name, is actually the sixth game in the Gears of War series, developed by The Coalition. Like the previous versions, Gears 5 takes place on the earth-like planet Sera, menaced by the Swarm, an alien race created by the Locust Horde. The main character is Kait Diaz, who searches for the truth about her Locust blood while fighting off the Swarm with her buddies JD, Dell and Marcus.

The soundtrack kicks it into gear right away, during opening credits that feature a haunting orchestral score interspersed with sound effects as you see lava flowing, creatures slithering, burning rocks falling and more. In the end, it segues into game action with the sound of a helicopter with Kait inside it, flashing by over lush tropical scenery.

The sound design utilizes both Atmos and, to a lesser extent, other surround formats to create a larger-than-life sonic landscape that fits the gorgeous visuals and pulse-pounding action scenes. Watch the trailer.

3. God of War (PlayStation 4/PS5 compatible)

This game lets you roam the realm of Norse Mythology with the hulking warrior Kratos, son of Zeus, and his son Atreus. They encounter all manner of adventures and dangers as they try to fulfill the last wish of Kratos’s late wife: to scatter her ashes from the highest peak in the land. The main bad guy is Baldur, who is Thor’s half-brother. This third-person action/adventure features swords, bows and arrows and battle axes — even a giant serpent.

The God of War soundtrack offers a cinematic-style orchestral and choral score, and lots of massive effects such as booms and wooshes, augmented by unique Foley sounds, a multilayered voice characterization for the serpent and more. Its larger-than-life audio cues are most impactful when listened to in 7.1 surround sound. Watch the trailer.

4. Red Dead Redemption 2 (Xbox One, PlayStation 4/PS5 compatible, Google Stadia)

This Western role-playing adventure, which has both first- and third-person gameplay, takes place in 1899, at the very end of the Wild West era. The protagonist is an outlaw named Arthur Morgan, who’s in the Van der Linde gang. The game features gunfights, fistfights and lots of action on horseback, all of which allow for plenty of captivating sound design.

The soundtrack boasts incredibly detailed natural sounds that add to the realism. The horse chases, for example, happen in surround sound, with thundering hooves coming from different areas in the sound field. Equally noteworthy is the musical score, which includes authentic Western instruments such as banjos and harmonica. Somewhat surprisingly, RDR2 does not support Dolby Atmos, even when played on an Xbox. Watch the trailer.

5. Uncharted: The Lost Legacy (PlayStation 4/PS5 compatible)

Continuing the treasure-hunting story from Uncharted 4, hero Chloe searches for the Tusk of Ganesh in India’s Ghats mountains, accompanied by her mercenary sidekick Nadine. Presented in the third-person perspective, this game offers an Indiana Jones-like vibe as Chloe and Nadine try to find the missing Tusk while fending off a warlord army. The protagonists use everything from martial arts to handguns to bazookas in their fight scenes, which provide plenty of impressive sound design.

In addition to sound effects, the game has a lot of dialog and a compelling score, both of which provide further opportunities for spectacular surround sound. Watch the trailer.

6. Overwatch (Legendary Edition) (Xbox One, Nintendo Switch, PlayStation 4/PS5 compatible)

(Atmos-compatible when played on Xbox) This game takes place on late-21st-century Earth. Humanity has overcome the threat of hostile robots during the “Omnic Crisis,” thanks to super-soldiers created by the Soldier Enhancement Program, part of Overwatch, a multi-county task force. The game starts six years after the robots were defeated. Overwatch has been disbanded and the world is once again in turmoil, this time from terrorism and wars. To the rescue comes an intelligent gorilla named Winston, who seeks to rekindle Overwatch and end the threats.

Overwatch is an online, multiplayer, first-person shooter, for which you can choose which hero you want to be from a large selection. Because it’s purely sci-fi fantasy, there’s lots of creative sound design, especially when it comes to the non-human, enhanced human and robot characters. Watch the trailer.

Surrounded by Sound

There are several different ways to experience multichannel audio in games. The best is through an Atmos- or multichannel surround sound-compatible audio system with 7.1 or more discrete speakers. (Two or four overhead speakers are highly recommended for listening in Atmos.)

In such a setup, you’d connect the HDMI® output of your game console into an AV receiver like the Yamaha AVENTAGE RX-A8A — a powerhouse that supports up to 11.2-channel surround sound and Dolby Atmos, as well as other formats.

Digital AV receiver.
Yamaha AVENTAGE RX-A8A AV receiver.

Another way to go is virtual surround sound, which you can get by connecting your game console to a sound bar that offers this feature. For example, the Yamaha SR-C20A compact sound bar can reproduce 5.1-channel Dolby® Audio™ content, while the company’s SR-B20A model supports DTS® Virtual:X™ technology, which simulates surround sound through sophisticated digital filtering and time domain processing techniques to create the sensation of height.

Long thin horizontal speaker.
Yamaha SR-B20A sound bar.

In addition, some specialized gaming headphones offer surround sound support, and even stereo headphones can provide a convincing surround mix when connected to a console that offers a format like DTS® Headphone:X™, which Xbox X and S support for compatible games.

So if you don’t yet have an Atmos or multichannel audio system for your gaming, what are you waiting for? You’ll find the entire experience to be even more immersive and a lot more enjoyable.

 

Check out these related blog articles:

How to Configure an AV Receiver for Gaming

How to Shop for a Surround Sound System

Virtual Surround Sound and Yamaha Sound Bars

How to Install In-Ceiling Speakers

 

Click here for more information about Yamaha AV products.

Make Band a “Home” for Everyone

How can you make band a place that everyone enjoys? From student musicians who want to be the very best in the all-state contest, to those who are more casual and never practice outside of class, to athletes who want to participate in band, to students who want to be in choir, orchestra, theater and band.

You must create a band experience that builds program numbers through multiple and flexible ways to participate. 

A Look Back

It has been nearly 20 years since I graduated from high school. When I visit family in New Jersey, I am always excited to catch up with my closest friends from the South Brunswick High School band. Although the time since our last ride on a yellow school bus together increases with each visit, I am always amazed at how we pick up right where we left off, usually listening to Billy Joel or Buddy Rich and laughing until the wee hours of the morning.

We used to blast the Piano Man’s music on the rides to and from competitions and football games. I always identified with the lyrics from “Only the Good Die Young,” where Joel sings about the company he keeps. He says, “We ain’t too pretty, we ain’t too proud … we might be laughing a bit too loud … but that never hurt no one.”

I have never laughed harder in my life than on those bus rides with my best friends in band (although riding a drum corps bus through Arkansas in July with no A/C may come close!). These are the memories from high school I cherish the most.

As the band director at Claudia Taylor “Lady Bird” Johnson, a competitive Texas 6A high school program, I frequently reflect on the experience our students have every day. The namesake of our school once said, “How fortunate are we to have such a treasure of memories.” This quote resonates with me because I want our students to graduate from our program with the same “treasure of memories” that my friends and I share to this day.

Fortunately, my high school experience provided a familial environment that challenged me to reach new levels of musical excellence that I did not even realize was possible. My high school band director, Mark Kraft, and his wife, Ginny, the school’s choir director/visual designer, pushed us as musicians and set the highest standard for our level of musical achievement. Our marching band was very competitive during my four years of high school. In my sophomore year, our wind ensemble performed at the National Concert Band Festival. And, in my senior year, our jazz band was a state medalist. We had a well-rounded musical experience rooted in teamwork in an environment where kids of different backgrounds and motivation levels could be satisfied.

My goal is that the students at Johnson benefit from a similar approach, one that balances a pursuit of excellence while fostering a love for music and teammates.

Create a Culture that Values All Levels of Engagement

With many choices and mounting pressures on students, it’s easy to forget that kids “elect” to continue participating in the activities they enjoy most. By the time students have been a part of band for a few years, they may find that it has become increasingly difficult to balance the challenges of academics, band and pursuing another interest.

Always remember that kids do band for their reasons and not those of their parents or teachers. Band is a large part of my life, but it doesn’t have to be as prominent a part for all my students.

Johnson High School band at 2021 Bands of America Grand National ChampionshipsFor students, band can be:

  • A social experience
  • A musical experience
  • A competitive experience
  • A learning experience
  • A safe space

Understanding that kids do band for their reasons, encourages me to find common ground with them. It makes me work harder to create an environment where students who are more casual about their love for music can still find the same joy in our program as the kids who strive to be all-state musicians. I said earlier that many of my favorite memories from band are the bus rides — not the performances. Allowing students to see the value in participating in music at any level of commitment will increase a sense of belonging across the program.

Johnson’s program has more than 300 students, and about one-third of them are driven to be all-state musicians. Another one-third are very competitive about marching band, but not necessarily concert band. And the final one-third are there more for the bus rides and football games. As band directors, we must help our students understand and respect that there are many different reasons to be in band, and each one adds value to the team and plays a critical role in the success of our program.

We also work tirelessly to teach our students the importance of tolerance and sensitivity toward their peers. We want students of all racial, sexual and socioeconomic backgrounds to feel and be safe and valued. Our program has a zero-tolerance policy for hate, which means we must constantly teach students what hate looks and sounds like. This involves a few different steps in the process to help students learn appropriate behaviors:

  • Directors model compassionate, appropriate and accepting behavior. We work to create an environment where all students feel safe and accepted. The behavior must come from the top. Be willing to apologize and admit when you make a mistake.
  • Meet with student leaders before the season to define our culture as compassionate and caring. If it is not kind, helpful or necessary, it does not need to be said. If the leaders model appropriate behavior, they can also monitor it in their sections.
  • Teach digital citizenship lessons. Define cyberbullying and show examples of hateful or discriminatory posts or comments online.
  • Complete a hazing training session with all band members prior to the start of camp. This includes a discussion on what hazing is, what behaviors could be considered hazing, and the consequences of hazing. In our case, students who haze another student will be dismissed from band and could face further penalties on campus.
  • Provide a system to anonymously report bullying. Students have a box on campus they can anonymously report suspected mistreatment of others for a follow-up investigation.
  • Define consequences for hazing, bullying or discrimination and follow-through. Kids are perceptive, if they do not believe there will be follow through, they are less likely to report.
  • Reinforce through weekly student leadership meetings or conversations with band members the importance of patience, tolerance and compassion as the season progresses so that the early season discussions are not just a “box to check.”

Our staff believes wholly that a team cannot function without mutual respect and care. We want every student to find that sense of belonging in our organization.

You Don’t Have to Choose

When Johnson High School opened in 2008, our first principal, Kris Wickerham, established a campus “edict” that coaches and directors needed to work together to allow students to participate in multiple activities. Simply put, our campus would not make kids “choose” between sports and fine arts or between different disciplines within fine arts. Nearly 15 years later, this policy now shapes the culture of our community, and while it is not perfect, I am amazed at the efforts made to allow kids to pursue what they love.

band members holding instruments and wearing sports uniforms, ROTC uniforms and other cosumesThere are examples across the country of football players marching in the half-time show, band students singing in the musical or choir, and fine-arts students excelling in athletics. And at Johnson, we are proud to have students in all grades and band levels who participate in multiple other activities, and some do it for all four years.

To achieve an environment where kids can participate in many activities takes planning, patience and often sacrifice on the part of the coaches, sponsors, directors and parents. Ideally, keeping kids out of the middle of conflict always helps their experience, but this is not always possible. Some suggestions to help students achieve success in multiple activities:

  • Create a hybrid calendar that lists music and athletic events for the upcoming season side-by-side to address conflicts early
  • Consider a policy that prioritizes competitions/games/performances over practice so that the student is there for the most valuable events
  • Allow students the time to attend training and summer camps for both activities
  • Communicate frequently with parents and sponsors of the other activity to see what is working and what is not
  • Ensure students have adequate time for tutoring and allow them to miss rehearsal to catch up on homework during their busiest seasons
  • Be willing to share and encourage this as a part of your culture
  • Don’t give up; it won’t be perfect, but it will be worth it for the student
  • Be willing to allow students to follow their heart, even if it guides them toward the other activity — and try not to take it personally.

Your students will learn from being a part of many disciplines, and they will bring those skills to band (as well as all their future endeavors). They will also share lessons learned from your program with other teams and groups. The culture of sharing can translate into a great relationship with athletics, spirit and the other fine-arts programs.

Directors must recognize that students may not be 100% for the band program all four years in high school as they work to juggle other activities. That’s what makes high school such a wonderful time of discovery for students. Allowing band members to be a part of a high-achieving band while still enjoying different activities and focusing on academics is a worthy goal. Life is messy. I am the first to admit that in a competitive program, band sometimes gets in the way. We keep working to find the balance every year, knowing we will make mistakes along the way and recalibrate to find the best possible experience for our students.

For example, early on we were very literal with our attendance policy as it related to competitions and performances. Sometimes students approached us with important birthday parties, graduations or other major life events, and we would almost always require that they be at a performance no matter what. Our reasoning was that everyone on the team was sacrificing for the performance. This came from a fear that we would see a lot of kids missing performance days. In truth, most conflicts are few and far between, and we felt a growing resentment from parents and students that band was taking over their lives. Kids were giving up significant events with families like weddings or possibly leaving other organizations because they felt like they could not balance everything. We have since modified this policy to encourage students to see the value in major milestone events, and we work to communicate about those as early as possible to find an understudy or create a dynamic where the student can possibly attend the performance and their family event. We want our organization to be the very best. We also want our students to enjoy every experience possible.

Coming Full Circle

Jarrett Lipman (center) with Ginny and Mark Kraft, his high school choral and band directorsAt Grand Nationals in Indianapolis this year, my high school band and choir directors, Mark and Ginny Kraft, spent three days with us, supporting our students and me. Believe it or not, I keep in touch with the Krafts two to three times a week, even 20 years after my high school graduation!

I value their advice and mentorship, and I would not be the teacher I am without them. I vividly remember Mark sharing a clear philosophy with our high school band that I have applied to my own program: “Do the right thing, because it’s the right thing to do.” This statement is simple but far more challenging to actually live out. The Krafts preached and modeled this behavior with students and were the first to self-reflect and admit when they made a mistake. I try to do the same in my interactions with my students.

Our band song, selected by Mark and Ginny, was Whitney Houston’s “Greatest Love of All,” and the opening lyrics influenced me as a student and now as a teacher — “I believe the children are our future, teach them well and let them lead the way, show them all the beauty they possess inside, give them a sense of pride to make it easier.” My experiences as a student in the South Brunswick band provided me a sense of belonging and afforded me confidence that carried me through my tumultuous teenage years

While in Indy, Ginny remarked, “It’s like being grandparents for the students in the program.” The Krafts have had a profound influence on my teaching but an even more significant impact on my desire to provide the students at Johnson High School with positive life-changing adventures.

5 Minor Assets to Running a Successful Music Program

In the article, “5 Major Assets of Teaching Instrumental Music,” I discuss the five major non-negotiable assets of band — students, instruments, facilities, literature and time. Here, I will go over five minor assets to teaching music.

These are not essential to the teaching of music, but they are integral to running an effective music program in a school environment.

Minor Asset #1: Administrators

principalSome say, “Those who can’t, teach.  Those who can’t teach, administrate.” While there may be a small amount of truth to this statement, the inescapable truth is this — your administrators are charged with making important decisions that will affect your band program. Decisions about funding, calendar dates, use of facilities, grading and discipline, among other things.

Your challenge in creating an asset out of your administrators is to be of value to your administrators. Do you only see your admin when there is a problem, or are you often the one with solutions? Do you share an interest in their projects that, while not directly affecting your program, might benefit others on your campus?

If you show your value to your administrator, you are more likely to be in a position to bargain for things that matter to you and your program. Maintain positive and helpful relationships with your administrators and make them assets to your program.

Minor Asset #2: Staff

My mother wasn’t wrong when she told me, “Get to know the principal’s secretary, the custodian and the cafeteria manager.”

In a similar manner to admins, other teachers and site and district staff are often your best asset when looking for information, answers or resources. By creating relationships and taking an active interest in their programs, you will build bridges of trust and support that you (and your program) can rely on.

school secretaryAt my school, as in many, the principal’s secretary is really the one running the show. She handles all of the forms, requisitions, work orders, substitute coverage, etc. When I’m prompt with my paperwork, she is in a better position to help me. Furthermore, when I show that I value what she does for the school, she is more likely to offer assistance to me when needed.

The custodians are just that — the keepers of our kingdom. There will be many times when we require access to areas and items that might not be within our realm. When our band kids help set up for events, and parents help our custodial staff in the tear down afterward, we create a collegial bond with our custodians. As a result, when we need their assistance, they are ready and willing to help out.

Find educational and social support among colleagues in your area and create a network where the useful exchange of ideas and mentoring can take place.

happy band parents applaudingMinor Asset #3: Parents and Parent Groups

You are on the same side as your students’ parents when it comes to raising children — they just might not know it yet. Take an active interest in benefitting every child and listen to what parents say they need, and you are on the road to establishing yourself as an asset to them — and vice versa. When parents know that you care about their child, they will become your greatest champion and asset to you and your band program.

Form a large group of these parents, and you have a formidable force to reckon with (and a very squeaky wheel when grease is needed)!

Minor Asset #4: Community

Being visible in your community is one of the best ways to build recognition for your program.  Do the kindergarten and 1st-grade parents even know your program exists? Make sure they do by being visible in your community, whether it is through public performances, visiting feeder schools, holding informational gatherings or via social media. Establish a positive relationship with the staff and administration at your feeder schools by finding out first what their needs might be, and perhaps offering to meet some of those needs. Do they need music for a ceremony, musical examples for general music classes or musicians to accompany a performance?

Also, get to know the staff at your civic or community center in charge of facilities and events, and get yourself on the mailing list for community newsletters and the like if you don’t live in your school’s community. By becoming visible and involved in your community, you may also become aware of other community groups, clubs and organizations that might be in a position to support your program. Your community is a huge asset. Always talk about the band program as “your band” when addressing the community, and you’ll be thought of as a representative for them.

Minor Asset #5: Social Media

social media apps on smart phoneFinally, don’t underestimate the value of social media and its ability to send out a positive message. By the same token, recognize the vulnerability you can create by taking sides in a public forum. Use social media as an asset to spread news and positive information about your program. Keep your personal views on your personal page, and even that is questionable if you want to be seen in the most positive light by all of your community.

The Visual and Performing Arts department at our school and district level maintain an active Instagram account to display student accomplishments and promote events. Student-driven promotion of your band through their personal testimony can be one of the strongest recruitment tools, so don’t miss an opportunity to let your students speak for your program.

5 Major Assets of Teaching Instrumental Music

When we jump into the school year, we’re often forced to just start planning curriculum and deal with the course of events that gets in the way. We don’t have time to take a good look at what we need or already have to work with.

But it’s essential and a valuable exercise to take inventory of what our available assets are — whether you do this at the beginning of the year, mid-year or at the end of the school year.

There are some assets in instrumental music education that are absolute non-negotiables — our “must haves.” I call these major assets, and they include students, instruments, facilities, literature and time. Here is a one-page chart that outlines these major assets.

Major Asset #1: Students — “My students are driving me crazy!”

Okay, you know your students have just been through (as have you) a global pandemic and maybe a year of distance learning. Their lives still aren’t anywhere near normal with many areas requiring masks, following many restrictions and suffering from supply-chain issues.

The point here is that you still have students! Students are our No. 1 asset because we can’t teach empty chairs. Are their moods and behavior wonkier than usual? Of course! But we know this, and we can work with it.

The key to protect this top asset is basic Maslow — students’ physical, emotional and social needs must be met first for their intellectual and musical knowledge to develop best.

group of happy students in classIs the environment in your room comfortable, clean and inviting, or is it dark and dirty, with instrument parts and random reams of music sheets stacked everywhere (no, I haven’t been looking in your room!)? A room that is physically inviting welcomes students, and it becomes their favorite place to be (until you kick them out).

Are you developing routines so that your students can become re-accustomed to getting water, using the restroom and eating, or do these interruptions plague your rehearsals? These are basic physical needs that many of our kids haven’t had to time manage in a while, so you’ll need to help them by utilizing a routine or system.

We hear this a lot lately, but are you checking in with your students to see how they’re feeling emotionally? Band is such a great opportunity for students to receive daily encouragement, a pat on the back, spontaneous applause and positive recognition. Make these things a part of your daily rehearsal!

It’s also important to include time for peer-to-peer interaction, which helps develop a positive social class culture. Do your students regularly share knowledge with each other? Even a daily interaction question like “What’s your favorite animal?” sparks discussion and collaboration. Building this small social skill can have a huge positive effect on your students’ happiness in your class.  With a positive class culture, you can more easily develop your students’ intellectual and musical needs.

Major Asset #2: Instruments — “Instrument problems slow me down every day!”

During the pandemic, we all have taught kids how to hold a trombone or a flute via Zoom. A year of learning through a screen has created some interesting habits, and left some instruments uncared for and unused.

Instruments are our second most important asset because if they don’t work, we can’t play! I had to go through way more stuck valves and slides than usual when instruments were issued this year. This byproduct of our COVID-19 virtual year prompted me to start teaching my kids an even more specific regimen of daily/weekly care. A relatively small investment in time each day will help keep your instruments out of the shop, which is way cheaper than repairing them!

In many cases, we’re charged with an inventory of the most expensive, fragile, hardest to repair and oldest pieces of equipment on campus. It’s in your best interests to be keenly aware of the condition of every instrument, whether school or student owned. Proper storage of your instruments is one of the best ways to protect these valuable assets. Too many times, I’ve heard someone complain about the condition of their one-and-only tuba, only to see that it’s being stored on its bell on the floor in a corner of the room.

Major Asset #3: Facilities — Student: “What’s being in band like?”  Band kid: “It’s in tents”

At my school, Lexington Junior High School in Cypress, California, until recently, we’ve been literally in a tent city of pop-up canopies. My students and I now know the exact pitches of a lawnmower, weed whacker, leaf blower and the backup beeping of a trash truck. I can’t wait to go back to our all-important indoor facilities!

group of students in empty band room Developing routines and systems for entry/exit and storing instruments are vital to keep our class transitions smooth. And even outside, taking the time for things like making sure chairs aren’t broken and music stands are tight helps reduce distractions, which makes rehearsals more efficient.

As our band “home,” facilities are one of our top three most important assets. While they don’t need to be fancy, facilities do need to be functional. Even though some of these environmental challenges are out of the director’s hands, there are some things we can control. For example, is your room set up to be efficient? Part of the efficiency of a working band room includes having a place for everything (bins, drawers, files, etc.), an established flow of “traffic” in, out and around the room, and tools and materials that are easily accessible to students. Is it welcoming? A well-lit, colorful room invites students in, and stimulates creativity. Is it neat and orderly?

A regular regimen of picking up, straightening chairs and stands, throwing out old/unused papers can often be accomplished by just asking students to volunteer for a “position” in band leadership. I can’t tell you how many band rooms I’ve entered that look like a bomb just went off (don’t immediately blame the percussion section). I’ve also walked into some band rooms that immediately inspired me to step up my own organizational skills. Students’ behavior and attitude will often mirror their environment.

Major Asset #4: Literature — “If you could only have one food for the rest of your life, what would it be?”

music bookWithout hesitation, my answer would be tacos. But what if the question was “What music could you listen to for the rest of your life?” I can’t answer that one right away because I listen to a lot of different things. And like my culinary palette, I’m glad that my musical tastes have been and continue to be shaped by exposure to many different genres and artists (or regional and international cuisines).

Each year, our band members have the opportunity to read through and perhaps perform anywhere from a dozen to 30 pieces of music. Our choice of literature is our students’ musical “diet,” and while not every piece must be of the highest aesthetic and intellectual value, each one must serve a purpose in furthering students’ musical ability, understanding or enjoyment.

This is a huge responsibility to be charged with, and one we can’t take lightly.  When selecting music for your students, ask the following questions:

  • Can you and your students listen to this piece many, many times?
  • Does it teach or reinforce a new or important concept?
  • Does it add to the students’ knowledge base?
  • Is it readable (at an appropriate level)?
  • Is it relevant?
  • Will it stand up to the test of time?

While we all might give in during a moment of weakness and pass out the latest pop hit, quality literature that will always hold up to these criteria must be the staple of our students’ musical diet.

As our fourth asset, musical literature must be carefully curated and handled. Do you have a system for passing out, collecting and storing music? (No, stacking is not a system.) Personally, I use large roll-out drawers and numerically organized boxes for long-term storage, with pieces we’re currently working on kept in a more accessible file drawer. What’s your system for keeping music literature organized — email us at educators@yamaha.com.

Major Asset #5: Time — “Does anybody really know what time it is? Does anybody really care?”

clock with notes instead of numbers There are no numbers on the clock in my room, only a circle of fifths. So, our school day begins just before “F” and ends at almost “half-past D.”

The last of our major assets is free, but it is also limited. In fact, there is only a specific amount of it for us to use each day. Our time with our students is priceless, and I know we all fight for every minute we can get. Our student time can be structured (planned lesson time, performances, etc.) or unstructured (setting up time, end of rehearsals, after-school practice sessions, etc.), but it should always be goal-centered. Even for those band directors who feel comfortable winging it, they will find that their productivity increases when they have a more specific plan. Your program’s success will increase even more when those plans are tied into long-range goals that are specific and sequential.

These goals might include reading rhythms up to a certain value, playing pitches within a specific range for each instrument, demonstrating a specific level of understanding of musical expression via performance, being able to comment on the cultural relevance of a musical idea, etc. Are you building on these goals as part of your daily process?

Time is a constant factor in our daily lives, but so is change. We are at a stage on my campus where “normal” now includes special schedules, events, interruptions and the like. For this reason, your use of time must also be flexible. Being able effectively cut, go on, or table something for tomorrow is almost as useful as the planning itself.

Knowing and utilizing these major assets could improve your program and go a long way toward reducing your stress level and add to your longevity.  Take a personal inventory of your assets — are you making the most of them?

In the article, “5 Minor Assets to Running a Successful Music Program,” I look at five secondary — or minor — assets that directors rely on to run an effective music program.

Navigating Vibrato on Woodwinds

Woodwind players who are in private lessons often begin using vibrato well before their school music director has addressed it.

Private lessons are great, but vibrato can quickly trickle down to the rest of a section and without proper instruction, you will have mismatched sound and beating sound waves within the ensemble.

Include Vibrato Exercises in Daily Warm-ups

Vibrato on the Woodwinds

First, let’s look at the use of vibrato on the most popular woodwind instruments.

Flute: Because flutes are very flexible instruments (by that, I mean the pitch is bent very easily), vibrato can quickly get out of hand. Watch flutist Gina Luciani describe how to perform vibrato on the ocarina in this video.

Vibrato is performed the same way on all flutes. Luciani describes it as a “Ha Ha Ha” sound that feels like it is coming from the throat, combined with a bit of a “Huh” or “Hah” syllable. You will also feel the diaphragm and lower stomach tense, while the throat and mouth remain open and relaxed.

Luciani says that many musicians begin vibrato on the flutes far too early — and I agree. Flutes seem to be the first section to figure out vibrato … for better or worse.

Oboe: Because oboe players are often switched from the flute, it is best to hold off on vibrato within the oboe section until students are very confident in their pitch.

YouTuber and oboist Oboeron explains vibrato on the oboe. He describes oboe vibrato as throat vibrato and says that it feels like a little cough. From my experience as a multi-instrumentalist, I’ve noticed that vibrato on the oboe feels very similar to vibrato on the flute.

Saxophone: Saxophonists create vibrato on their instruments with lower jaw movements. So, it is much more difficult for your sax section to end up with unintentional vibrato than your flutes and oboes. Watch Jay Metcalf demonstrate proper saxophone vibrato technique.

Clarinet: Most band directors will not need to consider vibrato on the clarinet. Traditional concert band literature calling for vibrato on the clarinet is practically obsolete. However, there are a handful of scenarios that may lead to, or call for, clarinet vibrato.

For example, high school flutists who have just switched to the clarinet may automatically add vibrato to their clarinet playing by using their flute methods — manipulating the air with their throats. Vibrato can be created on the clarinet most likely with embouchure (like the saxophone) or by manipulating the air stream by changing the mouth, throat and diaphragm.

One situation where you will lean heavily into teaching clarinet vibrato is in jazz band. Jazz clarinetists use large amounts of vibrato, especially when soloing.

Clarinetist Michelle Anderson provides an excellent explanation and example of vibrato on the clarinet in this video.

Enlist the Help of Sectional Leaders

Whether your band has the funds to outsource sectional leaders to your local orchestra or if group sessions are led by your first chairs, setting aside the time for sectionals is well worth it. Section leaders (or guest musicians) can help small groups practice instrument-specific vibrato exercises. This method is really effective because it creates more time for one-on-one feedback.

CHECK IT OUT: State-of-the-art clarinets for your classroom!

Teach Vibrato to the Band as a Whole

high school winds ensemble

Vibrato isn’t commonly taught in high school bands. This is surprising, given that it is an essential skill for players who want to reach intermediate to advanced levels.

So why is it so often shrugged off by directors? Vibrato is hard to teach. It’s one of those squirrely things that is better practiced than explained.

I recommend something unconventional: Teach vibrato to your whole band, all at once. Audition-only symphonic groups will greatly benefit from this method.

Addressing the entire band is the fastest way to get the group on the same page. If you aren’t ready for your students to start adding vibrato into your band festival literature, just tell them so! That being said…

  • Remain Encouraging: It’s all too easy to become “that band director” who “doesn’t let us.” Make it clear that directing a band and being a private music instructor have similar goals that are not exactly the same.
  • What About the Brass? While the focus here is to address the trickle-down effect vibrato often has in woodwind sections, if you are discussing vibrato with the whole band, you should start teaching brass players the proper way to add vibrato, too. Brass vibrato is most commonly achieved by manipulating the corners of the embouchure in a small “Oo-Ee” motion.

female student with backpack listening to music through headphones

Add Online Listening Assignments

Listening assignments are a really easy want to get your students to hear proper examples of vibrato on their instruments. Put samples online with a short quiz to ensure that students actually listen to them. Another plus to putting assignments online is that you won’t need to compromise valuable rehearsal time to listen to solos for each instrument.

Include Vibrato Exercises in Daily Warm-Ups

While percussionists may be twiddling their thumbs for a few minutes, it is worth it to add vibrato exercises alongside your chorales and long tones during your band’s daily warm-ups.  Again, please note that I would only recommend this for auditioned, high school bands. You want to make sure that most of your students have a well-developed sound (and have been on this instrument for several years) before beginning these exercises.

Here are some recommendations:

  • Start with Note Bending — Note bending is an exercise that helps students focus tone, relax their lips and gain better control over their instrument as a whole. While the technique for each instrument varies somewhat, it can be replicated on every woodwind. Here is an example of flutist Denis Bouriakov note bending.
  • Perform Vibrato to a Steady Beat — After students are comfortable with note bending, create a simple exercise in your favorite notation program with slurred quarter notes. Encourage your students to think or feel the syllable “Oooo-Eeeee Oooo-Eeeee.” Audiating contrasting syllables can help students vary the pitch more easily. Tell them to not be afraid to exaggerate.
  • Increase Speed of the Steady Beat — Once your students are ready, raise the bar. Create an exercise with 8th note vibrato. Before you allow students to use expressive vibrato, have them perform the emphasis on 16th notes. If your students struggle to get from the 8th note vibrato to the 16th note vibrato, have them practice on triplets instead. This helps bridge the gap between the 8th and 16th note vibrato “rhythms.” After your students are comfortable doing this, they can begin working on vibrato in an expressive setting like a solo.

Don’t Give Up!

While vibrato can quickly get out of hand, it’s important to remember the end goal: beautiful, expressive playing. Plus, if you teach vibrato to your band as a whole, members of the section who don’t have the time or funds to receive private lessons will still have a chance to learn a more advanced technique.

With a little extra help from section leaders and some emphasis on daily warm-ups, your band will be sounding polished in no time.

A Guide to Effects Settings for Acoustic Guitars

We generally think of an acoustic guitar as an instrument without amplification. After all, its naturally generated sound emanates from the sound hole, with a rich tonality that’s shaped largely by the physical construction of the instrument. What’s more, the size and reflective properties of the space the guitar is played in create varying degrees of ambience that affect the sound.

Yamaha TransAcoustic guitars expand on this further still, offering onboard reverb and chorus without the use of amplification. (Click here for more information about how this amazing technology works.) Of course, pickups can be added to any acoustic guitar, and many of today’s models have built-in pickups and a direct (“DI”) output jack, allowing you to further enhance the sonic potential by plugging into an amplifier. There are even amps specifically designed to shape the pickup signal coming from an acoustic guitar — for example, the Yamaha THR30IIA, which features equalization (EQ), compression, two kinds of reverb (room and hall), plus chorus and delay, as well as modeling parameters that emulate condenser, dynamic and tube microphones. In addition, the THR30IIA allows you to widen the stereo field and set delay, chorus and reverb times that match the song using a handy Tap Tempo switch — there’s even a built-in guitar tuner.

Small portable guitar amp.
Yamaha THR30IIA desktop amp.

Having all these options at your disposal is amazing, but how do you harness all that potential to create musically usable tones? In this article, we’ll explain how and why certain effects lend themselves to acoustic guitar, then wrap things up with two videos that demonstrate various tonalities that you can use for your own music.

EQ and Compression

Equalization fine-tunes the frequency attributes of the guitar, while compression can be used to even out the dynamic response of your performance for a smoother overall sound. In both cases, you’ll want to apply as little as is needed, because overuse of EQ can make the tonality somewhat artificial, and overuse of compression can deaden the sound.

Effects

Guitar effects such as reverb, delay and chorus replicate and enhance the audio spectrum by manipulating the time and distance between the original sound and the effected sound.

  • Reverbs simulate acoustic spaces and reflective surfaces. They generally offer controls that allow you to vary the size of those virtual spaces. These simulations can be used to add presence, depth and sustain to guitar tones. A mix control typically allows you to blend the original “dry” sound with the effected “wet” sound.
  • Delay can add subtle slap-back or longer repeats for more dramatic chordal parts and single-note lines. I like to use delay to add energy to an arpeggiated part or additional melodic content to single-note phrases. Controls are typically provided that allow you to blend the amount of the original sound with the delays; often there’s also a “feedback” control to thicken the result by looping some output signal to the input.
  • Chorus adds repetitive pitch modulation (ranging from subtle to extreme) to the original signal to create a wider sound that seems to go in and out of tune … but in a very pleasant way.

I also like to double-track acoustic guitar parts by recording them twice. In addition to the thickening this creates, the slight variations in timing and pitch from the two different performances imparts a subtle chorusing sound. I often pan the two guitar parts “hard” left and “hard” right (the furthest distance from each other in the sound field) in order to spread the stereo image and enhance the effect further still.

Five Examples

Here are five examples of effects that enhance the tone of acoustic guitar. I’ve given each a unique name, and screenshots of the THR Remote mobile app settings are also provided so you can replicate these effects in your own setups. (Using this app allows you to apply compression and fine-tune the amp’s built-in reverb, delay and chorus effects; those settings can be saved to the five location buttons on the THR30IIA for instant recall or to an expansive library of user patches.)

1. “Ballerina” – This effect works extremely well on nylon-string guitar and is useful for playing jazz, Latin and pop styles. Here’s what it sounds like, with me playing a double-tracked, fast arpeggiated finger-picking part on a Yamaha NTX5 nylon-string guitar:

Screenshots of app.

I started by setting the THR30IIA Tone Select control to Nylon Str, then applied moderate compression to even out the picking dynamics. I then rolled off some middle (midrange) frequencies to carve a small frequency “hole” to help the percussion poke through the mix without interfering with the guitar.

Next, I added a little delay with a small amount of feedback to add some extra energy (and double notes) to the arpeggios, using the tap tempo to match the delay time to the backing track tempo of 80 BPM (Beats Per Minute). (See the video below.) Finally, I dialed in some short reverb (set to “small room” on the amp) to allow the guitars to sit nicely with the backing track.

2. “Iglesias” Here’s another effect that works well on nylon-string guitar. The audio clip below is a single-note melody played on a Yamaha NTX5.

Screenshots of app.

Here, I’ve kept the basic tonality of the nylon-string guitar sound intact, though I again rolled off some middle frequencies to carve a small frequency “hole.” I also added a touch more compression than in the “Ballerina” effect to help the longer melodic notes sustain, as well as setting the stereo imaging control to “Wide” in order to spread the sound a little more in the sound field.

Using a long (hall) reverb here adds extra ambience to the sound and helps separate this lead line from the backing track. (Check out the video below.) However, I’ve kept the same delay settings as “Ballerina” to broaden the melody and help the guitar sit nicely within the reverb.

3. “Voices” – This effect, and the two that follow, is designed to be used with steel-string acoustic guitar. All work well in ambient styles of music; however, any of them can be modified slightly to fit almost any genre and playing style. Here’s an audio clip of me applying the “Voices” effect to a Yamaha FSX3 Red Label as I play a fingerpicked progression:

Screenshots in app.

Here, I’m using the dynamic mic model and wide stereo mode. I rolled off some middle frequencies, then added compression to even out the dynamics, as well as a subtle delay, along with a long reverb with the Wet/Dry mix dialed back to keep the notes nice and clean.

4. “Giclee” – Another nice steel-string effect, but this one works especially well on chords. Here’s what it sounds like when I play spread chords with open voicings on a Yamaha FSX3 Red Label:

Screenshots in app.

Here, I’m using the condenser microphone model, a slight cut in the bass frequencies, moderate compression, a short room reverb, and the “wide” Tone Select setting to broaden the stereo field. Note that no delay is being applied, as this tends to muddy chordal parts.

5. “Strata” – This one is designed to be used when playing slide guitar parts on acoustic guitar. Here, I am playing an ambient slide melody on a Yamaha FSX3 Red Label with the effect applied:

Screenshots in app.

This time, I’m using the tube microphone model for an authentic vintage sound. I cut the treble frequencies and added a touch more bass to give those high notes a little extra warmth. I then added a significant amount of compression for sustain, a long delay time with some feedback, and a large hall reverb to give extra breadth to the legato notes.

The Videos

These two videos demonstrate the five effect settings described above. You’ll see and hear me play each example in layers to build the composition to a full mix and crescendo. This shows how each part, phrasing, dynamics, EQ and effects work together with the bass and drums to create stylistic genres of music. All the tones and effects in both videos were created solely with the Yamaha THR30IIA desktop amp.

This first video shows me playing a Yamaha NTX5 nylon-string acoustic guitar with the “Ballerina” and “Iglesias” effects applied to the rhythm and lead guitar parts respectively:

You’ll notice that I’m using my fingernails to pick the notes. This adds a nice percussive clarity to the softer-sounding nylon strings. In addition, the Latin percussion in the backing track is quite dry compared to the guitars. Choosing the reverb type and decay times carefully will help you define each instrument in the mix.

Next, here’s a video that shows me playing a Yamaha FSX3 Red Label steel-string acoustic guitar with the other three effects:

The main harmonic structure of this progression is carried by those nice descending fingerpicked arpeggios with an upper voice-leading melody and the “Voices” effect applied. I wanted to accent the downbeat of each of the four chord changes with “spread” open chord voicings, played with the “Giclee” effect, which imparts a cleaner, less effected tone than the other guitar parts; this also lets the chords find their own place in the mix. Finally, I wanted the slide guitar melody to have a dramatic, ambient sound that really stands out against the other guitar parts and overall instrumentation, hence the application of the complex (and rather intense) “Strata” effect.

The Guitars

The gorgeous-sounding (and gorgeous-looking!) Yamaha NTX5 nylon-string features solid walnut back and sides, a solid European spruce top and a narrow-ish electric guitar player-friendly mahogany neck. The three-way Atmosfeel preamp system allows the player to blend the microphone, body sensor and the undersaddle piezo pickup for excellent studio and live performance tones.

Acoustic guitar.
Yamaha NTX5.

The retro-inspired FSX3 Red Label steel-string boasts all-solid wood construction with mahogany back and sides, a scalloped Sitka spruce top and an ebony bridge and fingerboard. It also features the Atmosfeel preamp system for onboard tone sculpting.

Acoustic guitar.
Yamaha FSX3 Red Label.

The Wrap-Up

Acoustic guitars possess a naturally earthy tonal quality that we’ve come to love and appreciate in all styles of music. But when you add effects to those tones, you broaden your musical palette even further, opening up new vistas of unique “ear candy” and expanding the depth and space for multiple layering when recording. It’s a concept well worth exploring!

Photographs courtesy of the author.

 

Check out Robbie’s other postings.

 

Click here for more information about the Yamaha THR30IIA desktop amp.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha NTX5 nylon-string guitar.

Click here for more information about the Yamaha FSX3 Red Label steel-string guitar.

JEN

Jazz Education Network 2024 Conference

Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Jazz Education Network (JEN) in presenting its 2024 Conference at the birthplace of jazz, New Orleans! We applaud how JEN members embrace an improvisational spirit as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

The JEN conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development.

See our Yamaha Performing Artists’ Clinics and Presentations

We want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

Stop by our booth to say hello and check out our newest products. We’re eager to talk with you about your needs as a performer or educator. 

If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to us at educators@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

Yamaha Featured Panel

Dancing the Dance: Thriving at the Intersection of Teacher and Performer

Join John Wittmann, Associate VP of Artist Relations for Yamaha, and an all-star panel of Yamaha Performing Artists — Allison Miller, Michael Dease, Wycliffe Gordon and Bethany Robinson — as they share keen insights from years of experience in dual roles as teachers and performers, as well as their thoughts on the best ways to serve your students and fellow musicians, while taking care of yourself and remaining inspired.

  • Friday, January 5
  • 5:00-5:50 p.m.
  • Bolden 1

Meet Yamaha Artists

Come by the Yamaha booth (#115) to meet, talk to and even participate in jam sessions with Yamaha Performing Artists:

Friday, January 5, 10:00-11:00 a.m.
Friday, January 5, 3:00-4:00 p.m.
Saturday, January 6, 10:00-11:00 a.m.
Saturday, January 6, 3:00-4:00 p.m.

Yamaha Performing Artists’ Clinics and Performances

Wednesday, January 3
Thursday, January 4
  • 3:00-3:50 p.m. — Allison Miller, “How to Practice Efficiently—The Melodic Way—For Drummers” (Imperial 5)
  • 3:00-3:50 p.m. — Adam Schroeder, UNLV Jazz Ensemble I (Visions/Empire Ballroom C)
  • 4:30-5:30 p.m. — Aric Schneller, Sam Houston State University Jazz Ensemble (Strand 11) 
  • 10:10-11:00 p.m. — Mike Tomaro, Mike Tomaro Big Band (Inspirations/Celestin Ballroom)
Friday, January 5
  • 2:00-2:50 p.m. — Brian Lynch, Brian Lynch and The Stamps Jazz Quintet (LeJENds/Storyville Hall)
  • 2:00-2:50 p.m. — Ignacio Berroa, Caliente featuring Oscar Hernandez, Ignacio Berroa and trumpet legend Ray Vega (Visions/Empire Ballroom C)
  • 6:00-6:50 p.m. — Brian Lynch, “Comprehensive Method for the Improvising Trumpeter” (Imperial 5)
    Saturday, January 6
    • 9:00-10:00 a.m. — Mike Steinel, Instrumental New Music Big Band Reading Session (Inspirations/Celestin Ballroom)
    • 12:00-12:50 p.m. — Wycliffe Gordon, “The Big Band Living Legacy Project Project, Featuring Bob Mintzer, Terell Stafford and Wycliffe Gordon” (Inspirations/Celestin Ballroom)
    • 1:00-1:50 p.m. — Rob Parton, University of North Texas TWO O’Clock Lab Band (Visions/Empire Ballroom C)
    • 2:00-2:50 p.m. — Gregory Yasinitsky, “Writing for Little Big Band” (Bolden 6)
    • 2:00-3:00 p.m. — Ryan Middagh, Young Composer Showcase (Imperial 5)
    • 6:00-6:50 p.m. — Wycliffe Gordon, Florida A&M University Jazz Ensemble with guest artist Wycliffe Gordon (Visions/Empire Ballroom C)
    • 10:10-11:00 p.m. — Adam Schroeder, Brian Lynch, Allison Miller, John Daversa Big Band (Inspirations/Celestin Ballroom)

    For a full list of clinics, sessions and performances, check the JEN website

    Professional Development Resources

    Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

    Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

    PRODUCT SHOWCASES
    WINDS


    Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


    NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone

    Clarinet Synthetic Reeds

    Saxophone Synthetic Reeds


    STRINGS

    Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble

    SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


    DRUMSETS

    DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview

    Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice

    Stage Custom Hip: Full Sound, Compact Size


    PERCUSSION

    NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


    GUITARS

    C40II Nylon Guitar

    SLG SILENT guitar™

    FG Red Label Guitar

    TRBX 504


    SOFTWARE

    Dorico for iPad

    Cubase Recording Software

    Dorico Music Notation Software

    Introduction to Dorico for iPad


    PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

    STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System

    Remote Music Education and Live Streaming

    YH-L700A Wireless Headphones


    Continue reading

    Here’s What the Metaverse Might Look Like

    Coined originally by Neal Stephenson in his 1992 sci-fi novel Snow Crash, the “Metaverse” is simply a term for an alternate digital world — think virtual reality headsets and total computer immersion, a potential successor to the internet and its clunky web browsers. It’s a concept since expanded on by movies and video games such as Second Life, which was just that — a simulated digital second life — and now even tech companies.

    Here are seven memorable films that give us a glimpse at what that future could look like.

    1. Ready Player One

    Based on a novel of the same name, this 2018 movie, directed by Stephen Spielberg, depicts what it would be like if Second Life became a much more advanced, immersive community. It’s set in 2045, in a world barely worth living in. Yet there is a virtual reality escape known as the OASIS, where the film’s lead, Wade Watts (played by Tye Sheridan) finds himself trying to save the planet from an evil corporation. (Stream on Amazon Prime)

    2. Tron

    One the earliest depictions of the Metaverse in film (predating even Stephenson’s coining of the phrase), this 1982 release shows programmer Kevin Flynn (played by Jeff Bridges) entering a software world. There, he must interact with various digital entities in the hope of escaping. With their help, Flynn manages to defeat the villain who’d trapped him. He then reappears in the real world, where his victory has led to a workplace promotion, proving that selflessness — even when a computer brings you into a parallel universe — can lead to positive results. (Stream on Amazon Prime)

    3. The Matrix

    In the beginning of this 1999 film, we meet Neo (played by Keanu Reeves) as he is about to be kidnapped by evil agents. But Morpheus (Laurence Fishburne) calls from another realm to intervene and Neo learns that the world he knows is actually a simulation; in reality, his body is a pod, feeding machines. Offered the blue pill or the red pill — learn more or go back to sleep — he chooses to stay awake and fight. It’s possible this movie shows the way our world is right now; how would we know? And if we did, would we take the blue or red pill? (Stream on HBO Max™)

    4. Vanilla Sky

    In this 2001 remake of the excellent 1997 Spanish movie Open Your Eyes, David Aames (played by Tom Cruise) suffers a disfiguring car accident and hires a virtual reality firm to give him a better future. All seems copacetic until Aames’ mind begins to wake up and he remembers what’s happened, and what he’s done. Much like The Matrix, this film asks the question: Is ignorance bliss? (Stream on Amazon Prime )

    5. Avatar

    This 2009 film, winner of three Oscars®, is all about looking for new land, which, in essence, is what the Metaverse is all about. It’s set in a future when humans have depleted Earth’s natural resources, leading to a severe energy crisis. In response, a government agency begins mining a densely forested moon inhabited by a species of 10-foot tall blue-skinned humanoids called the Na’vi. There, paraplegic soldier Jake Sully (played by Sam Worthington) uses technology to cognitively inhabit a genetically engineered Na’vi body. During his journey, Sully is healed by a Na’vi princess (played by Zoe Saldana) and, as his bond with her grows, he is drawn into a battle for the survival of her world. (Stream on Disney+)

    6. Minority Report

    In the year 2054, new psychic technology allows the police to track and arrest criminals before they commit crimes, and police officer John Anderton (played by Tom Cruise) is utilizing it to try and clear his name of a crime he’s accused of committing. Yet if found guilty, Anderton would be kept in a prison made of a state of pleasant virtual reality, which causes us to wonder: Is this better than the potentially brutish prisons of today? Humanity may find out sooner than later. (Stream on Netflix).

    7. Free Guy

    In this recent release, Guy (played by Ryan Reynolds) discovers that he is an NPC (non-player character) in a video game, where, one day, he wakes up when “Molotov Girl” — the avatar of real-life person Millie Rusk (played by Jodie Comer) — sings his favorite song. Upon realizing what’s happening to him, Guy decides he must save his friends from potential deletion … and he falls for Molotov Girl in the process. All of which begs the question: If you found love in a digital world, would you follow your heart? (Stream on Amazon Prime)

    FMEA 2022

    Florida Music Education Association 2022 Conference

    Welcome! We are thrilled to join the Florida Music Education Association (FMEA) in presenting its 2022 Conference.

    Florida’s nearly 2.7 million public school students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. We applaud how you embrace the pioneering spirit of Florida as you map out innovative and trailblazing ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

    Welcome from Dino Riccio

    Adam FrankThe Florida Music Education Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult this past year has been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and I want to express my appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

    Stop by and say hi to me in the exhibit hall. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum.

    If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to me at driccio@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

    Have a wonderful conference!

    — Dino Riccio, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America

     

    Professional Development Clinics at FMEA

    Yamaha Master Educator Michael Pote, Director of Bands, Carmel High School (Carmel, Indiana)

    • Session Title: “Yamaha Harmony Director 101”
    • Session Date and Time: Saturday, January 15, Time TBA
    • Description: The new Harmony Director HD-300 combines the HD-200’s powerful ear training with dynamic new educational features and a simplified user interface. The addition of a mobile app that can act as a stand-alone tuner as well as a hardware controller makes the new HD-300 a complete package that can not only make a teacher’s job easier but also help their students play “IN TUNE, IN TONE, IN TIME and at the CORRECT VOLUME.”

    Professional Development Resources

    Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

    Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

    Product Showcases

    HARMONY DIRECTOR

    HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


    HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


    WINDS

    NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


    NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


    STRINGS

    YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


    How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


    SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


    PERCUSSION

    NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


    NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


    NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


    Concert Chimes


    SOFTWARE

    Dorico for iPad


    Cubase Recording Software


    Dorico Music Notation Software


    Introduction to Dorico for iPad


    DRUMSETS

    DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


    Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


    Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


    PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

    STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


    Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


    Midwest Clinic

    Midwest Clinic

    Welcome music educators! Our team is looking forward to meeting you at this year’s Midwest Clinic International Band, Orchestra and Music Conference and serving your professional needs in any way we can. Ask us about the free resources we have on program planning, advocacy, funding and other teaching and professional development needs.

    The Midwest Clinic gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development.

    See our Product Showcase at Midwest
    ChicagoSkyline

    We want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

    Stop by our booth to say hello. We’re eager to talk with you about your needs as a performer or educator. See you in Chicago!

    If you need help or have questions, please reach out directly to us at educators@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

    Yamaha Product Showcases at Midwest

    • Come see Yamaha Master Educator Michael Pote discuss “Something Old, Something New, Something Borrowed, Something … Green.” 
      • Session Date and Time: Wednesday, December 20, 5:30-6:30 p.m. (W180) 
      • Description: Yamaha Master Educator Michael Pote guides you through taking full advantage of the Harmony Director HD-300.
    • Come see Yamaha Performing Artist Jim Yakas talk about “Enhancing the Beginning Percussionist Experience for Students, Parents and Educators.”
      • Session Date and Time: Friday, December 22, 10:30-11:30 a.m. (W180)
      • Description: Utilizing step-up percussion instruments, YX-1030PR, YV-2030MS and YM-40

          Yamaha Performing Artist and Master Educator Clinics and Performances

          Sessions with Yamaha Master Educators and Yamaha “40 Under 40” honorees are highlighted in PURPLE below. 

          Wednesday, December 20

          • 2:00-3:00 p.m. — Wiff Rudd, “Side by Side: Building and Sustaining an Effective Community in the Music Studio” (W178)
          • 2:30-3:30 p.m. — Allen Vizzutti, Youth Performing Arts School Wind Ensemble Performance (W375AB)
          • 3:45-4:45 p.m. — Bret Kuhn, “The Cavaliers — Special Needs & Incredible Deeds: How to Institute an Inclusive Musical Experience for Students of All Abilities” (W178)
          • 4:30-5:30 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR TRAVIS J. CROSS, “ZERO TO CONCERT IN 48 HOURS: STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESS WITH HONOR BANDS” (W187)
          • 5:30-7:00 p.m. and 7:30-9:15 p.m. — Patrick Morgan, Amy McCabe, Philip Broome, David Constantine, “The President’s Own” United States Marine Band Concerts (W375AB)

          Thursday, December 21

          • 8:30-9:30 a.m. — Dean Sorenson, “The Jazz Band Rehearsal: A Work of Art” (W192)
          • 8:45-9:45 a.m. — Chris Martin, Lambert High School Wind Ensemble Performance (W375AB)
          • 11:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR MARCIA NEEL,“5 S.M.A.R.T. IDEAS TO RETAIN THIS YEAR’S BEGINNERS: A PRIMER FOR HIGH SCHOOL AND MIDDLE SCHOOL DIRECTORS” (W185)
          • 11:45 a.m.-12:45 p.m. — Jason Bergman, “Sound Solutions: Troubleshooting the Trumpet Section” (W186)
          • 2:00-3:00 p.m. — Michael Forbes, Sotto Voce Tuba Quartet Performance (W183)
          • 3:00-4:00 p.m. — Tracy Wiggins, “From the Podium: Get the Percussion Sound You Want and the Sound You Need!” (W187)
          • 3:30-4:00 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR CHERYL FLOYD, “CHAT: TUNEFUL TEACHING FROM THE VERY START” (W193)
          • 4:30-5:45 p.m. — Matt Pivec, Butler University Jazz Ensemble Performance (W196)
          • 4:45-5:15 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR RODNEY DORSEY, “CHAT: RODNEY DORSEY” (W193)
          • 4:45-5:45 p.m. — John Nichol, Jeff Loeffert, Kim Loeffert, Geoff Diebel, h2 Quartet Performance (W183)

          Friday, December 22

          • 8:30-9:30 a.m. — MATT HARLOFF AND YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR BARRY HOUSER, “IT’S ALL ABOUT CULTURE” (W185)
          • 2:00-3:00 p.m. — Matthew Black, Carmel High School Percussion Ensemble Performance (W184)
          • 3:00-4:00 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR RODNEY DORSEY, “WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW IF YOU ARE APPLYING TO PERFORM AT MIDWEST”(W191)
          • 3:00-4:00 p.m. — Kyle Hutchins, “Growing Up Your Saxophone From Middle School To College” (W187)
          • 3:15-3:45 p.m. — YAMAHA MASTER EDUCATOR RICHARD FLOYD, “CHAT: BEING CORRECT DON’T MAKE IT RIGHT” (W176)
          • 5:30-6:30 p.m. —  YAMAHA “40 UNDER 40” HONOREE DANIELLE COLLINS, “A PLACE TO BELONG: REACHING YOUR STUDENTS WHERE THEY ARE” (W190)
          • 7:00-8:15 p.m. — Larry Williams, Gateways Brass Collective Performance (W375AB)

            For a complete list of clinics and performances, visit the Midwest Clinic Schedule.

            Professional Development Resources

            Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

            Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

            PRODUCT SHOWCASES

            HARMONY DIRECTOR

            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1

            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


            WINDS

            Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo

            NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


            STRINGS

            YVN Model 3 Violin

            How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble

            SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


            PERCUSSION

            NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum

            NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone

            CFM Series Concert Field Drum

            Concert Chimes


            GUITARS

            C40II Nylon Guitar

            SLG SILENT guitar™


            SOFTWARE

            Dorico for iPad

            Cubase Recording Software

            Dorico Music Notation Software

            Introduction to Dorico for iPad


            DRUMSETS

            DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview

            Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice

            Stage Custom Hip: Full Sound, Compact Size


            PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

            STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System

            Remote Music Education and Live Streaming

            YH-L700A Wireless Headphones


            Continue reading

            Creating Vocal Chops and Other Sampler Tricks, Part 1

            Vocal chops are short vocal samples that you trigger via MIDI and use as melodic and rhythmic ornaments in song arrangements. They’re pretty easy to create, as we’ll demonstrate in this article.

            Keeping It Simple

            Most contemporary DAWs offer sampler plug-ins. In Steinberg Cubase, sampling functionality is available by creating a Sampler Track. There are multiple ways to do so, but probably the easiest method is to right-click (or option-click if you’re using a Mac with a one-button mouse) in the Track List to get the context menu, then choose Create Sampler Track:

            Screenshot.
            Creating a Sampler Track.

            You’ll then get the Add Track dialog, where Cubase offers you the opportunity to name the track. After doing so and hitting Add Track, you’ll see the area in the Lower Zone. From there, you can drag and drop a sample from inside your session or from a directory on your computer. (like Cubase, most DAWs support dragging and dropping audio files into samplers.)

            Screenshot.
            The Sampler Track window after dragging in a sample.

            Choose Your Mode

            There are a couple of different ways to create vocal chops. Let’s start with the most straightforward way: creating a vocal chop instrument. For that, you only need a one-note sample. If you drag in a longer sample, you can adjust the start and end points of a note of your choosing.

            Cubase’s Sampler Track window features three different playback modes: Normal, Audiowarp and Slice (we’ll cover Slice mode in Part 2 of this article).

            Screenshot.
            The three Cubase sampler playback modes.

            Let’s start with Normal mode, where the sample gets transposed up and down on the keyboard, playing back faster as you play higher notes, and slower as you play lower notes. As with all speeded-up or slowed-down recordings, it changes timbre too, so you get the “chipmunk effect” if you play a note more than a few semitones higher than the root pitch and the “monster effect” if you go a similar distance in the other direction.

            In the following audio clip, you’ll hear a vocal line loaded into the Sampler Track in Normal playback mode, repeated five times. The first time it’s triggered by the root note (in this case, E3), followed by the notes F#3, G#3, B3 and E2 (an octave below the root). Notice how both the timbre and the speed change.

            This next audio clip demonstrates AudioWarp mode, where Cubase time-stretches and formant-corrects the audio to keep all notes at the same speed and timbre as the root note. (Formants are resonances in your vocal tract that help shape the tone of your voice.) You’ll still notice timbral differences, but they are much less extreme:

            Since a Vocal Chop instrument takes a single note you’ve defined from your source audio file and transposes it across the keyboard, it makes sense to use AudioWarp mode to keep it from getting too extreme sounding, unless that’s what you’re going for.

            Chop That Vocal

            Start by finding a vocal sample that you want to use. Often, it makes sense to use a section of the vocal track of the song you’re working on so that the sound of the chops will relate to the song. That’s an artistic decision, however; you can certainly opt to go with a completely different voice if you want to. If you can, use a dry sample rather than one with reverb and delay, because it’s better to have the flexibility of adding those effects yourself.

            Make sure your Sampler Track is record-enabled so you can trigger it from your MIDI keyboard and listen for a note that’s steady pitch-wise. I’ve found that it also helps to select a word that starts in a hard consonant like P, B, T or G when creating vocal chops since it gives a more powerful attack than if the word starts with a vowel.

            Start by clicking the blue root key on the keyboard at the bottom of the Sampler Track window, which is C3 by default in Cubase. Alternatively, you can use your MIDI keyboard to play that note. Then zoom in (you may have to zoom pretty far) and place the Start and End markers to outline the boundaries of the word you’ve selected.

            Screenshot.
            Select a vocal chop by adjusting the start and end points.

            Use the built-in keyboard at the bottom of the Sampler Track window or your MIDI keyboard to check your placement of the markers. You don’t want any space before the note, or it won’t immediately sound when you press a key to trigger it. Also, just above each marker is a box you can drag to create a short crossfade; especially at the end of a chop, a short crossfade can make it sound cleaner if you hear any clicks.

            Line ’Em Up

            Next, check the pitch of the note you selected by finding its match on another virtual instrument or an actual guitar or piano in your studio. Once you figure out the pitch of the selected note, use the sampler’s transpose function to make the note match with concert pitch. (Important tip: You want your sample to correspond to concert pitch on your MIDI keyboard. That way, the C key triggers a C note, the D key a D note and so on.) In a Cubase Sampler Track, you can use the Coarse transpose field in the red Pitch section or the Root Key setting above the waveform display.

            Ensure that you selected AudioWarp mode and then play your MIDI keyboard and check out how the chop sounds on various notes. Also make sure it sounds in tune. If not, use your sampler’s fine-tuning control to adjust it. If you can’t make it sound in tune within at least a one-octave range, you might try defining a different note to use as your vocal chop.

            Assuming all is good, it’s time to make your chop more interesting with effects, especially if you’re starting with a sample of a dry voice. I often like to add a little reverb, delay, and maybe some compression and distortion as well.

            Screenshot.
            Vocal chops usually sound better with effects.

            A trick I sometimes use is to insert an amp simulator with effects, such as Steinberg VST Amp Rack on the vocal chop track. That way, you have multiple effects within a single plug-in.

            Here’s an example of a vocal chop instrument made in Cubase as just described. In this clip, it only has a little reverb on it, so it sounds pretty plain:

            Compare that with this clip, where the chop has added reverb, delay, amp and cabinet simulation, as well as some modulation and compression:

            Although vocal chops are mainly single-note parts, you can also create chords, giving you an unusual sound, like this:

            In Part 2, we’ll demonstrate a couple of cool ways to use Slice mode. One enables you to create vocal chops that include multiple samples, and the other allows you to make drum kits from drum loops. We’ll also show you how you can open your samples in other instruments in Cubase for additional sonic possibilities.

             

            Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

            Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

            7 Self-Care Tips for Music Educators

            Teaching music is a creative job that relies heavily on human interaction and personal connections with your students. While this profession is immensely rewarding, it is also very challenging, and if you don’t take care of yourself, you run the risk of burnout.

            In this article, we look at how music teachers can set a self-care routine.

            three smiling women talking

            1. Surround Yourself with the Right Kind of People

            Let’s face it — music teachers have demanding jobs! To make this challenging job a little easier, it’s paramount that you have a support network that you can count on. Surround yourself with people who have a positive outlook on life because you become who you spend time with.

            In addition to friends and family, reach out to other music educators at your school, in your district or across the country. Having easy access to a network of people is one of the perks of being a teacher.

            During the pandemic when social distancing and quarantining were the norm, it’s even more crucial to maintain healthy social connections, especially with people who share similar aspirations and interests.

            If possible, schedule regular check-ins with your network of music teachers where you can share your success stories as well as your struggles and challenges. You can even brainstorm creative lessons plans and assessment strategies.

            2. Flex Your Brain

            man thinking with finger to his temple

            Any time you have some extra time on your hands — which isn’t very often! — take the opportunity to learn something new and flex your brain. Below are some ways in which you can build new neural connections for a healthier brain:

            • Get a new instrument you’ve always wanted to play
            • Find some interesting videos on YouTube to play along with
            • Play brain games like sudoku or crossword puzzles in the newspaper
            • Watch live performances of your favorite artists
            • Watch inspirational TED talks
            • Rock out on your favorite instrument just for fun without worrying about the quality of music

            Always find something new and interesting to learn.

            3. Reflect on Your Feelings and Needs

            Whenever you feel overwhelmed, try to recognize and write down your emotions. Become aware of your feelings and take some time to reflect on them. Ask yourself, why are you feeling that way? What is it that you need at that exact moment?

            female writing in journal sitting next to window

            For instance, perhaps there has been a change in the curriculum that’s stressing you out. You’re worried about how you will incorporate this change into your classroom. You may need some time to process, reflect and write down some possible solutions. Consider collaborating with a colleague and have a brainstorming session to work on a solution.

            It’s also a good idea to set aside dedicated time to do nothing but reflect on your emotions, thoughts and needs. Journaling is an incredible way to do that. Or try exploring art and other creative subjects, which are excellent means of healthy expression.

            4. Acknowledge Moments of Happiness

            Look for moments of beauty and joy every day. Be grateful and enjoy whatever fleeting moment of happiness you experience. Never pass an opportunity to have a hearty laugh or share a joke. Life is all about moments that make you smile and feel appreciative.

            Write down those moments of beauty and happiness in a journal or in your daily planner to etch them into your memory. Share interesting anecdotes or stories with your colleagues and students to spread joy.

            5. Feed Outside Interests

            Make sure you find work-life balance. Don’t allow your profession to become the be-all and end-all of your life. Find new interests and hobbies. What activities nourish your soul? What things are on your personal to-do list? Perhaps there’s a book you’ve been meaning to read. Or a spin class you want to join.

            Grab some paints and a canvas and create a quick painting. Try a new recipe. Take a walk or go hiking. Paint your nails or play your guitar. Savor these moments.

            6. Get Enough Sleep

            When you’re in a creative field, it’s easy to get swept up in the moment and become so engrossed in your craft that you sacrifice sleep. In the long run, this is an unhealthy practice and not sustainable.

            How can you ensure that you have a regular sleep schedule?

            • man sleepingResist the Phone: Smartphones emit blue light, which can disrupt your circadian rhythm and mess up your sleep cycle. It’s tempting to reach for your phone every five minutes to check on work-related emails — but don’t do it! The best thing is to turn off your mobile phone when it’s bedtime. Also, keep the phone brightness on “reading mode.”
            • Keep Your Feet and Hands Warm: When you have warm feet and hands, it’s much easier to sleep. Try wearing socks or rubbing your hands to produce some heat.
            • Avoid Pulling All-Nighters: During exam season, you may feel that pulling an all-nighter is the only way to get through your heavier-than-normal workload — but don’t do it! This will negatively affect the hippocampus, the part of the brain that controls short- and long-term memory. Quality sleep is essential for your brain health.

            7. Don’t Measure Your Success by Productivity

            Most creative people can relate to being addicted to perfection and productivity. Don’t be too hard on yourself. Avoid measuring your work by how much you can produce or how productive you are.

            Wherever you are in your music journey, all you should expect of yourself is to do the best you can. Take and do things at a reasonable pace and be flexible when circumstances change. It’s easy to feel trapped and think you’re not good enough or doing enough — don’t do that! Treat yourself gently and with respect.

            No matter what your profession, these tips can go a long way in helping you live a more fulfilling and enriched life.

            Spotlight on the Yamaha PSR-E360 Portable Keyboard

            Looking to buy the perfect keyboard for beginners? The ultra-portable Yamaha PSR-E360 — available in three different finishes — offers the perfect solution. Its interactive lessons, touch-sensitive keys and wide variety of Voices and accompaniment Styles make practice more fun, keeping young players engaged.

            Let’s take a look at some of its main features.

            Great Sound

            An electronic piano keyboard.
            PSR-E360DW (dark walnut finish).

            The better an instrument sounds, the more it inspires. For over a hundred years, Yamaha has been manufacturing just about every kind of musical instrument, so when it comes to reproducing their sound in a keyboard, you can count on the results being detailed and high-quality.

            The PSR-E360 provides 384 great-sounding Voices — not just pianos, electric pianos and organs, but other instruments like guitar, bass, strings, trumpets, flutes, percussion and choir, as well as fun sounds like telephone rings, bird tweets, dog barks, doors slamming, sirens, laughs, heartbeats and applause. There are also 16 drum kits, plus reverb and chorus, as well as an “ultra-wide” stereo setting that envelops the player with sound.

            Auto Accompaniment

            The built-in Auto Accompaniment feature transforms the PSR-E360 into a full “band in a box” by generating appropriate “Styles” (rhythm + bass + chord accompaniment) when the user plays chords with their left hand. There are 130 Styles in a wide range of musical genres — everything from pop and rock to swing and jazz to R&B, latin and world music — so your child can practice the type of music they love best.

            Touch-Sensitive Keys

            Closeup of someone's hand playing a chord on a keyboard.

            The PSR-E360’s 61-key touch-sensitive keyboard provides full dynamic control, accurately reflecting every nuance of the playing to make performances musically expressive. When your child plays the keys heavily, they hear louder tones; when they play softly, quieter sounds are heard — just like a real piano.

            Onboard Lessons Make Learning Fun

            Closeup of an electronic piano keyboard.
            PSR-E360MA (maple finish).

            The PSR-E360 provides numerous interactive lessons to help your child build their keyboard skills as they play along with the 112 preset songs. There are simple “listen and learn” lessons, as well as more advanced ones designed to improve timing and master chords. A special Duo mode splits the keyboard in two so parent and child (or teacher and student) can play and learn together.

            The tempo of each song can easily be adjusted over a wide range, so a student can slow things down while learning, then speed it up again as they gain more confidence. Songs can be transposed at the touch of a button too, making it easy to learn in any key, and to accompany singers in the range in which they feel most comfortable. Your child can even record an original song of their own directly into the PSR-E360.

            Play Along With The Band

            Electronic keyboard on a table with an iPhone attached to the keyboard via a cable.

            A standard 1/8-inch Aux input jack on the rear panel allows a smartphone or portable music player to be connected so your young keyboardist can hear their favorite music through the PSR-E360’s speakers — allowing them to play along and feel like they’ve joined the band!

            Built-In Speakers … And A Headphone Output Too

            Electronic keyboard.
            PSR-E360B model (black finish).

            The PSR-E360 comes with built-in high-quality stereo speakers, as well as a standard headphone jack that enables silent practice. Simply plug in a set of headphones or earbuds and your budding keyboard star can hone their skills without disturbing others in the household.

            Take It Anywhere

            The PSR-E360 is both lightweight and portable, weighing in at less than nine pounds and measuring just 37 inches wide — small enough to fit on any student’s desk … plus they can easily take it to school or wherever they want to put on a show. It comes with an AC adapter, and can also run on batteries.

             

            Want to learn more? Check out the video:

            Click here for more information about the Yamaha PSR-E360 Portable Keyboard.

            Open a School, Create an Ideal Program

            Congratulations! Opening a new school is a fantastic opportunity to start fresh and create the ideal music program for the community you’re about to serve. Take a moment to appreciate the path you’ve traveled to reach this milestone but don’t celebrate too long because there’s work to be done!

            Get Involved Early

            blueprints for schoolA majority of the plans for the new school’s buildings have likely been in place for a while, but it’s important to find out what decisions you can still impact. If the music room building is still in the planning stages, inquire about wide doors for moving instruments, extra storage space, stage access, dropped ceiling tiles for sound dampening or exposed ceiling for a livelier sound. If the building is already under construction, ask if your room will be painted to match the school’s color scheme or if you can choose a custom color that you won’t mind looking at every day. Even if all decisions are made, you can still be a part of the purchasing process.

            Most school districts have a purchase list for new schools, but that doesn’t mean the list can’t benefit from a modern revision. For instance, my school’s purchase list included three upright pianos and two electric keyboards. In my wildest scenarios, I couldn’t justify needing five keyboard instruments distributed between the classroom and stage. I could have stored the unused instruments in my closet, or I could negotiate for those funds to be used for things that I knew I would need on Day 1 of school, such as more instruments for the students.

            On the topic of instruments, make sure the ones that are selected fit your curriculum’s needs. My elementary general music classroom was slated to receive three roto toms. As cool as roto toms were in the 1980s, they are breakable and require students to use drumsticks, an occupational hazard for me and kindergarteners!  Instead of buying the roto toms, I used the money to buy stage equipment like microphones, risers, lights and chairs — things you will need for your first concert. Don’t just make sure this equipment was purchased but define which items belong to your music program and which ones belong to the general population. There’s nothing worse than discovering that your microphone is locked in the lunch duty closet right before your concert.

            Stay in close contact with the front office and head custodian about when packages should be arriving and where they are stored on campus. For security purposes, packages should be locked in closets because many people have access to the building and alarms won’t be installed until all construction is completed. With that being said, use the power of smiles, food and favors to ensure that your items end up in the closet closest to your classroom. Open your packages immediately to check that the correct items were sent and that they are undamaged. In case of breakage, you should have plenty of time for the item to be replaced before the school year begins.

            Room Design

            Themes and decorations aside, design your classroom to fit your school’s largest class size. That data may not be available yet, but we all agree that the more floor space available for students to create music, the better.

            Utilize vertical storage with tall shelving, cabinets and lockers. Before you hang musical posters, use as much of your wall space for practical storage for ukuleles, guitars, boomwhackers, frame drums and any other daily-use items that students will need easy access to.

            Your classroom may come with bulletin boards. Depending on your needs, removing the bulletin boards and using that real estate for storage could give you the room you need to squeeze more chairs into the room.

            Installing a Culture

            The complex topic of school culture can be addressed by the music teacher with a succinct school song. Do you know the school song from your prior school? Does your current school have a song?

            My first school had the school song’s lyrics framed on the wall, but we never sang it because I didn’t know the accompaniment. Frankly, I was waiting for someone to want to hear it before I worried about it. I realized the flaw in my logic when I opened a new school, and it became apparent that I needed to be the biggest advocate for what the school song means and how often we sing it.

            I partnered with the principal to discuss the school’s mission statement so that there was agreement across the board about our school values. For those who don’t like to write songs, here is a simple formula to follow:

            School Name + Mascot + Mission Statement + Metaphor for Success + School Motto = School Song

            Choose how often students will sing the school song, but I encourage you to have it ready for the first assembly so that students can see it is a pivotal part of attending your school.

            Be Seen, Be Present

            Make a great first impression with the community by volunteering to perform a solo at the ribbon-cutting ceremony for your new school. Whether you play “The Star-Spangled Banner” while the flag is being raised, sing the school song or even just rip a solo over some sweet changes, show your coworkers and community your skillset. If you don’t have a chance to teach a large group of students the school song before the first assembly, bring a small group of students together to learn a chant, cadence or chorale that can be used as the standard for your program. Consider scheduling a daytime performance of your first concert so that students can see what your program is all about.

            elementary students singing

            Create Tradition

            The first year at a new school will feel like the longest year ever. Take note of which events the students and community responded to the most during the school year, and mark those down as your new traditions. The smallest event may have had the largest impact on morale. Singing the school song at the right time or playing the fight song for other school organizations could become the new staple that students look forward to every year. And don’t underestimate the power of matching shirts!

            Be a Beacon

            It’s easy to feel undeserving of a new program at a new school. Instead, reflect on what the administration saw in you during the interview process. You were able to show traits that the administration considered useful and essential to the success of their new school. Part of that success will be your commitment to spread school culture through the school song, traditions and your overall presence. Go forward and be a beacon of your musical community!

            Ultimate Buying Guide

            Sometimes you’ve just got to splurge. When that “special someone” is a really special someone, you need to find a holiday gift to match. And if that someone happens to be a musician or an aficionado who takes their music seriously, your task might seem a little harder.

            Fear not! Here are some great high-end gift suggestions for that talented spouse, child or grandchild in your life.

            Extravagant? A little.

            But, hey, they’re worth it.

            GB1K Grand Piano

            Baby grand piano with lid open.
            GB1K grand piano.

            A piano is more than a gift. It’s a gathering place where the spirit of the season comes to life, and where memories are made that will last for years to come.

            The compact size of the 5′ Yamaha GB1K baby grand piano makes it perfect for any room — even rooms with limited space — yet it offers a full, resonant tone comparable to that of many substantially larger models. Available in six different colors and finishes, including Polished Ebony, Polished American Walnut, Polished White, Polished Mahogany, French Provincial Cherry and Georgian Mahogany, the GB1K can fit into any décor … and it looks every bit as beautiful as it sounds. Check out the video here.

            FG Red Label

            An acoustic guitar.
            FGX5 Red Label guitar.

            FG Red Label steel-string folk guitars are inspired by the iconic Yamaha “red label” guitars of the 1960s — the instruments that were onstage at the original Woodstock. They blend modern inspiration with a timeless design for an authentic vintage aesthetic and amazing sound.

            There are lots of features that make these guitars special: A solid mahogany back and sides; a premium solid Sitka spruce top treated with our proprietary Acoustic Resonance Enhancement (A.R.E.) process for genuine aged-wood tone and sustain; a new scalloped-bracing design for warm tonality along with plenty of volume; and a groundbreaking Atmosfeel™ three-way pickup system with built-in microphone that delivers a natural acoustic sound when amplified. The end result? A guitar that sounds and feels like you’ve been playing it for years — right from the very first note. Check out the video here.

            YH-L700A Wireless Noise-Cancelling Headphones With 3D Sound

            Wireless headphones on a modern wood stand on a bookshelf surrounded by stylish holiday decorations.
            YH-L700A wireless headphones.

            The music or video streamer in your life is sure to appreciate the pristine sound quality and extraordinary feature set offered by top-of-the-line Yamaha YH-L700A wireless headphones.

            The YH-L700A provides a three-dimensional sound field coupled with head tracking that allows the wearer to experience movies and videos on their mobile devices with cinema-like sound that immerses them in the action. Not only does it utilize active noise-cancelling to reduce ambient noise, the sound is optimized in real time, continuously adapting to the size and shape of the wearer’s ears and head as well as the surrounding environment. Bluetooth 5® compatibility with aptX™ Adaptive technology ensures stable wireless connectivity and premium streaming quality, and simple onboard controls allow the user to make phone calls, activate Siri®/Google Assistant and adjust their music with the touch of a button. A folding/swiveling earcup design ensures comfort even when worn for long periods of time, and the included rechargeable battery provides up to 34 hours of battery life. Check out the video here.

            DTX8 Series Electronic Drum Kits

            An electronic drum kit.
            DTX8K-X electronic drum kit in Real Wood finish.

            Every drummer can benefit from an electronic drum kit for a variety of reasons — they offer a huge variety of sounds that an acoustic drum set cannot deliver, plus they’re much lighter in weight and far more portable. And for those living under the same roof as a drummer (or nearby neighbors), they offer the distinct advantage of silent practice … just plug in a set of headphones and absolutely no one but the drummer hears a sound.

            The DTX8K-X and DTX8K-M DTX-8 Series drum kits are some of the newest additions to the Yamaha family. They come with over 700 high quality sounds and offer a natural playing experience wrapped in beautiful wood drum shells, available in premium Black Forest or Real Wood finishes. DTX8 Series kits can be ordered with a choice of two different head materials — two-ply mesh or Textured Cellular Silicone (TCS) — according to the player’s personal preferences. The advanced DTX PRO module at the heart of the kit offers a unique Kit Modifier that gives the drummer the ability to easily adjust compression, ambience and effects with the quick turn of a knob, as well as onboard recording, the ability to connect up to 11 pads or drum triggers, a USB port and a Aux input jack so the player can practice along with their favorite songs. Check out the video here.

            YTR-8335LAII B♭ TRUMPET

            A shiny brass trumpet.
            Yamaha YTR-8335LAII trumpet.

            More than a decade ago, internationally acclaimed trumpeter Wayne Bergeron joined the Yamaha development team. The initial result of that collaboration was the company’s YTR-8335LA(S) Custom model, which has now evolved to the second-generation YTR-8335LAII — an instrument sure to be coveted by trumpet players everywhere.

            The valve casing of the YTR-8335LAII (which serves as the vital “heart” of any trumpet) has been revised, resulting in brilliant high notes, accurate pitch, and rich harmonics that raise custom trumpet performance to soaring new heights. In addition, Xeno Artist Model parts (favored by top orchestra players worldwide), combined with heavy phosphor-bronze bottom valve caps, are utilized to achieve improved tonal definition and significantly better feedback to the player. The result is an instrument that is extremely efficient, with flexible tonal characteristics that can easily match the sound the player hears in their head. Available in both gold lacquer and silver-plated finishes, the YTR-8335LAII makes the ideal gift for professional and aspiring trumpeters alike. Check out the video here.

            DXR12mkII Powered Speaker / DXS15mkII Powered Subwoofer

            Performing musicians know that relying on the sound systems of the venues they play in can sometimes be a ticket to audio disaster. The best insurance policy against bad sound is to carry your own system, so one or more Yamaha DXR12mkII powered speakers paired with a DXS15mkII powered subwoofer will be a welcome gift to any budding musician, whether they belong to a band or are trying to forge a solo career.

            Because both are powered, no external amplifiers are required: simply plug microphones and instruments directly into the DXR12mkII — it has its own 3-channel mixer built in — and then make a simple connection to the DXS15mkII subwoofer for the addition of deep, rich bass that will get the audience up and pumped. And, because they can be used either as “Front of House” (i.e., facing the audience) speakers or as “monitor” (i.e., facing the performer) speakers, the DXR12mkII provides the ultimate in flexibility. This is one powerhouse combination that will fill any room with pristine sound, enabling the audience to hear every nuance of the performance. Check out the videos here and here.

             

            For more information about these and other great Yamaha music products, click here.

            Fix It: Tips for Teaching Basic Piano Technique

            Piano students often say, “My technique isn’t good enough” or “I really want to play this piece, but it’s too hard, and I feel really tight and tense.” These insecurities are often the result of not establishing healthy habits at the piano. These issues should be addressed from their very first lessons so that students can achieve their playing potential.

            In this article, I’ll address common errors seen in basic piano technique and how we, as teachers, can help our students.

            Fix It: Unbalanced Posture

            New pianists often don’t think about the way they sit at the piano. This is particularly an issue for young children who are still growing and need to sit higher and closer to the instrument. Older children and young teenagers may experience sudden growth spurts and must adjust their sitting position from week to week.

            Another common error is not keeping one’s feet flat on the ground. This can be tricky for young students whose legs aren’t long enough yet. Instilling good habits for balanced posture is the first step toward good technique, a comfortable position at the piano and continued interest in playing. So how do we fix posture?

            • Solution — There are four main components to good posture:
              • student sitting on books to be at the right height at the piano Height of the Bench: It’s important to be like Goldilocks — the bench height can’t be too high or too low. It must be just right. Generally, when someone is sitting at the piano, the arms should be about parallel to the ground, and the angle of the arms at the elbow should be about 100 degrees. I say “about” because there will be slight variations for each person. If you don’t have an adjustable bench and your student needs to sit higher, grab some books or any other type of hard surface. I keep foam squares readily available in my studio so that I can customize the height for each student.
              • Distance of the Bench from the Piano: Again, just like Goldilocks, you can’t sit too far or too close to the piano. Students should learn to be sensitive to this distance (along with the height of the bench) so they can make adjustments as they grow. Keep in mind that the angle of the arms, as mentioned earlier, should be about 100 degrees. It’s also important to sit on the front half of the bench.
              • Sitting Up Tall: In order to have full freedom and use of the whole body while playing, it’s important to sit up tall at the piano. The back shouldn’t be overarched but the student shouldn’t be slouching either. Ask students to pretend a puppet string is holding them at the top of their head.
              • Keeping Feet Flat: If a student’s legs are long enough, the feet should rest comfortably and flat on the ground. If the legs are dangling, find something to prop under the student’s feet to keep them flat. A step stool or some type of sturdy support will do. Alternatively, a few foam squares will also create the right adjustment

            Fix It: Tension in Arms

            When people start learning to play the piano, it is often tricky to find a sense of release in their arms. This will easily hamper one’s ability to play with ease.

            • Solution — To help acquire this sensation, I like to do something I call the “floppy arm exercise.” Try it for yourself!
              • Extend your arm out and have your friend to hold it. Let go of all control of your arm so that your friend is bearing all the weight. Check to make sure you’re not holding any weight in your upper arm either. Your arm should look or feel like that of a rag doll. One young student told me it felt like she had no bones. If you’re doing it correctly, your arm should fall like a dead weight once your friend removes the hand supporting your arm. If you’re not doing it correctly, your arm will remain in the air once your friend removes the support OR your arm will slightly hesitate before it “realizes” it needs to fall back down. Watch this video of the “floppy arm exercise.”
              • Another way to gain this feeling is by using a headband or some other type of elastic. Allow your wrist to hang in the headband. Move the headband up and down and from side to side. Your hand and arm should be dangling. Do this with the other arm too in order to capture the feeling on both sides.

            Once you’re able to acquire this feeling yourself, you can help your students to gain the same feeling of release.

            Fix It: Inconsistent Hand Shape

            student making Os with her thumb and index fingersStudents often will play with overly flat fingers, collapsed joints and collapsed knuckles. Playing with a compromised hand position will lead to injury and prevent students from reaching their potential. It is important to understand the key aspects of good hand position when playing the piano.

            • Solution — There are three aspects to be aware of:
              • The bridge of the hand must be round and supported. To keep the bridge, which is around the knuckles, from collapsing, ask students to hold a small ball or imagine their hand holding a bubble or an egg. I use a small dolphin toy to help my students understand the shape of the hand.
              • The fingertips must be firm, and the joints have to avoid collapsing. To help strengthen the joints, have students make O shapes with each finger connecting to the thumb (see top photo to the right). Frequent reminders will also help. At the piano, you can also assist students to understand the feeling of playing with joints that don’t collapse.
              • closeup of hand on piano keys with optimal hand position The wrist should be flexible and supple with a floating sensation. It will definitely move around depending on what the student is playing. However, the wrist should always come back to a neutral position, which is generally parallel to the ground (see bottom photo to the right). Once the bridge of the hand and finger joints have strengthened, students can practice maintaining their hand position while moving the wrist in circles. They won’t be doing this motion while playing the piano, but it will help them to understand the range of motion.

            By addressing these important physical aspects early on in lessons, you’ll be setting up your students for success. They’ll be able to play progressively more difficult music, and they’ll feel physically comfortable doing it. It will help to keep them interested in playing piano for years to come!

            The Benefits of Playing Piano … At Any Age

            Whether you’re looking to have your child start a new learning-enriching activity or you’re a retiree who is up for a new challenge, here are some amazing benefits that come from playing piano.

            It Can Make Your Child a Better Student

            Young child playing an upright piano in her living room.

            Parents take note: When your child learns a musical instrument, they become a better student all around. There are numerous studies that have verified this astonishing fact. For example, a Psychology Today article citing research done at the University of British Columbia in 2019 states that “Students who learned to play a musical instrument in elementary [school] and continued playing in high school not only score significantly higher but were about one academic year ahead of their non-music peers with regard to their English, mathematics and science skills … These exam-based statistics were consistent across the board, regardless of socioeconomic background, gender, ethnicity, or prior learning in science, math, and English.”

            This extends to language skills too. “It appears that some of the auditory skills learned from piano playing enhance specific aspects of the perception of spoken language, even beyond that gained from additional experience in reading,” writes renowned cognitive neuroscientist Dr. John Gabrieli in an article here on the Yamaha blog. “The benefits from music (which has no direct relation to language) [are] similar to those from reading (which relates directly to language).”

            You Can Start Learning It At Any Age

            Man playing an upright piano.

            Unlike some other musical instruments, piano is something you can learn — and learn well — at any age. In his Yamaha blog article “Express Yourself,” musician, bestselling author and cognitive psychologist Daniel Levitin says that, “For older adults, the instrument I recommend is the piano (or any similar keyboard, such as organ or synthesizer). The reason is that getting a good tone out of a keyboard is not at all difficult: anyone can sit down at a piano and play a C-sharp as well as a Rubinstein, an Alicia de Larrocha or an Elton John. Putting the notes together is the challenge, but it’s a challenge you can start addressing right away. The other advantage of the piano is that it’s easy to visualize scales and chords — they’re all there in front of you, laid out linearly.”

            In fact, according to the Tonara article “Learning Piano as an Adult: What Are the Benefits,” learning piano as an adult has some distinct advantages. “Kids are usually relieved of all the stress that comes with adulthood,” the article explains, “and they might not notice this particular benefit, even when they grow older. But learning piano as an adult can be beneficial for this particular issue. Even simple piano lessons for beginner adults can help you deal with stress.”

            It Can Make You Healthier

            Personally, I’ve found playing piano to be the ultimate stress reliever. And when I say “play,” I mean simply playing, with no particular end goal in mind — in other words, just enjoying the process of “noodling around.” I find that by allowing my fingers to glide over the keys without the pressure of having to create something or improve my technique, I can let the instrument take me somewhere for the musical joy of it.

            “As humans, we are hard-wired for music,” says Barry Bittman, MD, Chairman and CEO of the Yamaha Music and Wellness Institute, a non-profit organization engaged in education and research, “Music gets through where words do not pass. Recreational music-making reduces the impact of stress on many levels and allows healing to begin. It actually alters gene expression pathways in patients with coronary heart disease.”

            The Tonara article cited above confirms Dr. Bittman’s observation, stating that “getting into an instrument as an adult can stimulate your brain in so many ways. Your neuroplasticity can see some significant improvements, meaning that your brain starts making new connections and remapping the old patterns.”

            Whenever I sit down at the piano, it feels as if my brain does indeed light up with excitement. I simply feel better after playing, even if I only idle over the keys for a short period of time. That may be because I only started to learn to play piano a few years ago (I’m a lifelong guitarist); my training on the instrument is minimal enough that I don’t know exactly what I’m doing. As Zen Master Shunaryu Suzuik once said, “In the beginner’s mind there are many possibilities. In the expert’s mind there are few.”

            So whether you want to learn a single song for your own pleasure or go deep into performance technique, playing the piano has healing benefits for your (or your child’s) mind, body, spirit and soul. Best of all, it’s fun!

             

            Check out these related blog articles:

            Piano Lessons Can Improve Your Child’s Language Skills

            Express Yourself

            Sounds Of Resilience: An Interview With Dr. Barry Bittman

            Music Makes You Happier, Smarter … And Healthier Too

            Teach Your Children Well

            Six Ways Music Can Improve Your Life

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha pianos.

            Prioritization: Accentuate the Right Things

            I once heard a music professor say, “if everything is accented, nothing is accented.” We’ve all seen a 16-bar phrase of music with every note accented. When we play the ink precisely as it is written, the music sounds like the teacher from Charlie Brown — monotonous, boring and predictable.

            I’ve often translated this lesson to other parts of my life, specifically my career and personal workload. Accent means an emphasis on a pitch. Emphasis means to put stress on something. Stress is not always bad, but we risk becoming overloaded and burned out if everything is stressed.

            Enter teaching in 2021. School, state and federal mandates must be adhered to, on top of the typical teacher requirements like planning, grading and other tasks that are not student contact hours.

            Every year, the fight to keep teaching as one of the top priorities becomes more difficult. Just because something is noisy doesn’t mean it’s the most important.

            Furthermore, when you ask anyone for advice on prioritizing tasks, you may get some helpful advice, but usually, you hear people’s opinions on what is important to them. I’ve had many colleagues and supervisors tell me that it’s OK to say “no” or “no big rush on this” — and sometimes, they mean it.

            Bottom line, there are specific non-negotiable tasks and projects you must do. As an employee of a business, you signed a contract agreeing to fulfill these tasks. Some of these tasks are directly laid out in your job description, but many fall under a catchall statement that says something like “all other tasks as required by the supervisor.”

            Even so, I believe that teachers have some agency in what we can prioritize. We can be productive in a healthier sense by setting some boundaries, properly managing our workload and determining what is essential.

            Boundaries: Protect Classroom Time

            male music educator conducting in front of band Our jobs must remain focused on the following two items: 1) ensure the safety of our students and 2) educating our students.

            We already know how vital safety is, and it’s a good bet that your school has many systems in place to ensure this. So, on to our classroom time.

            As a teacher, the direct contact we have with our students in our planned classroom and rehearsal time is of the utmost importance. This time should be treated as precious and non-negotiable. Even if you have little control over your classroom time, this is the most direct impact you will have on students. There is no substitute for human interaction and direct teaching, guidance and learning.

            Teachers should make every effort to avoid the insidious nature of administrative tasks infecting classroom time. This is easier said than done. I’ve been teaching for 15 years, and I occasionally break this rule but quickly recognize when I do and get back on the tasks that actually matter. I regret the early years in my career when I put students into sectionals simply to catch up on administrative work.

            Some teaching moments can organically come out of administrative tasks. For example, some instruments may have common faults. Depending on the age of your students, you can show them during class how to do some minor repairs to instruments. Take five minutes to adjust a loose screw with an eyeglass screwdriver, and you’ve potentially saved yourself time in the future. Furthermore, you’re providing an opportunity for student autonomy.

            Other administrative tasks can wait. When we say “yes” to checking email, we are saying “no” to interacting with our students. You may also be in a situation where other teachers want to pull kids out of your class to finish a test or project. We have field trips and events that occasionally pull students out of a day, but I never ask students to complete work for me during another teacher’s class. The more this is entertained, the more other teachers will ask for your kids to leave your class. And then you have more work, later on, to catch them up.

            Besides administrative tasks, there are other “time burglars” that can rob you of your precious time without you even knowing it. Read my article on some common time burglars and how to address them.

            Manage Your Workload

            tablet with

            Work Within a System: I love lists and organization systems and have tried almost every system under the sun. After years of vetting, combining and tweaking systems, I’ve come up with a practical, reliable and boring system that works for me. It’s primarily based on David Allen’s Getting Things Done (GTD) system combined with the Todoist app and a notebook.

            I put all my tasks in Todoist. If I’m ever without a digital device and think of a few to-dos, I write them down in a notebook and transfer it over to Todoist later. Within the app, I list my projects, and the tasks within projects are managed by what is actionable, when I can do it, where I can do it and how long it’s going to take. Tasks are worded in a clear, direct and actionable way. For example, “Call performance venue to get price for three-hour concert rental on November 21.”

            The GTD system says to engage with all your projects consistently. This did not work for me because I like to dig in and complete at least one project every week or two. So, I rank my projects and focus on getting to completion as best as I can. If I have to wait for someone to complete a task to move forward on a project, that project is demoted to “waiting.” I then make a note to follow up with that person.

            focus on the 2 on a clock One list I particularly like is my two-minute task list. According to the GTD system, if a task takes two minutes or less, you should just do it and not have it take up valuable real estate in your schedule or brain. I agree with this but learned that these small tasks can get out of control if not approached correctly. First and foremost, planned-out tasks come first. Emergencies can wedge their way into my planned time, but nothing else. I reserve two-minute tasks for either a specific time of day or transition time. Sitting at a meeting and the presenter is 10 minutes late? Use that time to complete five tasks. Teaching a private lesson, and the student is pulled out for an early release by the office? Knock a couple of two-minute tasks off the list.

            A word of caution: don’t get addicted to completing two-minute tasks to feel a sense of accomplishment. Focus on these tasks during breaks or short specific times of the day; otherwise, you might get caught up trying to complete as many as possible instead of focusing on more profound work.

            Bring Solutions, Not Problems: One of my cooperating teachers shared an insightful piece of wisdom: “When you complain, people have two reactions — 1) they don’t care or 2) they’re just glad whatever you’re going through isn’t happening to them.”

            Most people are sympathetic and even empathetic to our issues, but they aren’t likely to actively work to find a solution that will further us. If you need help from an administrator, by all means ask them for help, but bring them at least a few examples of what you have done to help your situation or some thoughts on possible solutions. For example, say, “I have a situation I need help with. I have tried these three things, but I haven’t been able to gain any ground on this issue. Do you have any other ideas?”

            Use Your Teaching Assistants: I have 120 teaching assistants — they just happen to be my students. Every week, set aside some time for planning. Go through your list of what needs to happen and who can do it. At my school, students cannot submit attendance due to privacy issues, but they can set up chairs and stands, file music and monitor the supplies cabinet.

            We’re a Title I school, and we provide all items for students, and most items are stored in a cabinet. I designate a student to be our supplies cabinet manager, and he or she monitors the stock and distribution of reeds, valve oil, grease, sticks and related articles. When we are running low, the student emails me a list of what needs to be reordered. I show the student how to format the email so I can forward it directly to our music store rep (budget permitting).

            We regularly have parents who help out as well, especially with smaller-scale projects. One year, I needed 200 letters stuffed into envelopes. I called a parent and asked if she could help with this. This parent had expressed in the past that she wished she could help more but couldn’t commit a significant time to help because of work. She said she could help, and I sent the envelopes and letters home with the student. They came back stuffed the next day, ready for labeling. The parent was proud she could help out with her child’s music program, no matter the size of the job. I used my free time to fix yet another broken instrument.

            Outsourcing Is OK:  If you have the money or resources, outsource what you can. This section includes some harsh realities and things I have said to myself.

            • the word delegate written on transparent wipe board Harsh Reality #1: Only I can make the perfect concert program. I spent hours selecting all fonts, finding the ideal graphics and template, and triple-checking all names. 
              • People don’t care who designs the program, as long as you don’t use Comic Sans or Papyrus fonts (sorry, not sorry). They just care that it’s done. Spend $50 at the local print shop to create the program or ask a music parent volunteer to take on this task. Just triple-check the names yourself, so you don’t leave off the euphoniums again.
            • Harsh Reality #2: I listened to every single student play their chair placement assessment because I am a devoted music educator. At 120 kids submitting three-minute assessments, this was 360 minutes of recordings. Assuming I did at least three minutes of writing and feedback for each student, this was now 720 minutes on this task. I spent close to 12 hours on this one task, but it was worth it because I listened to every kid and gave feedback! 
              • Yes, it’s important to hear each student individually, but you may be able to do this during class and provide real-time feedback in a quicker, more organic way. This took two or three hours out of your day for at least a week. Based on your energy levels, did the kid that had their assessment listened to at hour three get the same quality of feedback as the kid in hour one of your listenings? Or did you maybe get a little tired and rushed to get through these? Save time. Although you are good at giving feedback to students, so are others. If you digitally record assessments, send them to trusted colleagues who are experts in the specific instrument or voice parts. Use an ID number instead of student names to protect privacy, email the recording and Google Doc, and set a deadline.
            • Harsh Reality #3: I feel guilty about outsourcing certain items that aren’t necessarily in my job description because I feel that I should be doing them myself.
              • Who said you should be doing these items yourself? Besides, if you have the money in your budget to ease your workload while benefiting the students, there’s nothing to feel guilty about! If you don’t have money in your budget, you have two options: do it yourself or find volunteers. Think of it this way — you are already participating in outsourcing because you are the one being outsourced to teach music as an employee in your district. You may also be hiring someone else to teach voice lessons, write drill or fix instruments.

            You will soon realize that no one cares who did a specific job; they just want the job done correctly and on time. Just give credit where credit is due.

            Determine Importance

            a pile of important signs with exclamation point What is actually important? As a professional, you know there are certain non-negotiables in your job. Teachers must complete IEP/504 reports, attendance, grades, mandated reporter tasks and promptly return parent emails and phone calls. If you ask yourself, “What are they going to do, fire me?” and the answer is “yes,” then those tasks are important and must be completed accurately and on time.

            Now, let’s move on to some other tasks. Here’s an activity: Rank these tasks in order of importance:

              • Complete an IEP report that is due in one week
              • Complete an IEP report that is due tomorrow
              • Respond to an administrator email about contract tracing in your class
              • Replace the cork on a saxophone neck
              • Select music for the next concert cycle
              • Book a piano tuner and request payment
              • File music from the previous concert
              • Clear your email inbox
              • Lesson planning
              • Respond to a superintendent’s request for a group to play at a local event.
              • Reply to a parent email marked “high priority” about a fundraiser that is due in three weeks.

            Now ask yourself a few questions:

              • Who is the best and most appropriate person for each of these jobs?
              • What happens if I just don’t do the task?
              • Do I have to do this today?
              • Will it make things worse if I put this off?
              • Can someone else do this?
              • Will it take me longer right now to teach someone else to do this?
              • If this is not a legally/contractually required task, will my group learn/sound better if this task is completed?
              • When is the best time to complete a specific task?
              • Who is this task actually crucial to?
              • Is this a task that must be done, should be done or that I want to be done?

            You can quickly figure out what will and won’t put students’ safety and education at risk or your job in the above list. Some of the tasks genuinely are important, but are they important right now? Sure, the superintendent is contacting you, but saxophone kid can’t play until that neck-cork is fixed. The word “superintendent” holds a lot of mental weight, but I know that my superintendent would completely understand if I didn’t get back to her immediately because I was making sure a kid was able to play his instrument.

            Other tasks could be done by someone else. Most of these tasks must be done by you, but there’s no reason you couldn’t show and then ask student helpers to file music. Another option is to simply not do specific tasks. In the case of filing music, you could actually just leave it in a pile. You may be a person that’s OK with the mess, or you may be a person who gets mentally drained seeing unorganized things, but not doing some of these lower-level tasks is an option.

            Depending on the time of year, energy level, etc., I would separate this list into the following three groupings.

            • today's list in spiral bound notebook Today / High Priority / Must Be Done
              • Respond to an administrator email about contract tracing in your class — high priority, safety issue.
              • Complete an IEP report that is due tomorrow — this is a hard deadline and a document that has legal ramifications.
              • Lesson planning — this will require a significant part of my mental energy, so I would complete this before moving on to the next set of tasks
            • Today / Would Be Nice to Get Done
              • Replace the cork on a saxophone neck — if I have a stock of saxophones necks that I can clean and loan out, this is pushed to a later date
              • Book a piano tuner and request payment — do this within the next two days because district finances take a long time to process
              • Respond to a superintendent’s request for a group to play at a local event — our superintendent is busy and knows how busy everyone else is; she will understand if I have other pressing tasks to get to first
              • Clear your email inbox — this would be helpful, but if I can’t get to it, I will at least check email to make sure there are no new action items.
            • Not Today — if on the slim chance, I finish everything above, I may engage with this list a little
              • Complete an IEP report that is due in one week — this can be done up to the due date; it’s on my radar, but other items take priority.
              • Select music for the next concert cycle — this is important, so I want to carve out a chunk of time to dig into it. I would rewrite this task as “schedule two one-hour time blocks to begin selecting music for next concert” and put it on my tasks for tomorrow.
              • File music from the previous concert — take this off my plate and delegate to some students
              • Reply to a parent email marked “high priority” about a fundraiser that is due in three weeks — respond during my next email engagment time OR delegate to the parent running the fundraiser

            You Decide What Is High Priority: Just because someone says a task is important doesn’t mean that it actually is. You will receive emails that are marked high priority, and in some cases, this is true. But in most cases, you are the one to determine whether a task is a high priority to you. The email sender feels that this is an important task, but he or she does not know your schedule or priorities.

            You may also find yourself in a situation where the superintendent, principal and your department chair each sends you something that is a high priority. This can be a real dilemma, especially for newer teachers. In these cases, use your best judgment. You have a few options. If two tasks will be five minutes apiece and one will take at least half an hour, knock out the quick tasks first and then focus your energy on the more extended task. If they are all equal in energy and time, you can complete them by paygrade/ranking. That’s right — the higher position in the district gets his or her task completed first.

            Don’t Be Surprised by Things You Know Are Going to Happen: Every year, I have colleagues who get upset that they have to complete tasks for their teaching evaluation. They don’t want to do it, don’t think it helps and complain about it. This is wasted energy. This is a requirement of your school, district and state — you have to do it. Accept it. Complaining about it may be therapeutic, but it does absolutely no good for you.

            If you are incredibly passionate about things like this, consider lobbying or directing your efforts toward places or organizations that may impact these things. I’m not saying to be a mindless zombie and accept everything at face value, but certain aspects of teaching are never going away. People who have jobs must be evaluated regularly. You know it’s coming. Accepting things like this doesn’t change the fact that they’re frustrating, but it can free up some mental energy.

            This acceptance strategy can be applied to your daily schedule as well. If you know that every day will have interruptions, including administrative requests, broken instruments or surprise reports, plan on this. In my position, I can count on about 50% of my planning time as my own and 50% allotted for surprises, emergencies or wherever else I would like to give my time to. Days that don’t have emergencies or surprises are counted as a bonus.

            woman with serious look on face and open hand held out in front of her as if to say stopJust Say “No”: Many of us already say “no” frequently. When you say “yes” to something, you will end up saying “no” to something else. This isn’t a bad thing; the reality is that everything just takes time, and time is finite.

            I’m naturally a people pleaser, so I’ve had to work hard on this one. If you are overwhelmed, and something is presented to you where you have a choice, say “no.” And unless it’s a part of your contract, do not explain why! When you explain why you are saying “no,” other people will automatically go into problem-solving mode to convince you to take on this oh-so-important task. All you need to say is, “Thanks for thinking of us, but we’re unable to help.”

            Being direct is OK. If you want to be polite, say, “No, I can’t do this right now, but check with me in a few weeks,” but you have to be OK with someone checking back with you in a few weeks. I’ve found that people are tougher than I give them credit for; they can handle a direct “no.”

            Saying “yes” to someone else for something you really don’t want or need to do is potentially saying “no” to yourself. And you should treat yourself well. People look out for their own best interests, and you should do this as well.

            Sometimes the medium can distort the message. If you are concerned with getting misconstrued over email or text due to someone misreading your tone, pick up the phone or visit the person to deliver the “no.” It’s also good practice if you’re not used to standing up for yourself. If you follow a script, you will be surprised at how assertive you can be.

            A music teacher’s job continually presents more challenges, opportunities and work. Remember, you are responsible for getting your work done and taking charge of your personal and professional growth. Others may try to make their priorities your priorities. We are employees, and we do have to adhere to whatever system we are in, but with some adjustments, a push toward personal agency and putting your kids and yourself first, you can reduce the noise of urgency put upon you. You are in charge of what is important to you!

            5 Time Burglars to Avoid

            Time is a precious commodity. As music teachers, we not only have to protect classroom time, but we have to carve out a few minutes (or hours!) here and there to take care of our must-do, non-negotiable tasks.

            In order to be as productive as possible, you must be mindful of the things that distract you — time burglars — and how to deal with them. Here are my top 5 time burglars and how I have learned to take my time back from them.

            Time Burglar #1: Email

            email envelopes flying off a smart phone In 2007, I remember thinking, “Wow, this is so cool! I can get my email on my phone!” That was before I knew better.

            Digital boundaries are challenging ones to enforce. Email is one of the biggest time burglars. Think of an email inbox as a to-do list where other people ask or tell you what to do. Unless you are a mid- to upper-level administrator, there is little to no reason why you should be accessible by email 24 hours a day.

            I check email three times a day, and I also use those times to send out any messages. I write a note on my to-do list if I think of a message I have to send someone, but I don’t send out emails outside of school hours.

            I’ve also been guilty of writing novels over email. My new rule is to pick up the phone and call if it takes longer than three sentences. I break this rule when I know I’m dealing with a professional human-time burglar.

            If your very first task is to check email every morning, you may be subconsciously telling yourself that other people’s work comes first. Yes, this may be work that only you can do, but consider experimenting for a week. Take just 10 minutes to knock out something small that you know you have to do at the start of your day. Then, check email to see what others want you to do.

            Time Burglar #2: Active Procrastination

            Have you ever carved out time to do a crucial task, only to get distracted by dozens of other small tasks? You probably fib a little to yourself, don’t you? I sure do. I tell myself, “No, I didn’t actually do the thing that I needed to get done, but I did check off 10 other minor tasks!” Never mind the fact that those minor tasks could have waited, been done by someone else or not been done at all.

            Active procrastination is hands down my worst time burglar. If I even stray a little bit and check my email or take a look at another project, I’m toast. It’s a focus thing for me, and it’s incredibly addicting to keep racking up those checked-off tasks.

            Remember Dug, the dog from the Pixar movie “Up?” He’d cut off mid-sentence to exclaim “Squirrel!” whenever he thought he saw something move. My solution? I remove the possibility of being distracted by “squirrels.” First, I lock my phone and smartwatch in a drawer. Then, I write down the action items for my current project on a sheet of paper or a notecard. I focus best when I work without a computer and away from everyone. My wife and I have five kids, so it can be challenging to find time alone, but it’s not impossible. Sometimes I’ll sit in the yard or on the patio with my back facing the house.

            man sitting in a coffee shop in front of laptop with headphones on If I use my computer, I stay focused thanks to a few timers that block certain time-wasting websites. Furthermore, recognizing locations where you work best will help you avoid burgling time from yourself. When I have some extended writing or computer work to do, my go-to productive environment is a coffee shop where I sit with my laptop and headphones, listening to idle chatter and the ambient sounds of a café from a website called Coffitivity. (And yes, I see the redundancy of sitting in a coffee shop while listening to fake coffee shop sounds, but it keeps me from getting up and socializing with every table.)

            According to a theory called Parkinson’s Law, the work you have to do will expand to fill the time you have. In my case, active procrastination often works hand in hand with Parkinson’s Law. For example, if I allot two hours for preparing concert programs, programming literature or checking email, it will take two hours. Add a few tasks to that list, and the workload magically adjusts to fit the timeframe. So, in an accidental “Inception”-type moment, our planning and perception of time itself may be a time burglar. And now I’ve gone farther away from reality, so back to Earth, and on to…

            Time Burglar #3: Broken Instruments/Equipment

            clarinets during marching band event Oh, the countless times I’ve had an excellent plan for my free period, only to be presented with a pile of plastic, rods, screws and unidentified objects. (It’s always bass clarinets, right?)

            Some of these broken instrument issues can be addressed with preventive and routine maintenance, such as regular reminders to oil valves, grease slides and corks, loosen bows when not in use and complete standard instrument care checks. Once a month, ask students to check for any loose screws on their instruments (because tightening a screw takes five seconds but looking for a screw on the floor is a lost cause).

            But instruments and equipment will eventually require surprise repairs. In my case, this is a time burglar that I allow to happen. If you’re lucky, you’ll have a stock of extra instruments that can quickly be loaned out to a student rather than making a quick fix during class. I have come to accept that broken equipment is inevitable and that it is a priority for me to address the situation quickly. However, do not get too far into problem-solving mode because you’ll end up wasting time you don’t have. My general rule is that if I don’t have the proper tool to fix the instrument, I can’t complete the job. So, I’ll send it to the shop and focus my efforts on finding a short-term replacement instead.

            Time Burglar #4: Things You Don’t Have to Do

            This is a big one and a relative to active procrastination. Ask yourself: Does a specific job actually need to be done? If it does, does it have to be done by you? (In my article, “Prioritization: Accentuate the Right Things,” I list several tasks you can outsource.)

            Tasks that are unnecessary or that are better suited to be done by others, rob you of time you can spend completing your goals, projects and missions. We have a finite amount of energy each day and if we spend time on unnecessary tasks, burnout is a real possibility. Do not take time away from chasing and living your passion because once you go bankrupt, it’s hard (but not impossible) to build back up.

            Take a look at your current list of tasks. Is there at least one that can be deleted, shelved temporarily or deferred politely to someone else? Think of it in another way — if you do all the work yourself, you are now the burglar! You are stealing all the opportunities for yourself, instead of giving others the chance to grow, experience and be a part of your team. This is a harsh statement, but it has kept me in check over the years.

            Time Burglar #5: Colleagues

            man sitting at desk in front of laptop looking annoyed at a female colleague

            You know who these people are. You enjoy talking with them. They’re probably even friends. But you had 20 minutes to get some reports and grading done, and this person stole all this time! You always end up behind on your work when they visit. You might even wonder, “don’t they have any work to do?” You’ve just come face-to-face with a time burglar.

            Confession time: I’m a reformed-time burglar. I used to come in very early at a previous job to get most of my work done. I had a 20-minute break in the middle of the day, and I would drop in and visit the orchestra director. This became a habit and something that I looked forward to. I completely missed the social cues of his “uh-huh, uh-huh, yeah” responses while simultaneously typing on his computer.

            These are the most challenging time burglars to deal with. You don’t want to be mean, and you might actually welcome the break from all your work. If you have conflict-avoidance tendencies, this may be absolute torture to address. But ask yourself, “Who’s time is more important?”

            Consider packaging it this way. Say, “I really love talking to you, and I enjoy sharing these war stories with you. I’m apprehensive about bringing this up, but I only have so much time to get some pretty important things done. Can we chat later?”

            So, how did my colleague handle it? He was a little blunter, but I needed to hear it. He calmly yet firmly said, “I love chatting with you, Don, but this is the only 20 minutes I get to work on some particular tasks. You are welcome to come and sit in the office, but I’m just letting you know that this work is my priority right now. Pick a bar and grill for you and me to go to next week, and we can have a couple of uninterrupted hours to visit.”

            Finally, there’s this option — put them to work. “Hey, it’s great that you stopped by. I need some help with a few tasks. Can you help out?” Two things will likely happen: 1) the time burglar will say “yes,” and you get some help, or 2) the time burglar will suddenly have some work that he or she has to do on their own and exit gracefully. Win-win situation.

            Let us know about time burglars that you have encountered and conquered. Email us at educators@yamaha.com.

            How to Clean Earbuds and Headphones

            Earbuds and headphones get gross. Quick.

            That’s a simple fact. So if you don’t clean your headphones and earbuds regularly, here are two good reasons to rethink things. First, especially when it comes to earbuds, it’s a matter of health. You don’t want to continually put something in your ear that might have bacteria on it. Cleaning earbuds also helps them function better because you’ll be removing ear wax, dirt, dust and other foreign substances from the drivers that can impede the sound waves.

            Headphones get dirty too. Although they don’t contact your ear like earbuds do, they have a lot more surface area that can pick up dust and dirt.

            In this article, we’ll show you a simple, effective method for cleaning earbuds and headphones without doing any damage.

            Cleaning Earbuds

            Experts recommend cleaning earbuds (whether wired or wireless) once a month, though it depends on how heavy your usage is; if you wear them a lot every day, you might want to clean them more often. If you’re not sure if they’re ready for cleaning, just take a close look at them. You’ll know right away.

            You can purchase kits made for cleaning earbuds (they’re the same as the ones for cleaning hearing aids) that come with all the necessary supplies, but you really don’t need to go to that expense, because you can do a fine job with some common household items. Here’s what you’ll need:

            • A clean, dry soft toothbrush
            • Cotton swabs
            • Some rubbing alcohol or a couple of rubbing alcohol pads
            • A toothpick
            • A couple of small microfiber cloths — the kind you use for cleaning glasses
            • (Optional) A small amount of a moldable putty such as Blu-Tack® or Loctite® Fun-Tak®
            Closeup of the elements of an earbud cleaning kit.

            Important: If you’re cleaning wireless earbuds, make sure to turn them off before you get started. If you leave them on and accidentally get liquid into the drivers, you could damage or ruin them.

            Here are step-by-step directions for cleaning earbuds:

            IMG 1630 X 1000
            1. If your earbuds have ear tips, gently pull them off and put them on a flat surface nearby.
            IMG 1634 X 1000
            2. Do the first cleaning pass with the toothbrush. Gently brush the driver (speaker) area of each earbud. Brush gently, and don’t put a lot of downward pressure on the driver, or you can cause damage. As you brush, use gravity to your advantage: try to keep the earbuds pointed down, or at least angled down more than 45 degrees. If you have them right-side-up, some particles might stay on the grille of the driver, particularly around the edges. You want the gunk that you dislodge to fall off.
            IMG 1639 X 1000
            3. Brushing should get rid of a lot of the foreign matter, but probably not all of it. If you still see dirt and gunk on some parts of the earbuds, dampen one side of a cotton swab with a small amount of alcohol or water (check the manual for your earbuds to see which is recommended; rubbing alcohol is recommended for cleaning Yamaha headphones and earbuds). Make sure it’s just damp, not dripping wet. Now use the swab to clean the earbud anywhere you see dirt, keeping the pressure light.
            IMG 1640 X 1000
            4. Use the toothpick to gently scrape away any gunk around the edges of the driver. Go slowly and carefully!
            IMG 1644 X 1000
            5. If you still can’t get your earbuds completely clean, take a small amount of moldable putty and press it gently against the dirty area, then remove it. The stickiness of the putty should be able to pull the dirt off.
            IMG 1646 X 1000
            6. Now that the earbuds themselves are clean, let’s go back to those ear tips that you put aside. Assuming they’re the silicone type (which most are), you can wipe them down with an alcohol-dipped swab or an alcohol pad. Make sure to turn them inside out and clean the inner surface — that’s where most of the dirt, dust and gunk accumulates. Unless contraindicated in your earbud’s owners manual, alcohol is a better choice than water here because it not only cleans, it disinfects too, plus it evaporates quickly. Alternatively, you could just dip the ear tips in warm, soapy water. Either way, give your ear tips and ear buds time to dry completely before you use them.

            Cleaning Headphones

            Headphones typically don’t get as filthy as earbuds because they only go on your ears, not in them. Still, they can get dusty and dirty.

            The illustration below shows the names of the parts of a pair of headphones: The earcups (sometimes known as earpieces) are the left and right-side housings connected by the headband. The earcups have ear cushions on top of them. Those cushions are the only part of the headphones that touch your ears directly.

            Diagram of headphones with parts identified.
            Headphone part names.

            Here are step-by-step directions for cleaning headphones, using the same materials listed above:

            IMG 1650 X 1000
            1. Extend the headband to its maximum length so that all the surface area is showing. Lightly dampen a microfiber cloth with water and wipe down the band and any outer plastic or metal parts, including the outer sides of the ear cups if your headphones are of the closed-back variety. If they’re open-back (which you can tell because the ear cups have vents on the outside), use only a dry cloth on the outer ear cups since you don’t want to get any moisture in the electronics.
            IMG 1658 X 1000
            2. How you clean the ear cushions depends on the material they’re made of. If they’re some sort of rubber or leather (faux or real), wipe them down with a microfiber cloth that’s been lightly dampened with warm, soapy water, then dry them with another microfiber cloth. If the cushions are made of foam, don’t use any water at all — just wipe them with a dry microfiber cloth to remove any loose dirt.
            IMG 1661 X 1000
            3. Replaceable ear cushions can be removed before cleaning the driver-side surface of the ear cups, but it can sometimes be difficult to get them back on as tightly as they were when new, so this isn’t recommended. Instead, simply clean around their inside edges. Take a dry cotton swab and, without putting any downward pressure on the driver, rub it around the inner circumference of the ear cups, going under the ear cushions.
            IMG 1667 X 1000
            4. Finally, use a soft, dry microfiber cloth to lightly dust the mesh of the drivers. Again, avoid putting downward pressure onto the driver.

            Cleaning Connectors

            If you’re using wired earbuds or headphones, you can keep the connector clean by wiping it with an alcohol-dampened cloth or alcohol pad; then, wipe it again with a dry cloth to get all the alcohol off (it can leave a residue). You can wipe the cable down in a similar fashion. You can also clean connectors with a can of compressed air, but compressed air should not be used to clean drivers or cushions, as it can damage them.

            One last note: It’s always a good idea to check the cleaning section in the manual for your particular earbuds or headphones first, in case the manufacturer has specific instructions or caveats when it comes to cleaning.

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha wireless earbuds and headphones.

            Learning to Solo

            For many listeners, there is no greater thrill than when the song allows one of the musicians to step out and take a soaring solo. In fact, in jazz and blues, it is often the improvisational soloing that is the entire point of the performance, with the song merely serving as a vehicle to allow the musician to express themselves in their own unique way.

            For the beginning keyboardist, it can be difficult to comprehend how to create a memorable solo over nothing more than a chord (or chord progression) and the groove provided by the rest of the band. If you’ve been wondering just that, read on …

            You Need a Foundation

            The best place to start is to learn what notes sound good with the chord that is being played. And the obvious first choice is the notes of the chord itself! That’s the concept that we discussed in this posting, when we started arpeggiating through chord progressions.

            But many opportunities to solo on pop, rock and blues songs require you to play over a single chord for several bars (or more), so just using the root, third, fifth and seventh of a chord won’t allow you to create the types of interesting solo phrases you’ll want to play. Let’s explore two different scales so common in pop/rock music that they will give you a jump-start on sounding good right away.

            The Blues Scales

            There are two versions of what are known as blues scales; becoming comfortable and proficient with them is a great place to begin learning how to solo. The first is called the Major blues scale, shown below:

            Musical annotation.

            This scale contains the root, third and fifth of the major and dominant seventh chords shown above the stave, along with the 2nd and 6th notes of the major scale. What makes it bluesy is the added flatted-third tone (in this case the E-flat). While these are good notes to use to craft solos from, all too often beginning players just play the scale in succession, which is alright, but not very interesting. You want to use these notes to create interesting melodies, not just run up (or down) the scale. Here are two suggestions (the audio clip starts with two bars to establish the groove):

            Musical annotation.

            Notice that at no time in either of these phrases do I just play the scale — in fact, I don’t even start on the root C note. I also varied my rhythms to keep the lines interesting. (The rhythm and feel of your solos can be almost more important than the note choices.)

            These suggestions don’t include the flatted seventh that is an important part of the chord, despite the fact that this scale can be used on a Dominant seventh chord. Here’s a variation of the scale that adds in that important note:

            Musical annotation.

            Now we can craft some melodic ideas that support the full sound of the Dominant seventh chord, like this:

            Musical annotation.

            The second blues scale (shown below) is actually the most common one:

            Musical annotation.

            When this scale is played over a major or Dominant seventh chord, the flatted third, sharp fourth/flatted fifth and flat seventh all contribute to the tension and character of the phrases, which is what makes it sound bluesy. Notice that this scale doesn’t even include the major third. It sounds equally good on a minor seventh chord, where the flatted third fits in as expected. Here are a few licks crafted from the scale, played against both Dominant seventh and minor seventh chords:

            Musical annotation.

             

            As we did with the major blues scale, if we add the note that’s missing to help outline the Dominant seventh chord, we get an even more interesting version. Here’s what the scale looks and sounds like when we add in the major, or natural third:

            Musical annotation.

            Here are a few phrases using this scale variation against the Dominant seventh chord:

            Musical annotation.

            Blues Scales in Action

            Now let’s apply these blues scales in the context of a song. The blues form is a classic song style, consisting of 12 bars that repeat, as follows:

            The illustration below shows the notes of the corresponding major blues scale (with the added b7) for each chord to give you a reference for the notes we are going to use.

            Musical annotation.

            Here are some melodic solo ideas that utilize a different scale for each chord change:

            Musical annotation.

            When it comes to the basic blues scale, it’s common practice to use only the scale from the key center, and to not change to the related blues scales for the other chords in the progression. In fact, many blues players just stick with the key center blues scale for their entire solo, even if the progression has more chords than the basic blues form.

            That said, you can add some variety to your solo by changing your major blues scale note choices for each chord, and then occasionally just play a key center blues lick over any chord. As an example, check out this next solo, where I always use the C blues scale over the F7 and G7 chords, even though I vary between regular and major blues scale notes for the C7 chords:

            Musical annotation.
            All audio played on a Yamaha P-515.

             

            Check out our other Well-Rounded Keyboardist postings.

            Click here for more information about Yamaha keyboard instruments.

            Step Up to a Better Bass

            Many beginner basses are fairly well built and relatively easy to play, but they can be limiting for players who want more refined qualities and the kind of playability and tonal flexibility that a starter instrument simply can’t deliver. Here are some key reasons why you should consider stepping up to a better bass.

            Better Tone

            One area where intermediate- and professional-level basses tend to offer a distinct improvement is the selection of tonewoods used for their bodies and necks — a factor that has a huge impact on sound quality. With beginner basses, manufacturers often utilize non-traditional, cost-effective options, but “step-up” basses are almost always constructed from premium tonewoods.

            For example, Yamaha BB400 Series basses like the four-string BB434 and five-string BB435 feature alder bodies for strong, full-focused mids and lows, along with a five-piece maple/mahogany bolt-on neck topped with a rosewood fingerboard for crisp highs coupled with the earthy warmth of mahogany and rosewood. The BB434M model features the same construction, except it comes equipped with a maple fingerboard for a slightly brighter tone.

            BB434 X 350
            Yamaha BB434.

            BB434M X 350
            Yamaha BB434M.

            All three BB400 models benefit from a bridge that incorporates diagonal “body-through” stringing for improved transfer of string vibrations to the body. They also utilize a unique six-bolt miter neck joint design, which can be found on many higher-end Yamaha basses. This holds the neck closer and tighter to the body than standard bolt-on designs. It’s a subtle feature that could easily be overlooked, but it’s important since that joint is the critical connection point where vibrational energy is transferred from the neck to the body.

            If you’re in search of that deep “played-in” bass sound, you should consider stepping up to a Yamaha BB Pro Series bass such as the four-string BBP34 or five-string BBP35. These utilize the company’s proprietary Initial Response Acceleration (I.R.A.) technology, which accelerates the maturation of the basses by applying specific vibrations during the manufacturing process. These vibrations release the stresses between the wood and finish, neck and fingerboard, and body and hardware to deliver better sound and playability. Whenever I play my BBP34, I’m struck by how perfect it sounds … and I suspect this treatment is a big part of the reason why.

            Bass guitar.
            Yamaha BBP34.

            Better Feel

            Perhaps the biggest difference between a starter bass and an intermediate or pro model lies in the feel of the instrument — things like the contours of the body, how it balances around your neck when slung over your shoulders, and the comfort of the neck’s profile, curvature, width and thickness from the nut all the way up to the upper register where the neck meets the body.

            Manufacturers of starter basses must make difficult sacrifices in order to be able to produce a great beginner instrument at a low price point. This often means you get a solidly built bass with a simpler approach that bypasses some finer details. Yamaha TRBX600 Series basses provide a great example of what you may have been missing out on. Both the TRBX604FM four-string and TRBX605FM five-string models sport a curvaceous alder/maple laminate body that’s carefully sculpted to nestle up against you (rather than bang into you) while playing. Furthermore, they hang perfectly balanced around your shoulders — and when a bass’ weight is well-distributed, it leaves you free to focus on playing rather than worrying about lower back pain after standing upright for an entire set.

            Bass guitar.
            Yamaha TRBX604FM.

            TRBX600 Series basses also feature a super-comfy neck design with a satin polyurethane finish that’s fast to the touch and a profile that enables easy access to the upper frets without requiring hand contortions and awkward stretches. It feels right wherever you are on the neck — not too skinny, not too fat — making it a great choice for whatever style of music you play.

            Better Looks

            Whether it’s a worn-in pair of shoes or an older car that gets great mileage and never breaks down, there’s a soft spot in my heart for function over form. But when I can get my hands on function and form at the same time, sign me up — who wouldn’t want a great-looking bass that plays and sounds great?

            To my eyes, the Yamaha TRBX Series basses qualify as serious eye candy (as well as being top-notch instruments), particularly the ones with the flamed maple tops, such as the aforementioned TRBX604FM and TRBX605FM models. No matter which finish you choose — translucent black, dark red burst, gloss polyurethane, matte amber or natural satin — it’s enough to get my heart pumping.

            Bass guitar.
            Yamaha TRBX605FM.

            I’m also a sucker for Yamaha Signature basses such as the Attitude 30th and Attitude Limited 3 (both Billy Sheehan models), as well as the John Pattituci TRBPH2, Nathan East BBNE2 and Peter Hook BBPH, in part because of their looks. Breathtaking beauty is to be expected from highly customized instruments such as these, and they all deliver just that.

            Attitude30th X 350
            Yamaha Attitude 30th.

            Trbjp2 X 350
            Yamaha TRBPH2.

            BBNE2 X 350
            Yamaha BBNE2.

            BBPH X 350
            Yamaha BBPH.

            Better Craftsmanship

            It almost goes without saying that the better the bass, the better the craftmanship that goes into it. My favorite way to demonstrate this to friends is to put my Yamaha BBP34 in their lap with the neck joint facing upward and point out how perfect it is. No gaps, no wiggling in the pocket, no uneven tolerances — it’s dead-on.

            When it comes to basses (in fact, when it comes to most musical instruments), you often get what you pay for. When you step up to a higher-level bass, you’ll notice the difference in craftsmanship, which, along with other factors we’ve discussed (such as choice of tonewood, as well as things like neck design and bridge type), leads to improved tonal quality.

            Better Technology

            You’re more likely to encounter features like extra tone controls, extra pickups and active electronics (as opposed to passive) in a “step-up” bass. Intermediate- and professional-level basses also tend to have better quality pickups than starter instruments. For example, the YGD Custom V5 pickups found in Yamaha BB400 Series basses have been tweaked to deliver the classic BB Series vintage tone, along with the capability to dial in extra brightness to cut through the mix in live performances. And then there are the advanced Yamaha technologies we’ve already discussed — like I.R.A. and a six-bolt miter neck joint design — which come standard in many premium Yamaha basses.

            So if you find yourself unable to stop listening to the voices in your head telling you that you’re ready to graduate from your starter bass to a better instrument, give in! You’re bound to find a new axe that will excite and inspire you … and there’s nothing wrong with that.

             

            Check out these related blog articles:

            A Brief Guide to Bass Guitar Tonewoods

            Bolt-On vs. Neck-Through Basses

            A Guide to Bass Fingerboards

            A Guide to Bass Bridges

            Exploring the Yamaha Signature Basses

            Here are the New Peter Hook and Billy Sheehan Signature Basses

            A Guide to Bass Pickups

            Choosing the Right Bass Guitar: Active vs. Passive

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha basses.

            Seven Thanksgiving Movie Scenes to Stream This Season

            Thanksgiving is a time of family, food and remembering what you’re grateful for. It’s also a time to stream your favorite flick and bask in how other people celebrate the holiday. What could be better than that? Nothing — except doing so with a high-quality audio system, of course.

            So turn the volume up a little, sit back in your sofa or favorite easy chair and enjoy these classic Thanksgiving movie clips.

            1. Planes, Trains, and Automobiles – In Wichita

            Perhaps one of the most beloved Thanksgiving movies, this comedy stars two all-time greats: John Candy and Steve Martin. The two meet as strangers but, thanks to a hectic travel schedule, they become good friends. Martin’s character is trying to get out of Wichita (and away from Candy) and home to his family in time for the holiday. The planes are packed, but maybe … a train could be an option? Watching these two actors work together is a joy … as is listening to them. Every tone of voice, every inflection in a joke’s delivery — even the rockabilly tune in the background of this scene — is a hit. Check it out here.

            2. Charlie Brown Thanksgiving – Peppermint Patty

            It’s not the holiday season without Charlie Brown, whether you’re talking The Great Pumpkin on Halloween; the scene with the frail pine tree during the famed Christmas episode; or here, when Charlie gets a talking-to from Peppermint Patty on Thanksgiving. It’s an indelible (and inedible) moment during the kids’ outdoor feast, which Snoopy ensures is replete with jellybeans, popcorn and toast. But Patty isn’t having it; she wants turkey legs and cranberry sauce. And like an angry sax solo, she berates Charlie over signature Peanuts smooth jazz rhythms, which ends up being as timeless as the cartoon itself. Check it out here.

            3. Scent of a Woman – The Dining Room Fight

            It’s always worth turning the volume up when the great Al Pacino is on screen. The actor has been nominated for an Academy Award® nine times, but his sole victory came not for his work with The Godfather, but in 1993 with Scent of a Woman. In this scene, Pacino’s character, a blind retired army man, is a bit racy, but that’s just the sort of cringe-worthy atmosphere we’ve come to expect at the holiday dinner table at times, right? Once things get heated, you can hear each picture frame rattle. Check it out here.

            4. The Big Chill – The Kitchen Cleanup

            Kicking off any scene with the Temptations is always a winner. This clip utilizes the group’s unforgettable song, “Ain’t Too Proud to Beg,” combining a classic American hit record with a classic American hit movie scene, along with one of the most relatable moments of Thanksgiving: the post-dinner cleanup and leftover foil wrapping. We should all take a note from The Big Chill and listen to a little Motown while we take care of our holiday chores. Check it out here.

            5. Rocky – Turkey Time Introduction

            In this scene from the Oscar®-winning film, brother Pauly is trying to do right by his sister, Adrian, by introducing her to his friend, boxer Rocky (Sylvester Stallone), who has long had a crush on her. Adrian is reticent, though; she’s cooked a modest dinner for herself and Pauly and wasn’t expecting company. Soon, the rage of their collective lower-class lives rises, and shouting fills the small Philadelphia home. Yet amidst the uproar, there’s charm to every small attempt at dignity from Adrian and Rocky, and Stallone’s distinct voice will have you hanging on every syllable. Check it out here.

            6. Spider-Man – Meet the Parent

            It can be a bit awkward when friends and families mix during the Thanksgiving feast, but that normal human experience is made even more heart-racing in this scene because we know that Spider-Man and his enemy, The Green Goblin, are actually in the same room together, about to share some of Aunt May’s stuffing. While the protagonists themselves aren’t aware of this yet, suspicion is growing by the second. Enjoy the superb acting from a bevy of big names (from Tobey Maguire to Willem Dafoe to Kirsten Dunst) and the unique sounds of our hero’s web-slinging … not to mention the subtle splash of a drop of his blood on the hardwood floor. Check it out here.

            7. Home for the Holidays – The Bird Can Fly

            This movie is not about flashy special effects or outlandish plot twists — it’s just pure, good acting. In this memorable clip, a Thanksgiving meal is ruined after the turkey falls onto an unsuspecting family member’s lap. The rest of the guests find this hilarious, but the accidental recipient is none too pleased about what has happened, to the point where she begins spinning out of control. Our hearts pound, wondering how this will be resolved. If it will be. Check it out here.

             

            The sounds of these memorable Thanksgiving movie moments can be best enjoyed when listening on a quality audio system such as Yamaha sound bars and surround sound systems.

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha AV products.

            Eight Great Tips for Learning Steel-String Acoustic Guitar

            With the recent release of the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha and its companion lesson app (featuring instruction from Keith Urban himself), lots of folks are getting excited about learning to play steel-string acoustic guitar … to which I say, great! In my opinion, it’s one of the most enjoyable things you can do in your life. (Okay, I’ll admit I may be a little biased.)

            The URBAN Guitar lesson app (available for both iOS and Android™) covers all the basics you need to get started, but here are eight tips of my own that beginning acoustic guitar players might find helpful.

            1. Find the Right Body Position

            By the “right” body position, I mean what’s right for you. If you already feel comfortable with how you’re holding the guitar, that’s a great start.

            One piece of advice: Even though the URBAN Guitar comes with a strap that allows you to play standing up right away, I recommend that, at least in the beginning, you practice while sitting, not standing. That’s because it’s easier to focus on what your hands are doing when you’re seated. (Feel free to attach the strap to the guitar as soon as you want, of course, and don’t worry — you’ll be standing soon enough!)

            Once you’re seated comfortably, hold the guitar so that the narrowest point of the inside curve on its bottom half is balanced around the middle of your thigh, as shown in the photo below. Be careful not to place the guitar too close to your knee or it might slip off while you’re playing.

            Closeup of someone seated on a couch playing an acoustic guitar.

            Then cradle the guitar with the arm of your picking hand, and bend that arm so that the crook of your elbow is right against the top edge of the body and your forearm makes a diagonal angle across the instrument:

            Closeup of someone playing guitar.

            2. Establish Good Hand Placement

            Again, keep in mind that “good” hand placement for you may not necessarily be the same as it is for other people. That said, your picking hand should more or less follow the line of your forearm, making a diagonal angle to the guitar strings when laid across them, like this:

            Closeup of someone seated on a couch playing an acoustic guitar.

            Your fretting hand should wrap around the guitar’s neck so your fingers naturally form an arch over the fretboard, like this:

            Closeup from side angle of someone playing an acoustic guitar with focus on hand placement on neck of guitar.

            By the way, the neck on the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha is thinner than the average acoustic, so wrapping your fingers around it is a lot easier than on many other guitars.

            The thumb of your fretting hand is there to provide support for the rest of your hand as you play, so make sure it’s actually touching the back of the guitar neck. Where it touches the neck really doesn’t matter too much. Some guitarists like to keep their thumb anchored at the back all the time; others like to move it around, depending on what their other fingers are doing. I suggest you try both approaches and see which one feels best to you.

            3. Get Your Fingers Going

            One of the hardest parts of learning guitar is building finger dexterity and strength. Take it easy at first; your fingers (and especially your fingertips) are probably going to be a little sore after practice sessions of half an hour or more. But don’t get discouraged: Your fingertips will quickly adjust with regular practice and the muscles in your fingers will get stronger. In fact, you’ll be shocked at how quickly you progress simply by setting aside fifteen minutes to a half hour every day just to play. It’s also worth noting that the string tension on the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha is lower than on many other beginner instruments, so your hands have a lot less to fight against right from the start.

            In the URBAN Guitar lesson app, Keith and his co-pilot JUNO take you through several of the basics and guide you through 14 fantastic songs that are easy to learn. However, if you’d like to go a little bit further with your lessons, try scales. Scales are a great way to build finger strength, and they’re the first steps towards guitar solos!

            An E major scale starting on the low open E (6th) string, ending on the high E (1st) string at the 4th fret (G-sharp), and then going back down will get you used to alternating open and fretted strings. (Fretting a string means that you’ve placed your finger behind a fret, as indicated in the illustration below by the numbered circles on the fretboard; the small, blank Os at the far left end of the grid stand for open strings — that is, those that aren’t fretted. The numbers inside the circles indicate the finger you should be fretting with: index = 1, second finger = 2, and so forth.)

            Fingering chart for guitarist.

            Or try a G major scale starting on the 3rd fret of the 6th string, as shown below. Playing this up and down repeatedly will get you comfortable with playing in one hand position (sometimes called a “box”): Your 1st (index) finger stays on the 2nd fret, your 2nd (middle) finger on the 3rd fret, your 3rd (ring) finger on the 4th fret, and your 4th finger (pinky) on the 5th fret.

            Fingering chart for guitarist.

            A G minor pentatonic scale starting in the same place will get your pinky accustomed to a little stretching, since it has to go all the way up to the 6th fret of the 1st string:

            Fingering chart for guitarist.

            4. To Pick or Not to Pick? Try Both

            Playing steel-string guitar with a pick is definitely something you’ll want to learn how to do, but you should also try playing without one because it feels and sounds different … and because it means you won’t become dependent on a pick (which, believe me, is reassuring if you can’t find one when you need it!).

            The standard way to hold a pick is firmly between the thumb and index fingers of your picking hand, so that the bottom (thinnest) edge of the pick is parallel to the strings, as shown here:

            Closeup of someone picking guitar strings on acoustic guitar.

            There are also many non-standard ways of holding a pick, including the way Keith Urban himself holds one … but you’ll need to check out the URBAN Guitar lesson app to learn more about that. The most important thing to remember here is: If it feels good and it sounds good, it is good!

            Be sure to try out different sizes and thicknesses of picks to find your favorite. When you’re not using a pick, lead with the edges of your pick-hand fingernails; you can even use your thumb as a “shadow pick” placed under one or more fingers to support your strumming and single-note playing.

            Closeup of someone playing an acoustic guitar.

            In both cases, get used to strumming all the strings down and then up alternately, then see how it feels to strum down and/or up repeatedly without alternating.

            5. Start with Open Chords

            The basics of guitar are built around open chords (so called because they incorporate open strings). Of these, the easiest to play are D, G, A, E and C, along with D minor, E minor and A minor. (The lesson app included with the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha shows you all these chords.) Again, the small Os on the left side of these illustrations stand for open strings. The small Xs stand for strings that you don’t play: just skip over them when you strum.

            Fingering charts for guitarist.

            A few other open chords are a little tougher to master because they require you to either skip a bunch of strings while strumming (such as B minor) or fret multiple strings with one finger (such as F):

            Fingering charts for guitarists.

            But even with just these ten chords, you can play a lot of songs. Pick a few favorites of yours that use these chords and start strumming. Work on making the changes between chords as clean as possible so that each string keeps ringing out while you strum.

            6. Work Your Way Up to Bar Chords

            Once you’re familiar with the shapes of open chords, you can easily move many of them — like E, A, and D — up the neck to form “bar” chords. These chords have the same notes, but because they’re played on different strings (and in some cases, in different octaves), they have a different sonic quality — a little brighter, a little ringier.

            Here’s how to do it: Lay your fretting-hand index (1st) finger across all six strings on one fret; that’s the bar. Then form those familiar chord shapes with your other fingers on the frets above the bar, as illustrated below. As you can see, an E chord with a bar on the 3rd fret becomes a G chord, while an A chord with a bar on the same fret is a C chord; the same two fingerings on the 7th fret yield B and E chords, respectively.

            Fingering charts for guitarists.

            Play the same simple songs you played before, but now try them with bar chords. Yes, they’re the same songs, but they sound quite different, don’t they?

            7. Mix In Some Fingerpicking

            Just as you should challenge your fretting hand with bar chords, I suggest you also give your picking hand a test by learning to play fingerstyle — which, besides sounding cool, can also help you hear and improve how you’re doing on those bars. (If you can hear all the strings ringing, great; if you can’t, press that fret-hand index finger down harder.)

            Here’s how: Assign the top three strings (the thickest strings closest to you) to your picking-hand thumb and the bottom three (the thinnest ones) to your index, middle and ring fingers, respectively, as shown here:

            Closeup of someone's hands as they play acoustic guitar.

            Try plucking the strings simultaneously, then alternating between fingers. If you want to incorporate your pinky, you can assign it to the 1st string (the thinnest string, furthest from you) and place the others in-between, as shown here:

            Closeup of someone's hands playing acoustic guitar.

            Alternatively, you can just let the pinky hang or place its tip on the body of the guitar below the strings to help anchor your hand while you pick:

            Closeup of someone's hand as they play acoustic guitar.

            8. Be Patient

            In the beginning stages, much of guitar practice is about building muscle memory. The effort needed to change cleanly from an A chord to a D chord, or to pluck the low E string with your thumb right after you’ve plucked the B string with your middle finger, will feel new and awkward for your hands. You’re asking them to do things they’re not used to doing, so don’t be surprised — or get mad at yourself — if it takes them a while to figure it all out. Just keep on practicing, knowing that you’ll gain speed and accuracy as you go. Best of all, you’ll end up learning to play guitar … and how cool is that?

             

            Want to find out more about the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha? Click here.

            Check out the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha.

            Five Podcasts With Great Sound Design

            Podcasts are exclusively a sonic medium, yet many don’t take advantage of the power of sound design (things like sound effects, music, environmental sound, etc.) to enhance their content. Instead, many podcasts tend to use the same format over and over again: theme music at the top, followed by a voiceover intro and either a recorded interview or people having a discussion, then at the end, a reprise of the theme music.

            Fortunately, not all are like that — in fact, there are some that get incredibly creative with sound design. In this article, we’ll spotlight five podcasts that use imaginative sonics to bring their episodes to life.

            (Note: In films, sound design typically gets split up among different specialized professionals, such as Foley artists who recreate real-life sounds like door slams and footsteps, and music supervisors, who are in charge of finding appropriate music. On a podcast, most of those tasks are more likely to be done by one person, often the producer.)

            Dust

            Dust is a science fiction podcast that focuses on a different theme or storyline each season, featuring well-known actors such as Lance Reddick, Corey Hawkins and Toni Colette. The first season contained one-off sci-fi episodes. The second covered multiple stories around the single theme of an airplane that disappears and lands in the future. The third season, called “Chrysalis,” was a multipart space opera.

            Dust episodes include plenty of creative sound design to spice up the stories. You’ll hear the internal sounds of spaceships, explosions, robot noises and alien voices, as well as some Foley. The use of music is subtle but effective. It features a lot of droning synths and is designed to heighten tension. The sound designers also use the stereo field to good effect, which makes this show an even better listen on headphones.

            Theatre of Tomorrow

            This is also a sci-fi series, but one with a twist: It’s done in the style of an old-time radio drama, though very much tongue-in-cheek. It offers over-the-top stories, often with multiple episodes, always filled with superb sound design. The voice characterizations are impressive and quite funny, including the intro, which features an old-style radio announcer voice.

            The episodes are typically short — usually in the 15-to-20-minute range — but the action is non-stop. You’ll hear plenty of corny orchestral music stabs, occasional Foley and fantastic sound effects, including massive explosions and impact sounds.

            For fun voice characterizations, check out the Nightkeeper character in “Theater of Terror 4 ‘Night of the Nightkeeper,’” and the creatures in “The Amazing Audio Adventures of Moonman Manscout! – Episode I.” You can find all the episodes on the Theatre of Tomorrow page of the Midnight Disease Productions website.

            30 For 30 Podcasts

            This show comes from the same producers of ESPN’s 30 For 30 film series, who describe these podcasts as “audio documentaries.” The topics are all sports-related but focus on off-the-field issues and are frequently edgy. However, you don’t have to be a sports fan to be fascinated by 30 For 30 Podcasts, because the episodes are captivating, both for their narrative power and their sonic excellence.

            With a company as big as ESPN behind it, it’s no surprise that this show has excellent production values. The voiceovers and interviews are clean and professionally recorded — which isn’t something you can say about some of the shows in the podcast universe — and, when appropriate, the producers mix in clips from sports broadcasts and location interviews.

            But what’s most sonically striking about this show is its use of music. You hear it (primarily instrumental music in a variety of styles) underneath most of each episode, though it will sometimes stop when the dialog cuts to a new character. Variations like that change up the pacing in a way designed to hold your attention. Overall, the music serves as an underscore that heightens the drama of the stories, which are already quite compelling.

            The current season focuses on the impact the death of rapper Nipsey Hustle has had on NBA players. Previous episodes have featured subjects like Romanian gymnastics coaches Bela and Martha Karolyi, WNBA stars Sue Bird and Diana Taurasi’s experience playing Russian professional basketball, and the “curse” of the Louisiana Superdome, among others.

            Twenty Thousand Hertz

            Hosted by Dallas Taylor, the creative director of the successful sound design studio Defacto Sound, Twenty Thousand Hertz offers an entertaining and educational look at myriad topics related to sound and sound design.

            For example, the “Creature Speakers” episode focused on how sound designers create monster sounds. “Blind Sports” looked at how blind athletes play games like beep baseball, where sound, rather than sight, informs them of the action. One of the show’s most popular episodes was “The Windsor Hum,” which investigated the mystery of a strange rumbling noise heard for years in Windsor, Ontario.

            As you might expect from a show created by professional sound designers about sonic subjects, it sounds great! Taylor brilliantly uses instrumental music and sound effects to move the episodes along. In addition, each episode features its own superb illustration to accompany its online link, so you have something cool to look at while you’re listening.

            Unsolved Mysteries

            An audio adaptation of the popular TV show of the same name, this true-crime podcast looks at unsolved homicides and paranormal occurrences and presents them in a dramatic documentary style.

            The Unsolved Mysteries podcast consists of episodes that are typically 30 to 40 minutes in length. Steve French, who has what people used to call “a voice made for radio,” narrates each show. Unlike the narrator in Theater of Tomorrow, French’s voiceovers have a modern sound that would be appropriate on a TV car or beer commercial.

            Each episode focuses on a different unsolved case. The stories get told with spoken words from the people involved, interspersed with French’s narration. Underneath is a variety of eerie and mysterious music, which helps set the mood and emphasize specific bits of dialog. Overall, the production is first-rate and the stories compelling. If you’re looking for a true crime / mystery podcast that sounds great and keeps you riveted, this one’s for you.

             

            Podcasts are best enjoyed when listened to on quality headphones. Click here for more information about Yamaha wireless headphones.

            Tips for Playing Rhythm Guitar

            Most budding guitarists spend more time developing their melodic chops than perfecting their rhythm skills. Yet any professional will tell you that 95% of covering the gig depends on playing solid, stylistic rhythms while supporting the vocalist or lead instrumentalist. Even if you are the lead guitarist in a band, you’ll still spend the majority of your time playing chords and rhythmic embellishments.

            And though this may sound like a contradiction in terms, great rhythm guitarists actually make excellent soloists due to their strong sense of timing, phrasing and rhythmic feel. Here are some tips for developing that kind of solid foundation.

            1. Use a Metronome

            Whether it’s a traditional pendulum metronome like a Yamaha MP-90 or a precision electronic device such as the Yamaha ME-55BK clip-on model, a metronome should be a staple of your practice routine. It will help you build an internal sense of tempo and timing, and will give you a good feel for the music you’re playing.

            2. Tap Your Foot

            Tapping your foot in time with the metronome provides a visual cue that you can use to coordinate with your strumming hand. I recommend tapping on the downbeats only. This equates to the tempo of the music and is equal to quarter notes in rhythmic notation (i.e., 4 beats in a measure when playing in 4/4 time). Strum downwards (these are called downstrokes) on the downbeats (i.e., when your foot is on the floor) and upwards (upstrokes) on the upbeats (when your foot is off the floor).

            3. Verbalize the Rhythms

            Verbalizing rhythms (that is, saying them out loud) helps to give you a strong understanding of the rhythmic feel before you even play a single note. Here’s a list of common verbalizations:

            There are a couple of other verbalizations used to call out triplet rhythms. Words with three syllables, like blueberry and “tri-puh-let,” work extremely well. Triplet shuffle rhythms can be verbalized with a long and short sound such as Da – Dit. All these verbalizations are demonstrated in the video below.

            4. Listen to the Hi-Hat

            In most pop music, the kick drum accentuates the downbeat of one and three, with other syncopations added for “pushes” and shuffle rhythms; the snare drum acts as a counterpart, typically accenting beats two and four.

            But the hi-hat plays the subdivisions, and therefore carries the rhythmic feel of the music. That’s why you should always listen carefully to it when playing rhythm guitar! For example, in a straight-eighth feel, the hi-hat will generally be playing eighth notes. In a shuffle or triplet feel, the hi-hat will be playing triplets, and in a sixteenth-note feel, the hi-hat will be playing sixteenth notes.

            5. Practice Playing in the “Pocket”

            Of course, not all rhythm parts need to match the subdivisions, but if you want to orchestrate intricate layers and guitar overdubs, you’ll need to be adept at crafting parts that sit in the “pocket” of both the strong pulses provided by the kick and snare, as well as the subdivisions carried by the hi-hat.

            I define “playing in the pocket” as the rhythmic placement of a specific guitar part. There may be many parts and “pockets” for you to lock into in any given musical situation. Having a solid understanding of time, feel and subdivisions will allow you to craft the perfect parts and aid you in finding the “pocket” for each of them.

            Rhythm Practice

            Here are the eight simple rhythm patterns that I demonstrate in the video below. (Click here to download the manuscript as a PDF.) Above the beats and subdivisions are strumming directions: Downstrokes are indicated by a downward bracket (“⊓”) and upstrokes with an upward “v” shape. The verbalizations are also shown. Verbalizing a rhythm before playing it can help you internalize and understand the sound of each rhythmic pattern.

            Sheet music.

            To add complexity to these examples, try playing the shuffle rhythm backwards or combine triplets with the sixteenth note examples.

            The Video

            Here’s a video of me playing these eight exercises, plus, at the end, I play all eight of them back-to-back. Watching this will help you see and hear the strumming directions as well as learning how to verbalize each rhythm and develop hand and foot coordination with the upbeats and downbeats.

            This may look easy, but I assure you it isn’t — in fact, it may well be a challenge for even the most seasoned players!

            The Guitar

            Beautiful blue electric guitar standing upright on a blue couch with a wood wall behind it.
            Yamaha Pacifica PAC612VIIFM.

            The Yamaha Pacifica PAC612VIIFM I’m playing in this video has become one of my “go-to” guitars for recording sessions and film projects. The Wilkinson tremolo can be used to add perfectly tuned “shimmers” to chordal parts, and the Seymour Duncan pickups add a professional sheen to every note.

            These coil-tappable humbucker and single-coil pickups pair extremely well with the lightweight alder body and flame maple veneer to produce some of the best rhythm (and lead) tones you’ll ever hear.

            The Wrap-Up

            When you devote time (no pun intended) to rhythm guitar studies, you’ll find that your phrasing chops improve, your sense of time graduates to “groove and pocket,” and your value as a guitarist soars above and beyond the competition.

            Photographs courtesy of the author.

             

            Check out Robbie’s other postings.

            Click here for more information about the Yamaha PAC612VIIFM electric guitar.

            Case Study: Use Personal Values to Juggle a Heavy Workload

            Most music educators are adept at managing a heavy workload, but Michael Gamon, chair of the department of fine and creative arts at Harrisburg Academy in Wormleysburg, Pennsylvania, has mastered the art of juggling.

            He teaches 37 different classes per week. And with 350 students enrolled in the International Baccalaureate (IB) World School that spans junior kindergarten to 12th grade, Gamon teaches every student up to 8th grade and directs all instrumental ensembles plus the theater program at the high school. In addition, Gamon has a viola studio with four students at Kutztown University and performs locally himself. With so many classes to prep, activities to balance, as well as his family — his wife, who plays viola professionally, and four children — Gamon has created his own unique solution in order to stay organized and motivated.

            “There are some categories of things that I need every day in order to be successful, and these things help me manage my time,” he says. “For example, I have to do something creative every day. … I’ve [also] learned that I love solving problems. Each day, if I haven’t solved a problem, I feel like I didn’t accomplish anything tangible, and I can’t rest. I also need to laugh and smile with somebody. … And I need to connect with my family in some way, even if it’s a phone call on a long day when I [won’t] get home until after they’ve gone to bed. … These things help me put my challenges into perspective.”

            A New Type of Chunking

            At the early childhood level, Gamon teaches the Suzuki Method. The program had existed since 2002 at Harrisburg, although Gamon began at the academy in 2012.

            In 2019, violin education extended to 1st through 5th graders for one day per week. “There was enough buy-in for the [violin] program that we really needed to expand it to the lower school grades,” Gamon says.

            However, Gamon noticed in the program’s first year that the elementary students and parents were not enthusiastic. In addition, he worried about the pandemic’s effect on students’ desire and ability to play an instrument. Last but not least, Gamon needed a fresh approach for his own sake. He had previously been using a conservatory prep approach that combined individual student lessons, small group sessions and large group rehearsal.

            close up of RPG set with Michael Gamon playing violin in the background As a result, Gamon created an innovative role-playing game (RPG) that uses goals in the violin curriculum and overall grade units to unlock puzzles that advance the story. Called “Novice to Ninja” (read Portal to Another World: A Role-Playing Game Enhances Beginning Violin Lessons”), the RPG “came out of the reality that I needed to be able to chunk my curriculum and differentiate it at the same time,” Gamon says. “There was no way that I could prep for 30 classes to be 30 distinct classes. … The RPG allowed me to create a framework through a story and an adventure that I can teach through six separate grades [including kindergarten] and have them move through the story together each week. But I can differentiate for each of the students and each of the classes. … If I had to come up with separate back-to-back-to-back lessons, I wouldn’t be able to teach anything about violin.”

            The RPG not only reignited students’ enthusiasm for learning violin but also fulfilled several of Gamon’s own needs as a person and a teacher. “We really needed a way to create adventure, excitement, interest and escapism for students who were handling the stress of the environment [being in pods] in the same space all day… and the larger stress of being in the middle of a pandemic.I love teaching violin, but if enough of the students and parents were no longer interested in violin, I’d lose the whole program, and I wouldn’t get to teach what I love. … ‘Novice to Ninja’ came out of that stressful situation and showcased how to solve a problem by being creative.”

            Previously, Gamon had tried checklists and spreadsheets to manage his priorities. However, he found the approach didn’t work for him. “As a musician, whenever I got to the end of the list, I would feel anxious because part of what gives a musician stability is knowing that there’s a project coming. … Some of those more traditional ways of managing time aren’t effective for an artist, a creative person, a freelancer or a teacher. … The spreadsheets, lists and very careful task management are all tools to help solve problems, but they’re not the solution in themselves.”

            Perspective and Fun

            The “Novice to Ninja” RPG also fits in well in an IB school, which teaches students and staff to examine a process from the research phase through to development and further ways to improve. “I’ve learned that perspective and fun are tied together,” Gamon says. “Thinking through the perspective of the student as well as my perspective as the teacher and then moving back to the big picture perspective and the goals of the school and the community injected the fun in teaching for me. It hasn’t been [as] stressful or as overwhelming as I thought it might be, and it helped me as a person to enjoy what I’m doing.”

            The interest in the RPG has spread throughout the entire school. “It’s definitely changing the lives of the students,” Gamon says. “For the first time since I’ve taught at Harrisburg, high school seniors are really interested in what’s happening in kindergarten.”

            In fact, the middle school’s Dungeons & Dragons club is now in on the action. “I have some students who have risen to the rank of co-authors. They are writing additional articles and stories and campaigns for the RPG.”

            In addition, 3rd graders have been building dioramas in Minecraft and Fortnite. “They’re adding to the story, too … and I can link and connect to that,” Gamon says. “This inspires students to understand that it’s more than violin.”

            Though Gamon has never played Dungeons & Dragons, he says that he loves fantasy, storytelling, logic systems and game theory. “Gamifying music is tricky to do,” he says. “Now that I’m on the vanguard of people who are doing it, I started to lean into my own naivete, which allowed me to not get too sentimental whenever [students] want to change something. It’s easy as a creator to feel that it’s all yours. But it should be theirs, not mine. This is their world. They need to be looking at ways to engage in it and ways to leave their mark. And that’s true for music, too.”

            High Stakes and High Payoff

            Michael Gamon with three students from Harrisburg Academy's Center for Creative Arts Starting in 5th grade, Harrisburg students can choose a new instrument in strings, winds or brass. At the middle school, Gamon conducts the symphonic orchestra.

            In high school, most students are involved in music to some capacity. About 20 students at a time choose to participate in The Center for Creative Arts, one of five in-school programs that high schoolers must join. Within the centers, students work on individual non-graded quarterly projects that have some sort of service component — for example, to learn piano and play for a morning meeting or to put together a band for a community holiday concert. The centers “help encourage lifelong learning and experiential learning,” Gamon says. “As a prep school that’s very academic and rigorous, creating a space for students to learn for their own sake and learn for their own passion are skills that we must teach our students. … [As center director, my] job is to help students stay on task and on target and build a plan and follow through with that plan.”

            Gamon also teaches the two-year IB diploma program music course in which students must put on the hats of a researcher, creator and performer. Students analyze a type of musical piece, composer or genre, then they create and perform a program. The class, therefore, is very individualized while following a framework. Their work is evaluated by an IB panel.

            Harrisburg Academy's Stagecraft class where students are working on building a setFurthermore, Gamon teaches Stagecraft and directs the school’s spring musical, which rehearses from September to March. In Stagecraft, students learn about lighting, sounds, props, costumes, construction building, design and marketing.

            Every grade has two concerts that may combine differently. In the winter, Gamon has put on a full holiday concert with kindergarten to 12th grade. “It’s a huge concert that’s a big community affair,” he says. The spring concert is more flexible with various grades performing together or separately, depending on what happens in the classroom.

            Gamon says that teaching students from preschool to college and interacting with the families at two private institutions results in “high-stakes teaching and … high-payoff teaching.”

            “The parents and the students are really invested in the programs and are interested in growing and building an active community,” he adds.

            In the end, Gamon understands the need to be efficient and has figured out the best ways to achieve his own maximum potential. “I have had so many opportunities to fail and succeed at [time management] because I’m so busy,” he says. “I feel like I’ve learned a couple of things along the way and continue to learn every single day.”

            Fix It: Tips for Teaching Snare Drum Basics

            The snare drum is the foundational instrument for all percussion instruments. We learn technique and develop our hands while learning snare drum.

            In a beginning band ensemble, the music director must teach all the instruments at the same time. They face the impossible task of teaching students how to get the first sound out of their instrument. This is a daunting task, especially for the non-percussionist educator.

            I created this guide to help music educators — percussionists and non-percussionists — teach young students the proper snare drum technique. It is broken down into multiple sections, including setting up the snare drum, creating the grip and teaching the basic stroke. This video explains each technique — the timestamp for each technique is listed below.

            Click on the links below to find out how to fix:

            Fix It: Snare Drum Height (video timestamp — 2:10)

            snare drum height 2I have witnessed students just walk up to a snare drum and start playing. However, it is important to adjust the drum to the proper height so that the bead of the stick hits the drumhead at the optimal point. If the drum is not at the proper height, students will have tension in the shoulder.

            Have students step back from the drum. Let their arms hang down the side of their body (they should not be holding drumsticks). Tell them to slowly lift their forearms at the elbow to a point that is comfortable. The angle of their arms will be approximately 110 degrees. The elbow should stay even with the body with space between their body and the elbow. Their body and arms should be relaxed and without tension.

            Once this position is established, adjust the drum height to meet the end of the drumsticks. Remember to do this exercise away from the drum because you do not want the height that the drum is already set at to influence where students put their hands.

            drum set up 2Fix it: Drum Set Up (video timestamp — 5:42)

            The snare drum should be set up so that the student is perpendicular to the snares (on the bottom of the drum), and the throw-off is closest to the player. If the student does not play over the snares, the sound will be thin, and snares will not vibrate clearly. Students should play over the snares to get the most snare response and characteristic sound of the snare drum.

            Fix It: Find the Fulcrum on the Drumstick (video timestamp — 14:23)

            Creating a good fulcrum on the drumstick is one of the most important things we can teach a percussion student. Without a good fulcrum, it will be difficult to produce a good roll.

            fulcrum 2Tell students to use their dominant hand and put the drumstick inside the first knuckle of their pointer finger. They should position the drumstick so that approximately two-thirds of the stick is coming out the front of their hand. Let the drumstick drop and count how many bounces are created. Tell students to reposition the drumstick and try a different fulcrum. Again, have them count the number of bounces. If there are less bounces, students should move the drumstick the opposite way and see how many bounces are achieved.

            The optimal fulcrum is when you find the position on the drumstick where you achieve the most bounces. Ask students to use a black felt-tip marker and draw a circle around the drumstick where the first knuckle of their pointer finger rests, so that they will know where to hold the drumstick. Once the optimal fulcrum is achieved, repeat this process with the students’ non-dominant hand.

            Fix It: Teaching Matched Grip (video timestamp — 18:33)

            match grip 2There are two grips that can be used on snare drum: matched grip or traditional grip. Because matched grip is used on snare drum, marimba, xylophone, timpani, bells and most percussion instruments in a concert ensemble, I have found that it’s best to start a student on matched grip.

            Once students have marked the fulcrum on the drumstick, tell them to take their thumb and put it opposite the first knuckle of their pointer finger. The thumb must be parallel to the drumstick. Once students have the fulcrum, the back of the drumstick touches the love line on their palm as it goes out of their hand. Students should then wrap the other fingers loosely around the drumstick. They should not squeeze or clench the drumstick. Their hand should be relaxed, and there should be no tension in the hand or in the fingertips.

            Building a Strong Foundation (video timestamp — 23:10)

            Once students have adjusted the height of the drum, are standing perpendicular to the snares, have marked their fulcrum and have proper matched grip, it’s time to play. Have students bring the tips of the drumstick to the center of the drumhead. (Note: On a snare drum, I suggest that students play approximately one inch above the center of the drumhead).

            The drumsticks should create a “V” with the tips of the drumsticks, and the angle should be approximately 60 degrees. Using the wrist, students should bring the drumsticks up eight inches above the drum. Drop the drumstick and return it to the original starting point. This is a full stroke.

            At the beginning of every class, go over this quick checklist:

            • Step back from the drum. Bring up the arms to determine the height of the drum.
            • Step up to the drum and set the height.
            • Set the snare drum so the player is perpendicular to the snares and the throw-off is closest to the player.
            • Create a good fulcrum by finding the spot on the drumstick where you get the most bounces.
            • Place the thumb on the drumstick opposite the first knuckle of the pointer finger. The thumb should be parallel to the drumstick. Do not squeeze.
            • Bring your drumsticks to the drum and create a V the with tips of the drumsticks.
            • Using your wrist, bring the tip of your drumstick eight inches above the drum. Drop the drumstick and return it to the original starting point.

            As Gordon B. Hinckley said, “You can’t build a great building on a weak foundation.” A strong foundation is key in learning any new technique or method. Tell students to take their time and go slow. Make sure they are deliberate about the small details. Reinforcing these small details will contribute to building a strong foundation.

            Please feel free to reach out to me via e-mail at dgerhart@yamaha.com if you have any questions.

            It’s About the Vibrations: An Interview With JUNO

            Photograph of a young woman wearing sunglasses.
            JUNO.

            When four-time Grammy Award® winner Keith Urban comes knocking on your door, it’s best to answer! That’s exactly what happened to renowned guitarist / instructor / musician extraordinaire JUNO. With a highly successful online presence and stints playing with artists such as Bruno Mars, Machine Gun Kelly, Fifth Harmony and Camila Cabello, she has always been one to carve her own path.

            Now, as Keith Urban’s teaching partner in the URBAN Guitar lesson app (created in conjunction with the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha and available for both iOS and Android™), she has ventured into exciting new territories using her passion, skill and dynamic presence.

            I recently had the opportunity to speak with JUNO about her background and her experience working with Keith Urban and Yamaha, as well as her extraordinary insights into the healing power of music. What she had to say was truly inspirational.

            RT: How did you first get started playing music?

            JUNO: For me, it all started in church. One day, the pastor’s wife wasn’t there, so they just sat me down behind the piano, and I had to figure it out. I just picked up on it, played by ear and learned some stuff. My family was so excited that I was doing this! Every second they could, they asked me to play, sing and perform. I was so embarrassed that I actually stopped for a few years. Later, after I graduated from college, I began playing piano for the gospel choir at Illinois State University.

            RT: When did you first begin playing guitar and why?

            JUNO: My first job was an internship at a drug rehab facility and my first client was this 15-year-old heroin addict who was obsessed with the guitar. He would play Lil Wayne songs and hip-hop on the guitar and mash it up with Jimi Hendrix. I thought that was so cool! I had never heard or seen that before. Everybody was scared of him but I’m from Chicago, so I was like, “You send that boy to me!” (Laughs) I thought by entering his world of the guitar, it would change his life, but to my surprise, learning to speak his language changed my life.

            So I started playing guitar and the first song he taught me was “Purple Haze.” It was a challenge but we were bonding and I saw how he smiled and how his eyes lit up when we played together. He was letting me into his world and the language we were speaking was a neutral ground. I felt like I was accomplishing something and I could feel a passion for the guitar too. I literally had never felt anything like it before!

            After that, I went to Berklee for awhile even though I couldn’t read music and had no idea what a scale or a key signature was. These were all completely foreign to me. But when you’re coming up in church, you actually do know it; you just don’t know that you know it. I was learning to form a vocabulary around things that I understood conceptually — I just didn’t have a language for it. When I heard the different scales, I made associations with the concepts. I started to sit outside the rooms where the guitar classes were being held and recorded them on my phone. I was an audible learner, not a visual one, so I took it all in and made the best of it. I just did it my way.

            My history with guitars is very random and unchosen. Whether it’s a crappy guitar or the best one I ever played, I adapt and try to get the most out of each of them. I have to make it sound good and feel good for me. That’s what I love about the guitar — it’s so diverse, depending on the one you’re playing and the style you’re playing in. It’s really coming from your soul, your perspective and your experience.

            RT: How did you come to collaborate with Keith Urban on the Lesson app and what has the experience been like?

            JUNO: So many of my opportunities have come from social media. I got a DM from Keith Urban’s team, who probably saw some of the videos I have up on YouTube, and it all started there. I was just floored because I grew up listening to country music and I loved Keith Urban. It was a full circle moment because I realized he wouldn’t have anybody teaching with him that didn’t add value to the project. I felt like I could exhale and say, before I leave this earth, I’m getting to be a part of something that’s going to pour into the next generation … and when I’m not here any longer, it will still be here. It’s truly an honor.

            An acoustic guitar.
            The URBAN Guitar by Yamaha.

            The respect and love I have for Keith and for Yamaha is special. They took the time to get to know me, and to recognize that I was a good fit for the project. It made me bring my A game because I understood the value of what they were creating. I appreciate that I was able to contribute to the curriculum. It was all about what we were teaching and how we could accomplish that in the most creative and successful way possible.

            RT: What are your thoughts on music’s ability to bring people together and act as a power for healing?

            Quote "If you can learn how to remove your ego and fully be open, I truly believe anything is possible."

            JUNO: It challenges me constantly. Not just the skill of it, but how I’m using it to connect with people. If you can learn how to remove your ego and fully be open, I truly believe anything is possible. I remember when I first started, my biggest concern was how impressive I could be during my guitar solo. I wanted to have the perfect tone and the right kinds of licks. When I matured and got past that, I started to realize that I was a part of something bigger than that … and when you’re part of something, it goes farther than you can even imagine.

            You know, I went down to Brazil and got off the bus and jammed in communities that didn’t even speak English. I saw the impact and tears. I’ve played in hospitals where people were so sick they couldn’t even speak, but I saw their monitor jump. It wasn’t because of me, it was because of the music. These notes that have been around for thousands of years go beyond style and genre. It’s the frequencies that ring out of the strings that I think genuinely go into people’s souls and remind them of things they forgot and teach them things they never knew and make them feel things they haven’t felt in a long time. You can’t do that with words. It’s about the vibrations. I want to make sure those vibrations come from a pure and honest place.

            Photograph of JUNO courtesy of Cooper Hopkins @cooper_hopkins

            To learn more about JUNO, click here.

            To learn more about the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha, click here.

            Check out the URBAN Guitar by Yamaha.

             

             

            Fix It: Teaching Tips for Playing Even Scales on the Piano

            Major and minor scales and arpeggios are some of the simplest and most useful music patterns and exercises available to pianists to build and maintain their technique.

            Moreover, these patterns are the building blocks of all tonal music, so practicing them not only helps develop technical facility at the keyboard, it also helps to train our ears to listen critically and our fingers to respond accordingly.

            For example, learning to listen for, recognize and then find that raised leading tone on the keyboard in a harmonic minor scale is developed through scale practice. Practicing scales and arpeggios also helps to improve students’ ability to sight-read fluently because their kinesthetic and topographical familiarity with the keyboard is enhanced through the practice of these patterns. In addition, familiarity with scale and broken chord constructions enriches the pianist’s theoretical and analytical understanding of music.

            As a high school student, my piano technique was admittedly underdeveloped. While learning a piano sonata by Haydn, I struggled to play the scale passages within the piece with rhythmic evenness and technical control, and I couldn’t figure out how to fix the problem.

            Just before the winter break, my piano teacher offhandedly commented that “two hours of scale and arpeggio practice a day will fix those passages and go a long way to improve your technical facility in general.” Young and impressionable, I took this advice literally and spent my winter vacation diligently practicing scales and arpeggios for two hours each day.

            Unsurprisingly, my piano technique did improve and my Haydn sonata started to sound better! In addition to my committed practice, my teacher also offered several suggestions for improving my physical approach to technique. These insights together with my dedicated scale practice were vital to improving my scale playing, and my playing in general.

            So, while scale and arpeggio practice can be highly beneficial, it is all too common for students to play these patterns without considering their physical approach to the keyboard. If their approach is unhealthy, technical progress can be slow or even thwarted. Teaching a student to find and maintain a healthy hand position including correct finger action that facilitates rhythmically even, fluid, lucid and musically played scales and arpeggios can be challenging.

            Students can develop any number of errors or bad habits in their physical approach to the keyboard, playing position and motion across the keys, and these poor habits can be challenging to correct later on. Some of the most common errors in the physical approach to playing scales and arpeggios include:

            Most worryingly, these poor physical habits may result in inefficient technique, uneven and unmusical scale and arpeggio playing, and even injury. Below, I have considered each of these common errors and provided some teaching suggestions for improvement.

            Fix It: Flat or Curled Fingers

            incorrect laying with flat fingersStudents often play with flat fingers — with their nails visible on the keys — so they can see that they are playing the desired keys. However, a curved hand position where the tips of the fingers are used allows for more dexterous scale playing because the fingers are able to move with greater ease and speed. The fingers simply cannot move as quickly in a flattened position. When playing with flat fingers, there is also more friction between the fingers and the keys, which makes it difficult to play scales fast. Think of flat-fingered scale playing as akin to sprinting flat footed.

            incorrect playing with curled fingers On the other end of the spectrum, students may overdo curved hand positions and end up curling their fingers. As such, they grip the keys and play with what some teachers call “the claw.” Playing scales in this way necessitates a lot of physical effort as one muscle or set of muscles is needed to keep the fingers in this curled position, while another muscle or set is needed to lift and move the fingers.

            In the article, “Pianist’s Injuries,” Thomas Mark writes: “When one muscle contracts, the opposing muscle must release and lengthen to permit movement. If this does not happen — that is, if the opposing muscle remains tense — then both muscles are contracting simultaneously, which is called co-contraction.” This idea of co-contraction not only causes tension and inhibits the player’s ability to play scales and arpeggios quickly, evenly and efficiently, it can also lead to serious injury. Thomas Mark’s book, “What Every Pianist Should Know About the Body” is an invaluable resource to all pianists and teachers.

            correct playing with curved fingers SOLUTION: The solution to correcting flat or curled fingers is similar. First, help your students understand that neither flat nor curled fingers are the most comfortable or ideal finger position for fast scale playing. In a neutral position, the fingers of the hand curve naturally, and this position is best for achieving superior scale and arpeggio playing. Here’s a simple exercise to help students find the natural curve of the fingers: Have them lift their arms to shoulder height at their sides and then drop their arms freely. Looking down, they will notice that their fingers are now in a naturally curved position.

            In the book, “Chopin: Pianist and Teacher as Seen by His Pupils,” Chopin’s advice for finding good hand shape on the keyboard was to place the right-hand thumb on E, the longer fingers 2, 3 and 4 on the group of three black keys, and finger 5 on B (or C for a larger hand).  The mirror image works for the left hand (thumb on B and 5th finger on E/F with fingers 2, 3 and 4 on the black keys). Teachers can then adjust this position as needed. Take a picture of this proper hand position and send it to your students, so they can refer to it during future practice sessions.

            Fix It: Incorrect Thumb Position and Motion

            incorrect playing with the side of the thumbMany students misunderstand the correct position of the thumb on the keys and try to play using too much of the thumb, or even attempt to play on the very tip of the distal phalanx rather than on the corner of it (the spot on each thumb where the nail meets flesh). As such, students sometimes incorrectly play with a straight rather than a slightly bent thumb.

            incorrect playing with tip of thumb In addition, when passing the thumb in ascending right-hand and descending left-hand scales or arpeggios, many students begin moving the thumb under the hand too late, or keep the thumb straight rather than slightly bent at the proximal interphalangeal joint when moving it.

            These errors can result in a bump in sound or “lumpy thumb” patterns and jerky movements as the student struggles to move the thumb with ease and on time. The bump often happens because the thumb is moving with speed to play in time. As such, the key played by the thumb is played faster and the resulting tone is louder — i.e., a “bumped” note and a scale that sounds tonally uneven. Alternatively, some students drop the entire forearm when passing the thumb under the hand as they play on the incorrect part of the thumb or try to play with the thumb at the wrong angle, and thereby create a thumb “bump” or accent at every hand position change in scale or arpeggio playing.

            finger pointing to where the thumb should hit the piano key SOLUTION: The best way to help a student understand where to play on the thumb is to simply point it out to them — touch the part of thumb that should make contact with the key. If a student has been playing with the wrong part of their thumb, or without bending it from the proximal interphalangeal joint, or at the wrong angle in relation to the key, the correct procedure will feel strange and unfamiliar to them. It will take time for them to change their habit and learn to use the thumb properly and effectively.

            correct position of thumb when playing To facilitate improved thumb motion under the hand in scale and arpeggio playing, break down this small, but surprisingly challenging, movement into several steps. I recommend working on this motion first in scale playing versus arpeggios and start with a scale with many black keys. According to the book, “Chopin: Pianist and Teacher as Seen by His Pupils,” Chopin advocated for having students start with B major (right hand) and then D flat major (left hand) scales with the position of the thumb in mind. These are also some of the easiest scales to coordinate in hands-together playing as the thumbs of each hand come together on the white keys. Together with G flat major, these are the first octave scales I teach a student to play hands together. These scales are also excellent for achieving good passing of the thumbs as fingers 2, 3 and 4 play black keys, which are raised, allowing for a natural space to emerge on the keyboard in which the thumb can move freely and easily.

            The C major scale is the hardest to play with the passing of the thumb in mind as there are no black keys. As a result, it was the last scale Chopin apparently used to teach to his students and is the last scale I teach as well. Of the scales starting on a white key with the same fingering as C major in both hands, E major is physically easiest to play, in my opinion, as it has four black keys.

            For my sample exercise below, which is demonstrated in this video, I have referenced the E major scale, ascending in the right hand and descending in the left hand as follows:

            1. Tell students to get ready to play the first three notes of the scale: E, F sharp and G sharp in sequence with fingers 1, 2 and 3 on the right hand or E, D sharp and C sharp on the left hand.
            2. As soon as the thumb has finished playing the E, tuck it under the hand.
            3. To help facilitate a bending motion of the thumb, brush/touch the inside of the hand, just below the fourth or third finger.
            4. Teachers must ensure that the student uses the motion of the arm to help prepare the hand position change and that the wrist is high enough (but not too high) to facilitate the passing under motion of the thumb.
            5. Then have students play A with the right-hand thumb or B with the left-hand thumb. Thereafter, go back and forth playing these first four notes of the scale ascending and then descending with the right hand (and vice versa with the left hand) until the thumb is moving optimally, and the wrist, arm and hand are helping to facilitate a smooth and efficient thumb movement and hand position change.

            Fix It: Suboptimal Wrist Position

            wrist too low when playing Some students try to play scales with a hand(s) that is not kept in line with the arm at the wrist, such that the position of the wrist joint is overly high or overly low.

            In his article, “Pianist’s Injuries” on pianomap.com, Thomas Mark calls these “awkward positions” and states that,“the mid-range position of the wrist, with the wrist in a straight line with the arm, gives the greatest mechanical advantage to the fingers.”

            wrist too high when playing As such, ease of movement is lost, tension can develop and injury can ensue when utilizing awkward wrist positions while playing.

            SOLUTION: An old trick for helping students play with the wrist in a mid-range position is to place a quarter on the wrist. If the coin falls while the student is playing, the wrist has either dropped too low or lifted too high.

            neutral hand shape with curved fingers, thumb, wrist and bridgeSome teachers prefer to use the image of a “floating wrist” to help students achieve an improved mid-range position. When I inherit a student  who has been taught to make a dropping motion of the wrist on every finger action to achieve a weighty sounding scale, I encourage them to strive for “beautifully gliding” scales. As such, the arm guides the fingers so that the hands and arms move laterally (or horizontally) over the keys like a figure skater glides effortlessly over a glassy lake, rather than creating the visual and sonic effect of choppy waves. Gliding scales can be further enhanced with a gradual and even crescendo ascending and diminuendo descending. In this way, they are rhythmically even and musically shaped.

            Fix It: Collapsing Finger Joints and No Bridge Support

            collapsed final finger joint on finger 2 (index finger) Some students are able to implement the natural curve of the hand in their scale playing, but then they allow the final knuckle or distal interphalangeal joint of fingers 1, 2, 3 and/or 4 to collapse as one or more fingers depress the keys (this happens most often with finger 4, in my experience). According to Carolyn and Jamie Shaak in “The Shaak Technique Book,” all three finger knuckles (metacarpophalangeal, proximal interphalangeal and distal interphalangeal joints) of fingers 1 to 4 should remain “firm and fixed” and not collapse at any point when playing scales or arpeggios.

            collapsed knuckle (no bridge) Collapsing joints can result in two-handed scale playing in which the hands are unaligned or unsynchronized because the final finger joint in one or both hands is not firm and, therefore, not moving with control, resulting in differing speeds in the dissent of the keys played by each hand.

            Also common is the lack of knuckle support at the metacarpophalangeal joints within the hand. Strong knuckles are visibly pronounced in piano playing and together form what is sometimes called the “bridge” of the hand. When this so-called bridge is not well developed or implemented in piano playing, it can cause lack of dexterity and clarity of tone, especially when playing scales. It can also cause tension in the hand and lead to injury.

            hand making O shape to feel the correct part of the fingertip used in piano playing SOLUTION: Collapsing knuckle joints are a bad habit and teachers must be vigilant and tireless in their efforts to correct this bad habit among their students. First, students must be aware of how it feels to use the fingertips correctly versus incorrectly.

            I recommend reading the article, “Synergy at the Primer Level,” by Randall Faber. He describes one way to help students feel the correct part of the fingertip used in piano playing. This is done by having students create an “O” shape (see photo to the right) by placing the thumb behind the final knuckle joint of each of fingers 1 through 4 in turn, thereby reinforcing or “bracing” the part of the fingertip used in piano playing of whichever fingertip needs to be (re)discovered. Students can then take that reinforced fingertip and tap it (or “peck” it) on a tabletop or have it touch/depress a key on the piano. I frequently review this exercise with students when one or more of their fingers show some weakness in the final joint and start to collapse when playing.

            In addition to playing with strong fingertips, alignment between the hands can be improved with various practice strategies, such as:

            1. playing with differing articulation in each hand (legato versus staccato) as shown in this video
            2. playing with different dynamics in each hand (forte versus piano) as shown in this video
            3. playing in various rhythmic patterns and rhythmic groupings (both the same rhythm or differing rhythms in each hand) as shown in this video and in this video
            4. purposely playing the hands out-of-sync or in a staggered style (left before right or vice versa) as shown in this video
            5. various combinations of these strategies as shown in this video

            The ear will then be able to hear each hand independently while the hands play together. Poorly aligned scales are often a result of both unhealthy physical habits and weak listening skills.

            As for achieving a strong bridge in the piano playing hand, Carolyn Shaak helps her students visualize this position using the analogy of snowcapped mountain peaks (i.e., raised or pronounced metacarpophalangeal joints) versus a valley (collapsed metacarpophalangeal joints). In “The Shaak Technique Book,” which she wrote with her daughter Jamie, Carolyn uses several other effective analogies for improving hand shape, including: “Make a dog house, and make a muffin not a pancake.”

            Another tip is to have students stretch out their fingers on a tabletop and then gently bring their fingers together to a point, thus raising the knuckles. Students then need to learn how to lift and drop the fingers from each metacarpophalangeal joint effectively.

            Fix It: Ulna Deviation

            ulna deviationUlna deviation is all too common in piano playing. According to Medical News Today, it is  defined as “a medical condition that causes the joints in the wrist and hand to shift so that the fingers bend toward the ulna bone on the outside of the forearm.”

            Ulna deviation is particularly prevalent when students move to playing scales and arpeggios over several octaves and must reach the highest and lowest registers of the piano. Rather than playing with correct alignment of the arm behind the fingers, a twisted position develops such that the thumb dominates the hand position and is aligned with the arm.

            When the pianist navigates the keyboard in this position, the fingers are left unsupported and unguided by the arm. As such, piano tone can be compromised, dexterity is lost and injury can happen.

            arm behind palm (no elbow) SOLUTION: To help curb this harmful habit, make students aware of their ulna deviation and show them how to correctly align the arm behind the palm instead of aligning it with the thumb, so that the arm guides the fingers. It is also helpful to have students think about the position of their elbows in relation to each hand. Tell your students to keep each of their elbows farther away from the trunk of their body to help facilitate better coordination in scale, and even more so when playing arpeggios. It is sometimes helpful to have students imagine a bunch of flowers growing from their armpits and not squish them, or an armpit balloon and not pop it.

            When I first teach scales, I begin with five-finger major pentascales; first played by each hand separately, then hands-together in contrary motion (as shown in this video). To help facilitate arm support behind each finger, I have students play with a semi-circular motion of the forearm from the elbow (counterclockwise, ascending in the right hand and vice versa in the left hand). Carolyn Shaak cleverly uses the image of a protractor to help her students achieve this motion and fluid five-finger playing.

            I begin with contrary motion so that the movements of each hand and arm are a mirror image of one another, and the same fingers of each hand are aligned and played in sync. As such, the fingers are provided support, and the arm, hands and fingers learn to create fluid, rounded and beautifully shaped pentascales.

            Developing a Well-Rounded Piano Technique

            In short, scale and arpeggio practice are vital to building and maintaining a well-rounded piano technique. Knowledge of scale and chord patterns helps support elements of musicianship, such as ear training, critical listening, and theory and analyses. In addition, practicing scales and arpeggios can assist in improving keyboard skills like sight playing, score reading and keyboard harmony.

            Developing a healthy physical approach to piano playing includes achieving a good hand shape and finger action in all scale and arpeggio playing. This will result in more even and musically played scales, injury prevention and, most importantly, lifelong music-making at the keyboard.

            Fix It: Piano Pedaling Teaching Tips

            I started taking piano lessons when I was 6 years old. I loved the music of Chopin and Schumann and was thrilled when I grew tall enough to reach the pedals.

            It wasn’t until graduate school when I learned “Phrygian Gates” by John Adams that anyone talked to me specifically about the wide range of possibilities with piano pedals. Now it is one of my favorite things to teach and explore with students.

            Note: While the sostenuto and una corda pedals are both invaluable and under-utilized tools, for the purposes of this article, I am only discussing the damper pedal.

            THE YAMAHA EDUCATOR NEWSLETTER: Join to receive a round-up of our latest articles and programs!

            Fix It: Foot Position

            close up of foot on piano damper pedal with heel on ground One of the most common pedaling problems I see is when students lift their entire foot and leg to change the pedal. (I informally call this “horse pedal” because it reminds me of a horse pawing the ground.) This motion not only takes away all control of pedal depth and timing, but it also causes an interruption in the phrase. Horse pedal usually occurs when a student is not aware of the musical and physical implications of pedaling incorrectly. Luckily, it can be fixed with a bit of focus and attention to the problem.

            piano pedal extenderIn order to use and change the pedal efficiently and effectively, your student’s heel should remain on the ground, and the pedal should be played with the ball of the foot, right below the first and second toes. If a student is too short to reach the pedal comfortably, use a pedal extender (see picture to the left), which can be purchased for a relatively low cost.

            I have also seen students lean against the piano bench, rather than sitting on it, in order to reach the pedal. This can cause arm and hand position issues, and I do not recommend it.

            Fix It: Changing Pedals

            Are you hearing gaps in your student’s phrasing or blurry harmonies? There is only a very small window in which to clear or change the pedal to create a connected sound. Do it too early, and you will hear a sort of hiccup in the phrase. Do it too late, and the music becomes muddy or unclear.

            In order to change pedals correctly, the ankle must move the foot up and down very smoothly and quickly a split second after the new notes have been played (while the fingers are still on the keys). There are three names for this time of pedaling: legato, syncopated or overlapping.

            A great way to practice this is to just slow the whole process down. Have students play a basic blocked chord progression like I – IV6/4 – I – V6/5 – I, while thinking about, or even saying out loud, the timing of the change: “Play, Up/Down. Play, Up/Down.” Remember to keep the heel on the ground!

            When students can play the blocked chord progression with no gaps in the sound or overlapping harmonies, have them play broken chords and try to change the pedal on the first note of each chord. When they can do this cleanly and smoothly, they are ready to apply this to their repertoire.

            Note: If the student hasn’t learned chord progressions yet, have them play a simple five-finger pattern while pedaling after each note.

            Of course, there are times when the pedal is used to open up the sound of a chord and are not connecting the sound to any notes afterward. This is called direct or rhythmic pedaling and does not usually create challenges in terms of timing. Pedals can also be used to help create beautiful music when strumming strings inside the piano or using prepared piano techniques.

            Fix It: How Much Pedal

            female playing piano from sideIt is very common for pianists to jam down the pedal when they feel nervous or uncomfortable with a passage. (Raise your hand if you’ve ever done that!) When teachers and students are nervous or not as well prepared as they would like, their focus becomes much more limited.

            As with pretty much everything in music, the answer for determining the perfect amount of pedal is listening. While this is determined to a certain degree by the style of the piece and the composer’s markings, the instrument and space are also key factors. Students should not only listen to great pianists, but they should also record and listen to themselves playing so they are aware of how the pedal affects their overall music-making.

            It is also important for students to practice with and without pedaling so they are really listening to the sounds their fingers are creating without relying solely on the pedal. Sometimes students will lift their fingers off the keys and just use the pedal to hold the sound, but releasing the fingers actually changes the quality of the sound. Be aware of rests and lifts at the ends of phrases — it’s easy for students to continue holding through if they are not listening very carefully.

            Too often, students think of the pedal as either up or down, when there’s a variety of depths available. Quarter pedal, half pedal and flutter pedal (moving the foot up and down quickly and continually) are also ways to change the timbre or color of the sound. (I know I said I would only talk about the damper, but the una corda can be used at varying depths, as well.)

            Pedal Adds Color to Playing

            Learning how and when to use the pedal takes time and practice. Just as with most things, it can be a frustrating process, but the reward in the end is worth it.

            Anton Rubinstein said, “The pedal is the soul of the piano.” When used with purposeful intent, the pedal can elevate and bring even more beauty and color into one’s playing.

            If you would like to learn more about pedaling, I recommend these two books:

            10 Tips for Teaching Students with Autism

            Autism (or autism spectrum disorder) is a pervasive developmental disorder that affects 1 in 54 children in the United States, according to a 2020 report from the Center for Disease Control and Prevention.

            Because autism is a spectrum disorder, no two children are alike and deficits range from low-functioning (no vocabulary, not toilet-trained, needs help with feeding) to high-functioning (able to hold a job and drive a car) and everything in between. These children experience deficits in three areas:

            • autism multicolored puzzle ribbonCommunication — deficits include one or more of the following: very little or no spoken language, lack of conversational skills, echolalia or repetition of others’ words and no make-believe or imitative play.
            • Social Skills — deficits include two or more of the following: lack of eye contact or facial affect, inability to develop peer relationships and lack of interest in sharing joy, interests and achievements with others.
            • Behavioral Skills — deficits in this area are exhibited in one or more of the following ways: preoccupation with one or more patterns of interest that is abnormal either in intensity or focus, adherence to certain routines/rituals and difficulty adjusting to changes or transitions, repetitive motor mannerisms (such as hand flapping or finger flicking) and preoccupation with parts of an object.

            With the prevalence of autism, there’s a high probability that you will have students who are on the spectrum. I began teaching students with autism in 2001 as a graduate student and have continued working with this population ever since, which has helped me grow so much as a musician and teacher. I’d like to share 10 basic tips that can help you feel more comfortable teaching students with autism, including:

            1. Use Person-First Vocabulary

            young male student playing pianoSay “a child with autism” rather than “an autistic child.” This might seem like a small and unimportant distinction, but to the child and his or her parents, this is a big deal.

            Person-first vocabulary means that we recognize that the child is a person first who happens to have a development disorder. You might surprise yourself and find that your way of thinking changes, too.

            2. Each Child is Different

            I am sharing some general tips that will help guide your teaching approach. Some methods you try will be successful with one student and will completely fail with another. Also, things you try might work one week and not the next.

            Just as every typically developing child is different, every child with special needs is, as well. If something doesn’t work, don’t give up on your plan or the child — that particular teaching strategy just didn’t work that day.

            Each child is different, and each day is different.

            3. Don’t Assume Anything

            Start from square one. Many children with autism like to play piano with just their index fingers. They might not even be aware that they have other digits to use or that those digits are called fingers.

            On the other hand, many children with autism have really great ears and can play difficult songs by ear.

            Start with the very basics. Break every new concept or activity into achievable steps.

            4. Use Clear, Concise Language

            Students with autism are very literal in their understanding of language and don’t necessarily make transfers easily. Give directions that tell them exactly what you want them to do and how.

            For typically developing students, I might reference a seesaw or “sticky fingers” when teaching them how to play legato and describe it as playing the keys with gum on their fingers. However, for a child with autism, that imagery would not be helpful.

            Instead, I would demonstrate and explain to students with autism how the first finger remains down on the key until the second finger plays the next note. Or, I would slowly move their fingers up and down and even help them with their fingers until they understand the coordination. (Remember to always ask permission before touching a student.)

            Also, avoid using multiple terms for the same concept, such as thirds, skips, line to line, space to space — all of which describe the same concept.

            5. Establish a Routine, Which Allows for Flexibility

            picture scheduleSome children with autism are used to using picture schedules (see photo to the right) at home or school, and I often incorporate that into lessons. (You can easily make one with Velcro and poster board.) Others like to begin and end with the same song but are able to have more flexibility during the lesson. An example of a sample lesson would include: 5-Finger Patterns, Improvisation, Repertoire Piece, Notes Names, Student’s Choice, “Hokey-Pokey.”

            It’s good to have a set structure and lesson plan, but sometimes something triggers the student, and the plan needs to change. Or, the student is doing really well at something and requires a new plan.

            Breaks are also very helpful and can still incorporate musical aspects. For example, try a movement activity or dance break, even flashcards away from the piano. Be flexible with lesson length, as well. With the same student, I have had lessons that are 20 minutes and lessons that are one hour.

            6. Be Aware of Distractions in the Environment

            Most children with autism have sensory processing difficulties. A shirt made of itchy material or the humming of a light can make it hard for them to focus. Changes in the environment can also be unsettling. Before a student with autism arrives, I make sure that my studio is clean and that any distractions, including teaching manipulatives, are out of sight.

            7. Tackle One Issue at a Time

            It can be overwhelming for any student to try to think about notes, hand position, rhythm, pedal, etc. at the same time. Students with autism sometimes need more processing time, so don’t try to change everything at once. Work on getting the student to use all of their fingers. Then you can talk about rhythm (teach rhythms aurally!) or dynamics or something else.

            8. Don’t Get Stuck on Note Names

            Note-reading is not the most important part of music. Some children with autism might learn to read note names while others might not, and that is OK. Use familiar music. Teach aurally. Ask for input from students as to what kind of music they would like to learn.

            Some children might never reach the stage of polishing and perfecting a piece, and that is OK. Performing at a recital may not be a motivating factor for a child with autism. It could even have the opposite effect.

            Although, learning and progressing are important for us as teachers, we want to make sure that the musical experience students with autism receive is positive and uplifting.

            9. Parents Are Your Biggest Resource and Fans

            Nobody knows your student better than their parents. If you get stuck, ask how they work on new skills in the home or what they use to help motivate their child. Parents of children with special needs are unfortunately used to having their child excluded from activities on a regular basis, so to have someone invest time and energy in their child’s success is a wonderful thing.

            I remember one parent telling me that her child had been kicked out of soccer and swimming and that piano was his only extracurricular activity. This parent also gave me tools for helping to redirect the student if he got distracted and encouraged me to include a fun song at the end of every lesson. For this child, it was “Hokey-Pokey”.

            10. Be Patient with Yourself and Your Student

            Don’t take it personally if something doesn’t work right away or if a student doesn’t respond in the way you predicted. We all have bad days and, for a child with autism, there are so many factors that can affect their reactions.

            Dr. O. Ivar Lovaas, a clinical psychologist known for his work with children with autism, said, “If a child does not learn in the way we teach, we must teach in the way they learn.” Challenge yourself to step out of your comfort zone and reach out to someone who might learn and process information differently than you do. In doing so, you might change their world and yours, too.

            Songs of Thanks

            Is there a better time to express our thanks in a song than during the month that hosts Thanksgiving? Whether it’s appreciation for family, a partner, a teacher, or food and shelter —  and even if life isn’t going the way we’ve planned at the moment — writing about being grateful for what we do have can help us count our blessings and maybe even land us a lovely song at the end of the day.

            The concept of songs-of-gratitude goes back decades and knows no boundaries when it comes to genre. The Beatles did it (“Thank You Girl”), as did Alanis Morissette (“Thank U”), country’s Carrie Underwood (“Thank God for Hometowns”), even classic rock’s Led Zeppelin (“Thank You”). Oh, and there need not be a “thank you” in the title — check out Aretha Franklin’s (“You Make Me Feel Like) A Natural Woman” or Chance the Rapper’s “Blessings.” Everyone’s doing it! Because it works, it’s cathartic and worthy of our attention.

            Professional songwriters often have to conjure up material when we’re writing to a brief (like, for example, if you’re writing music for a film or television show), and if we’re working with a recording artist, we need to lean in to their point of view. But expressing our own gratitude is right at our fingertips. It isn’t something we have to calculate, since most of us already have something that we’re thankful for. (Hopefully, anyway.)

            Even just listening to these kinds of song can put us in touch with gratitude, for reasons that are chemical as well as emotional. In a recent online article, author Kate Wight points out that “Listening to a song that reminds you of happy times may lead to a release of dopamine. That’s a neurotransmitter that makes you feel good.”

            I suppose it’s like following your smile.

            On Thanksgiving there’s traditionally a post-turkey jam session in my living room. We play fun-loving joyful classics and debut our originals. (For those of us who aren’t musically inclined there’s a box of percussive accoutrements — tambourines, maracas and an array of ganzá [those egg-shaped shakers actually have a name!]) It’s a highlight of our holiday.

            In that same article, Ms. Wight also states that “Music is inextricably linked with human emotion. If you’ve resolved to try and be more thankful this year, consider using music to get you there.”

            We all can agree it’s been a challenging couple of years. It’s been difficult to carry on our normal routines, like traveling and visiting the people we love. Not too long ago when I was missing my daughter terribly, I made a decision to be optimistic. I sat down with my Yamaha baby grand and then … a song came out. (Video below.)

            Notice I didn’t say I “wrote” a song but that it “came out.” That’s because writing a thank-you song wasn’t necessarily the plan. It doesn’t have to be. Instead, my heart was in my hands and my hands landed on the keys, and the song simply happened.

            Gratitude is a powerful feeling. It’s a natural and selfless place to begin and quite the fodder for song.

            Simply the process of writing a song of gratitude will remind us of what is easy to forget during uncertain times or in the fog of life. There’s always a story to be told about a friend who lifts us up and pulls us out of the darkness … or a child who reminds us that the best day of our life was the day they were born. This the time of year we take stock.

            Here’s my thank you:

             

            Check out Shelly’s other postings.

            Case Study: A Rocky Road to PASIC

            When V.R. Eaton High School in Haslet, Texas, opened its doors in 2015, director of percussion Matt Moore immediately started a percussion ensemble. In its inaugural year, the group of 11 went to the North Texas Percussion Festival and finished last.

            Five years later in 2020, the then 40-member ensemble not only finished first at the same festival but was also invited to perform at the Percussive Arts Society International Convention (PASIC), held in Indianapolis most Novembers, after being named a winner in the organization’s International Percussion Ensemble Competition. Unfortunately, COVID-19 hit and shut down in-person schools in the United States. Since then, Moore and his co-teacher, Luke Vogt, have prepped — over and over again — for its PASIC appearance.

            Fueling a Passion

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing Moore feels passionate about percussion ensemble as a relatively new genre. “We’re in the golden age of concert percussion composition right now,” Moore says. “A lot of the best music written for the art form is coming out every year.”

            In addition, Moore says that percussion ensemble complements the already competitive fall marching season, especially for Eaton High School, a 6A school in Texas with more than 200 participants. “Marching percussion is fun for the performers and fun to teach, and it’s very much art, but there’s also a heavy athletic side,” Moore says. “Percussion ensemble is just art. Coaching an athletic activity goes away, and we get to be only musicians. … I enjoy having both. … it’s an incredible thing to dive deep into the marching arts and then shift focus and just experience this pure musical art form and develop it with my students.”

            According to Moore, most schools that have percussion-specific groups concentrate on either percussion ensemble or indoor drumline during the winter or spring seasons. While indoor drumline includes marching and tends to involve full ensembles in a story-based performance, percussion ensemble provides more variation. For example, pieces in a percussion ensemble program have three to 15 performers. Selections often focus more on mallet apparatuses but can also include non-pitch instruments like drums as well as electronics. 

            The diversity of the genre allows Moore’s students to prep about 25 pieces for its spring concert without overwhelming the group. Often, upperclassmen are chosen to participate in smaller subsets and at festivals. Moore’s ensemble often collaborates with other departments, including strings, choir and dance.

            Each student, often playing an individual part, must be confident and independent with “dynamically changing listening responsibilities around the group,” Moore says. “We enjoy developing that.”

            Growing in Ability

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing Moore grew Eaton’s percussion ensemble, which meets between the end of November to mid-March, partly from the organic expansion of the school. As the third high school in the Northwest Independent School District, Eaton began with only freshmen and sophomores and added higher grades as students moved up. As the program increased in size and the students improved in ability, Moore added more opportunities. In 2018 and 2019, Eaton hosted its own festival in addition to participating in the North Texas Percussion Festival. And in 2019, the group submitted a video to the Black Swamp Percussion (BSP) Ensemble Showcase.

            Moore grounded his students on striving for musical excellence rather than specific achievements. “Competitive success is never our goal,” he says. “We’ve talked about that from the very first day in 2015, and we talk about that every school year. We are not a program that’s in it for trophies. We’re not trying to win stuff.”

            Moore typically starts each season with a casual meeting to watch some videos of top high school groups. During the 2018-2019 school year, “I remember asking [the students]: ‘Do you want to play at this level? I think we can.’ The answer was a resounding ‘Yes!’”

            That year, the percussion ensemble played upper-level collegiate literature and achieved second place in the high school large percussion ensemble division in the BSP Percussion Ensemble Showcase. “For us, that was our moment of discovering that maybe we can play these kinds of pieces in a way that is on level with the groups we’ve been looking up to,” Moore says.

            PASIC Good News

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing In 2020, Eaton won the North Texas Percussion Festival for high school large group on the weekend that started spring break in early March. “This festival was the very last in-person thing that anybody did [before COVID shutdowns],” Moore says.

            Luckily, performing at the festival allowed Moore to submit its PASIC application, which required unedited song selections from live concerts. That April, Eaton submitted the following three pieces:

            • “Surfacing” by Dave Hall for large-scale percussion orchestra (that the ensemble performed at the Eaton Percussion Festival in May 2019)
            • “Donner” for four percussionists by David Skidmore
            • “Crown of Thorns,” a piece by David Maslanka originally commissioned by the University of Oklahoma Percussion Orchestra for PASIC 1991 (both “Donner” and “Crown of Thorns” were from Eaton’s most recent North Texas Percussion Festival performance)

            With song selections overall, Moore often focuses on how the sound matches his group and how the pieces can educationally help his students stretch their skills.

            In June, Moore learned that his ensemble was named one of three high school winners. PASIC also selected three college groups and one junior high group. “We got all the kids together on a Zoom call and shared the news,” he says.

            Moore’s team immediately began creating different scenarios for how they could make PASIC 2020 fit into the ensemble’s plans during the middle of a pandemic. But just a few weeks later, on July 1, 2020, the Percussive Arts Society (PAS) announced that PASIC would be fully virtual. Instead of being featured in a 50-minute performance, the group was asked to submit a recording. “Our plan last summer was to have this really cool experience and make the most of it without complex in-person demands from our kids.”

            Changing PASIC Plans

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing As a composer himself, Moore had written a marimba choir piece, titled “Together,” to help musicians get through the early days of the pandemic. Moore had posted the composition on social media and requested video submissions. With 111 submissions from middle school to adult performers, including some Eaton High School students, the song was produced into a compiled video by Cameron Sather and aired on YouTube on April 27, 2020.

            For Eaton’s PASIC virtual performance, Moore planned to record and submit “Together.” Throughout the summer, Moore brought in groups of students — the soprano line, the alto line, tenor line, bass line — to rehearse and record in groups. “Because of COVID restrictions, we didn’t want to get all of our kids together physically in person.”

            But Moore also decided to add something more — spoken word — so he commissioned poetry by Rosemerry Wahtola Trommer to match the emotional waves of the piece. The poem was then performed by a student from Eaton’s theater department. But the overall project was scratched and never fully produced when PAS canceled the winners’ virtual performances.

            A group of directors from the winning groups appealed to PAS to postpone their performances to November 2021, and PAS agreed. So, Moore’s team went back to the drawing board.

            “For a time, … we were planning on not [doing PASIC for 2021] …, especially coming out of such a weird year,” Moore says. “We wanted to just have a normal experience this fall.”

            In addition, all except one student from the winning submission video had matriculated from the school. “I did have one freshman in ‘Crown of Thorns,’ and she’s the only one who will get to play at PASIC because everyone else graduated,” he says.

            But seeing the resilience and strengths of his students persuaded Moore to push forward. In 2021, the group participated in indoor drumline competitions for the first time and became a finalist in the virtual WGI Sport of the Arts Scholastic A Class competition. “Since we didn’t have a proper fall marching season, we didn’t have any band competitions, and we didn’t put together a show. … None of our band kids had that ‘season’ experience that’s so engaging for the students and we felt we needed to add it in the winter. … What sealed the deal [to do PASIC] was how well the kids performed at indoor drumline. They did such a good job.”

            Balancing the Workload

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing By April 2021, Moore accepted the invitation to perform at PASIC in November. Since groups typically don’t find out about PASIC performances until the summertime, he now felt ahead of the game. But Moore made a pact with himself and the other directors to maintain a work/life balance while preparing for the high-profile show in the percussion ensemble’s off-season.

            “There’s a big problem with burnout in our profession,” Moore says. “I have a family — my wife and a 5-year-old daughter. I decided pretty early on that if we were going to do PASIC, [preparations] would be done during the hours we already have allocated to band.”

            While Eaton normally focuses completely on marching band in the summer and fall, Moore simultaneously passed out percussion ensemble pieces for the PASIC performance in May. During its typical June percussion camp, then full summer band camp in August and during the regular season, he split the students’ time between marching rehearsal and percussion ensemble rehearsal. “The students have risen to the challenge nicely of balancing the workload,” Moore says. “We’re building a rehearsal schedule that does not go beyond what we normally do. But I’m pulling kids out of marching rehearsal all the time. I have a very supportive team.”

            A Collaborative Concert

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing Moore and Vogt have crafted a 45-minute PASIC 2021 concert that he describes as “collaborative, flowing and fresh.” With a mix of smaller groupings to larger percussion orchestra, the program brings together all of Eaton’s 33 percussion ensemble members plus seven string players and five dance (color guard) students performing seven songs, each with a distinct sound and purpose.

            “The history of our program has been highly collaborative, and I wanted our programming at PASIC to reflect us, to feel like us and to sound like us,” Moore says. “We’re bringing our entire program, which is atypical. Often groups will just bring their top students. Especially with the reduced opportunities that our kids have had over the past year and half, I wanted to find a way to bring everyone.”

            The students will finally get to perform Moore’s piece “Together,” including the spoken word recording, plus another of Moore’s songs, “Vector,” that leans heavily on electronic instruments. The piece is fitting, considering that in 2020, Moore and Vogt co-founded Waveform Percussion, which brings electronic media into percussion education.

            Several other pieces are existing repertoire from other composers that have been performed by prominent professional percussion ensembles, such as Third Coast Percussion.

            In addition, Eaton commissioned a song by percussionist Ivan Trevino titled “A Spiral Made of Wires,” which has a pop/post-rock influence and includes electric guitar. Though the two didn’t know each other previously, Trevino accepted Moore’s invitation to meet the group at PASIC to premiere the piece as a guest performer on his electric guitar.

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble practicing

            “It’s common to commission new works,” Moore says. “In fact, PAS encourages it. … There’s a name that probably every high school percussionists in the country knows, and that’s Ivan Trevino. As soon as I knew that we had won PASIC, Ivan was my first reach-out. … He writes this amazing, very listenable music that’s at a perfect ability level for our kids. It’s the kind of music where you listen to it one time and you think it’s amazing. But it has this musical depth where you rehearse it for months and still find new layers.”

            As far as travel, percussion ensembles by nature involve a lot of logistics and gear with students often having their own setup that is different for each piece. With PASIC providing a specific stage size, Moore has taped off an area in the percussion room to accommodate the space that they will be given. “We started with the music and not thinking about logistics at all,” Moore says. “Now we are to the part of the year that we’re trying to consolidate our setups …, so the audience doesn’t have to watch kids awkwardly move instruments around.”

            The Eaton PASIC ensemble performed multiple times during the summer and fall for parents, to help develop the students’ stage comfort and work out its complex audio and lighting setup. To present its show to a range of audiences, Eaton is embarking on a four-part “PASIC Performance Series”: 1) a show in their home auditorium on Nov. 4, 2) a joint concert with the University of Texas – Arlington on Nov. 6, 3) a joint concert with the University of South Carolina at Center Grove High School in Greenwood, Indiana, on Nov. 10, and finally 4) its PASIC showcase concert on Nov. 12.

            V.R. Eaton High School’s PASIC 2021 Program

            V.R. Eaton High School percussion ensemble group photo standing within water feature V.R. Eaton’s 45-minute performance at the November 2021 Percussive Arts Society International Convention will comprise the following mix of pieces.

            • “Together” by Matt Moore (with commissioned poetry by Rosemerry Wahtola Trommer)
            • “Triple Point” by Ayanna Woods
            • “Minus Nine” by David Madeira (with Eaton string students)
            • “Aether” by Francisco Perez
            • “Madeira River” from “Aguas da Amazonia” by Philip Glass, arranged by Peter Martin and Third Coast Percussion (with Eaton dance students)
            • “A Spiral Made of Wires,” a commissioned piece by Ivan Trevino (with guest artist Ivan Trevino on electric guitar)
            • “Vector” by Matt Moore

            5 Ways to Keep Elementary Students Engaged

            After the first month or two of the school year, it can be very challenging to keep your elementary students engaged. Here are five lessons that I have used to keep my students motivated and excited about learning music, even on a Monday morning!

            Music Appreciation Sculptures

            Do you have a hard time getting your students to remain focused and still during listening exercises? Try music-appreciation sculptures, an idea that I picked up from a local Orff group. I adapted it slightly to make it more of an individual project rather than a group one for younger students.

            play dough unsplashFirst, purchase a set of 25 to 30 mini play doughs. Next, borrow a set of vinyl spot markers from the gym. Make sure you have one per student. Space out the spot markers across the classroom before your students arrive.

            Welcome your students and begin class with a listening exercise. Have the students think about what the music would look like. Ask prompting questions, such as “Does this sound like an animal?” or “What is happening here?”

            Next, assign each student a spot marker and pass out a play dough container to each pupil. Have students make a sculpture according to their imagination. Walk around and monitor the class and provide more prompting questions like “What emotion does this part feel like?” and “If this song was in a movie, which movie would it be in?”

            Assessment tip: It can be difficult to quantify and grade musical appreciation and responsiveness, but these individual sculpture projects make excellent assessments for the gradebook.

            Next, separate the class into groups of two or three. (This part can get tricky when it comes to teamwork and opinions, so it’s best for group work to be limited to mid- and upper-elementary students.) Have students make a multicolored, collective sculpture to the music. At the end of class, have each group present and explain the artwork. Music-appreciation sculptures will have your students listening to a symphonic suite for close to one hour without growing fidgety.

            A Dance a Day

            Not all classrooms can afford the resources to pull off manipulative-heavy lessons, such as music-appreciation sculptures, on a regular basis. But luckily, dancing doesn’t require any equipment at all.

            I know that incorporating dance into the classroom can be an overwhelming task but having a couple of go-to dances can help your students get their wiggles out in a productive way. Try swapping out your Kidz Bop dance break for the following line dances and movement games:

            • 2, 4, 6, 8 Meet Me at the Garden Gate” — this is the perfect 1st grade introduction to a structured partner dance
            • Old Brass Wagon” — try this dance game for students who are too young to do highly structured dances
            • Wolf” — this is another dance game for students who are too young to do highly structured dances
            • Alabama Gal” — Try this one if you want a challenge! This partner dance is a much more complex folk dance and works well for 3rd grade and up. This is the perfect opportunity to teach movement terms like sashay and arch. This four-section traditional dance will keep both you and your students on your toes.

            Clapping Games

            two girls clapping game pexels 9532730Clapping games are another way to give your students a fun break but still practice music. Try clapping games as a stationary break, especially when your classroom is too excitable to do line dances.

            Some examples of clapping games that help students work on internalizing steady beats and rhythms include:

            • “Double Double,” “Miss Mary Mack” and “Lemonade” — these three clapping games are all pretty similar. They teach the same principles but keep your students engaged because they are all separate songs (sneaky, right?).
            • Choco-Choco-La-La” — If you’d like to work on something that will get your Spanish-speaking students excited, try this traditional clapping game. This game uses a similar pattern to “Miss Mary Mack” but faster, and it comes with a really entertaining music video.
            • Down by the Banks (of the Hanky Panky)” — For something a bit harder (and more competitive), try this complex game, which requires the steady beat to be passed down the circle between students. Whoever gets tapped on the last note of the phrase is out!

            Bring in Unusual Instruments

            When all else fails, bring out an unusual instrument. I’ve shared the didgeridoo, djembe, piccolo or another surprising instrument to call students’ attention back. I love introducing odd musical instruments in the middle of the year or right before holiday breaks when pupils tend to have a shorter attention span.

            Orff Stories

            stack books unsplashUse Orff stories to incorporate both reading and creativity. These stories are perfect for events like reading week, when your school may ask you to read instead of play instruments: Why not do both?

            Many educators prefer to read the story through once before allowing students to add in the musical instruments of their choice. Start by giving guiding questions, such as: “Does this make a sound?” or “What instrument sound would go with the splash of the water?” After the first read-through, set out a row of instruments that students can choose from.

            The beautiful thing about Orff stories is that there are no wrong answers. One short story can actually take up an entire class period. Everyone in the class can play multiple parts and watch how their classmates interpret sounds differently.

            Music educator Matthew Stensrud created an excellent example of an Orff sound story with the children’s book “Mama, Will it Snow Tonight?” 

            Key tip: Keep in mind that not every children’s book makes for a good Orff retelling. Try finding books with repetitive themes, and a lot of onomatopoeia.

            Books that I have used for Orff stories include:

            • “She’ll Be Comin’ Round the Mountain”
            • “The Little Green Frog”
            • “Cat Goes Fiddle-I-Fee”
            • “Click Clack Boo!”
            • “Way Down Deep in the Deep Blue Sea”
            • “This Old Man”

            With a couple of extra manipulatives, a bit more movement and some creative storytelling, you can keep your classroom more engaged than ever. Even when it’s just before Thanksgiving break!

            5 Tools to Get Your Motivation Mojo Back

            Ah, if only motivation came in a bottle, and you could crack open the cap and chug it down like a sports drink. Suddenly, you’d be motivated to rocket through tasks that previously seemed daunting or tedious, like entering 194 students’ midterm grades into the system or trying out a new program for teaching chording.

            If you’re having a hard time feeling motivated, you’re not alone. The pandemic brought with it disorientation, disruption and anxiety, robbing us of motivation. According to a study by the Pew Research Center, 42% of workers age 18 to 40 say their motivation to do work has been more difficult to summon, compared with only 20% of workers age 50 and older. Especially hard hit was 18- to 29-year-olds, with 53% of them saying it’s been hard to find motivation.

            There are a lot of reasons for this, such as isolation and even stress-related reduced cognition — don’t worry, it’s temporary — but on the bright side, experts tell us there are strategies to get your motor running again, to feel more energized, and yes, motivated.

            Tool 1: Radical Rest

            You may have heard the term “revenge bedtime procrastination,” where people stay up late doing things that have little value (like mindlessly scrolling through social media) instead of sleeping. They do this because they want to regain a sense of control over their time.

            American culture places so much value on productivity that many of us feel guilty for relaxing — truly relaxing — so we skirt the issue. Reclaim your right to true R&R on your off time, and you’ll be more productive during work time. (Rest can also be a social justice issue; read more about The Nap Ministry.)

            Instead of unhealthy “revenge” time, purposefully block off time to do … nothing. What nothing means to you personally may vary. It could be puttering in the yard,  listening to music, organizing your record collection by color or reading a great new book in bed. What you do is not important; the goal is doing something you want to do with your time.

            dark chocolate unsplashTool 2: Nibble on Some Chocolate

            Eating dark chocolate boosts creativity and cognitive function, reports research presented at the 2018 annual Experimental Biology convention. A 2021 research published in the International Journal of Exercise Science found that supplementing with dark chocolate helped athletes increase their resting energy expenditure — that is, it boosted their metabolism.

            There’s no recommended daily allowance (RDA) for chocolate, but most experts suggest an ounce or two a day of dark chocolate (70% cacao or higher) will give the positive effects without too many additional calories.

            Tool 3: Serialize

            The term “serialize” comes from the work of Oliver Burkeman, who wrote the book “Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals,” He claims that you’ll complete more projects and feel less anxiety overall if you start something, work on it and complete it before moving on.

            To be clear, projects may need to be broken down into small steps. That’s because our motivation can droop under the weight of self-doubt. “If you don’t think you can get a particular task done, you’re unlikely to muster the energy to work on it,” psychologist Art Markman told Harvard Business Review. Markman suggests turning an abstract “to do” into specific, achievable steps.

            For example, “Plan lessons for February” is too big. On the other hand, “Find six songs that represent the music of the Civil Rights Movement to use in Feb. 1 lesson” is in the realm of doable. Blocking off time for a specific task — “11 to 11:30 a.m., prepare Civil Rights song list” — is even better.

            Burkeman is also a fan of having a “done list” in addition to a “to-do” list, which gives a sense of accomplishment. While that extra step won’t be for everyone, the point is that finishing something — anything — gives us a boost and motivates us to do the next thing.

            Guitar livingroomTool 4: Use Choice Architecture

            You might not need quite as much motivation as you think. James Clear, the author of “Atomic Habits,” writes about not relying on willpower to get moving, but instead using the power of habit; that is, setting up your life so you do things without even having to think about doing them.

            Choice architecture is designing the environment with a lot of cues that trigger positive change. For example, Clear writes, “If you want to practice guitar more frequently, place your guitar stand in the middle of the living room.” By altering the home and workspaces, we flow naturally toward better choices.

            Tool 5: Create Opportunities to Discover Meaning

            “Why am I here?” many of us wonder at 2 a.m. Viktor Frankl famously wrote about this topic in his 1946 book “Man’s Search for Meaning.” But, Frankl warned, finding meaning is a side effect of pursuing other goals, not a goal unto itself. He wrote, “Don’t aim at success — the more you aim at it and make it a target, the more you are going to miss it. For success, like happiness, cannot be pursued; it must ensue.”

            Want things “to ensue”? Try activities that make you feel connected with something bigger than yourself. You’ve already chosen a career as a music educator — a fantastic choice! Other areas could include volunteer work, spending time in a natural setting that evokes awe and caring for animals.

            Because when we have a life purpose — and just a bit of dark chocolate — propelling us forward, motivation comes naturally.

            Marching Band Uniforms Do’s and Don’ts

            Picking out new uniforms for your marching band can be an overwhelming task, especially as a new band director. There are so many things to consider. You want something that is universally flattering for every member of the band.

            But should you go with a sash or no sash? Leg stripe or no leg stripe? Below are some do’s and don’ts when it comes to choosing uniforms for your high school marching band.

            Colors

            DO consider color theory

            DO stick to solid colored pants

            DON’T select white or light-colored pants

            One of the first things to consider is color. It’s not as simple as picking uniforms that match your school colors. You have to look at complementary colors and color temperatures (try using a color wheel like this one by Canva). Keep in mind that within one color, there are various color “temperatures,” which makes your selection that much more complicated.

            If your two school colors aren’t already complementary, try and pick versions of those colors that are within the neutral range (that is, not warm and not cool). You will find neutral colors toward the center of the color wheel.

            Have you noticed how true reds look good on everyone, but red-orange makes some people look washed out? That’s because true red is neutral, and neutral temperatures of colors look universally flattering.

            Another option is to choose the brightest school color and pair it with dark pants, such as black. For high school marching bands, do NOT choose white pants. Your students will sit on grass or on a dirty gym floor during a competition break and stain their white pants. Try sticking to darker neutrals for pants, such as navy, brown, charcoal gray or black. These colors will hide grass stains and dirt marks and will last for many years.

            marching band behind 4YbssFeFwZk unsplashAccents and Accessories

            DON’T add an accent stripe on the leg

            DO consider sashes

            DO try dark gloves

            DO add a plume, but consider the material closely

            DO try suspenders

            DON’T add too many bells and whistles

            Accent stripes can look really stylish on college marching bands, but when it comes to high school, they can be a big uniform mistake. Stripes draw attention to those who are off-step. If you are looking for an accessory that is flashy and easy for your students to put on, consider sashes instead.

            Gloves are great accessories and essential for marching bands in colder states. I recommend dark gloves because they hide stains better, and they will better match the dark pants mentioned earlier.

            Plumes are a personal favorite when it comes to marching band uniform accessories. They come in many different materials, including feather plumes, fountain plumes, plasticky shako plumes and metallic shako plumes. I recommend something akin to feathers or faux feathers. While the metallic shako plumes are striking, they are easily pulled apart. Sticking to the old-fashioned plumes will ensure that you won’t be repurchasing them next year. Simply put, the older style is sturdier.

            While many high schoolers think suspenders are the anathema of cool, it’s worth getting them. Many students will end up with pants that are slightly larger than they need. Suspenders ensure that pants will stay in the right spot, especially during high-steps and run-ins.

            Keep in mind that too many accessories can quickly overwhelm the eyes. Choose one or two really nice accessories rather than getting all of them. Plus, some accessories are simply not practical. Gauntlets and spats might look great, but they are a hassle to put on and look tacky when combined with too many other extras. Less is always more.

            Fabric Types

            DO pick your fabric accord to your climate

            DO consider summer uniforms

            DON’T choose wool just because “that’s what we’ve always done”

            Assess the hottest and coldest weather your students will be marching in. For example, I am a music educator based in Michigan. Our summers are hot and humid, but it can also get quite frigid during the winter. Most music educators around here opt for a lighter summer uniform and a fall and winter wool uniform. Oftentimes, directors choose wool just because that’s what they always marched with. Wool uniforms are simply too sweltering for many marching bands, especially those based in the South. You want your students to look good and feel good.

            Hats

            DO consider bucket-style hats

            DON’T choose cowboy hats because they don’t last

            Marching band hats vary widely. One of my personal favorites is the bucket-style hat. Students are often left without pockets or storage on the marching band field. Bucket-style hats offer students a small and secure storage space for a small granola bar or a Capri Sun. Another style that band directors sometimes choose is the cowboy hat. However, this style is not built to last compared to faux-leather bucket-style (shako) hats.

            Color Guard and Twirler Uniforms

            DON’T choose a color guard/ twirler uniform that has a lot of straps

            DO ask which gender and uniform your students identify with before ordering

            Complex and strappy color guard and twirler outfits look really cool, but they are not ideal for situations where your students need to quickly and easily get in and out of uniform.

            While all members of the instrument section will be wearing gender-neutral outfits, this is not always the case with auxiliary groups. Sometimes, male-identifying students will want something a little less flashy. Organize an aux.group meeting with your section leader after school and find out what your students are comfortable with.

            Shoes

            marching band black red pexels 8884280DO have your students purchase their own shoes

            DON’T worry about the brand

            Having students purchase their own shoes through your band program will save a lot of money for the band boosters program. In addition to this, allowing students to get their own shoes will ensure that they pick the correct size and style. Make sure all students purchase the same color shoes. As for the style, provide students with a take-home buyers guide with a list of reputable brand names, such as Dinkles or Drillmasters.

            The Final Step: Student Input

            DO create a poll for your students once you’ve narrowed down your options.

            Include a comment section in your online poll, so students can write in things that you may not have thought of or overlooked. You don’t need to give in to students’ every whim, such as making uniforms tricolor with a three-layer sash, but remember that they are the ones wearing the uniforms, not you.

            Choosing new uniforms for your marching band is no easy feat. From finding a universally flattering style to securing funding, you have a big task ahead of you. But with a little research and some input from your students, you’ve got this!

            Fundraising Without Selling

            Chances are high that either as a student or teacher, you’ve attempted to sell cookie dough, chocolate, wrapping paper, popcorn or coupon books in order to raise funds for your music program. As tasty or handy as these items are, have you ever felt like there must be another option?

            Just today, I watched a young, excited sales team convince students that they can get a free Frisbee if they raise $50 for their school. “Will the school get the other $49.50?” I asked myself. Today’s assembly inspired the following list of ways for music teachers to fundraise without selling anything.

            tickets g65ae27e8b 1920Concert Ticket Sales

            The easiest way to create revenue without significantly increasing your workload is to charge admission to your concerts. Whether you use a professional service such as TicketSource or ask parents to volunteer, a reasonable fee to attend your concert can be the start of your rolling budget.

            Not every community is accustomed to paying for school events so consider distributing three or four complimentary tickets per student to encourage attendance. Whittle the complimentary tickets down each year until the demand matches your community’s accessibility and needs.

            Complimentary and discounted tickets are a fantastic way for students to invite community members to your next concert!

            Concert Donations

            While making a guest appearance at a concert in Georgia, I witnessed a band director send around a student with a bucket that had a dollar sign spray-painted on it. During the intermission, the director announced, “If you enjoy what you’re seeing right now, make a donation so we can do it again!”

            Patrons of this concert did not pay an entry fee but the average donation per person exceeded the cost of what I would have charged for general admission. This model allowed those who are able to support the program to shine while also allowing all community members to attend. The bucket successfully covered the cost of the concert, allowing the director to bring out more guest artists the next year.

            Rico reedsEnsemble and Instrument Fees

            Consider the guaranteed expenses your music program endures every year and decide which of them can be supported by families paying a small yearly fee. Departmentalize your small and recurring expenses such as reeds, pencils, guitar picks, rosin and valve grease into a category that is funded by an ensemble fee.

            Having extras of necessary items on hand will be convenient for students and families, and you no longer will have to make as many emergency trips to the music store. If you’re able to create a healthy stockpile of items, use the dividend to improve your classroom. Label this money as funds that are meant to better the student experience.

            Extracurricular Clubs

            If you enjoy running an extracurricular music club, be sure to calculate not only the value of your time but the cost of competing clubs in your space.

            When I started my first after school music club, I added the cost of a club shirt, our concert space and snacks to come up with my club fee. After distributing the paperwork, I discovered that the dance class next door was charging eight times as much and didn’t even provide snacks!

            It was a hard lesson learned because it turned out my club cost less than the onsite daycare, which led to lots of participants! Since then, I’ve found my balance of welcoming yet competitive prices that allow my program to grow year after year.

            Profit Sharing

            Family restaurant wYOPqmtDD0w unsplashLarge food chains and local restaurants are happy to profit share in exchange for increased drive-thru business and in-restaurant patrons on less busy nights. Restaurants, such as Chipotle and Raising Cane’s, have programs in place to share 15% to 33% of their profit during school fundraising campaigns. After the paperwork is completed, have your students spread the word that having a family dinner night out will support your program.

            If you prefer to keep your efforts local, reach out to business owners in your area who are interested in profit sharing. If space allows, put on a chamber performance inside the venue to bring more attention to everyone’s favorite eatery. Use your knowledge of the community to decide if food, goods or experiences are the best way to get community members out and willing to spend money.

            Mini golf competition, anyone?

            Advertising

            While on the topic of businesses in your community, do any of them want to have a banner at your next event? Many marching bands have figured out how to sell banners, logos on their yearly shirts and trailer wraps to local businesses, but the other ensembles are often left wondering how they can cash in on advertising.

            Selling ads in concert programs is a staple of the concert experience but is there something more exciting?

            I have a few instruments in my classroom that are permanently labeled with the name of the funding party, so that the students and I can always acknowledge where that instrument came from. Local businesses receive a plaque of appreciation presented at the concert, so their support can be on display in their place of business.

            With a parent-signed release form, students were able to make a “thank you” video for a local veterinarian donor who used the footage in its next online advertising campaign.

            Amazon Wish List

            Eliminate the need for some of your budget by directly asking for the items you need in your classroom. I’ve tried Donor’s Choose and GoFundMe — which are great fundraising platforms — but there is a real joy in having a community member randomly purchase an item that you need without having to beg your friends on social media.

            Include your Amazon wish list in your email signature, your dojo messages, your school’s website and social media. It is absolutely impossible for parents to help out if they don’t realize that your wish list even exists!

            Everything DealThe “Everything” Deal

            If everything on this list seems like one more thing for you to do, then I offer you the “everything” deal. At the very beginning of the school year, construct a flyer that promises parents one thing: If they pay one price for everything you want, you will leave them alone for the rest of the school year. You can avoid nickel and diming parents by rolling all your future campaigns into one.

            For example, during the school year, parents might be asked to help out in various ways — volunteer at the snack shack, pay an instrument fee, drive the carpool, organize the uniforms, collect ticket stubs at the door, etc. — OR they can pay $100 up front with the guarantee that they will be left alone for the rest of the year. That’s right. I’ll take their names off the volunteer list and put them in the Elite Gold Status Club that receives four tickets to every event. It’s the perfect deal for the parent who prefers to write one check and be done.

            What’s your favorite way to raise money? Share your experience with @SwicksClassroom on Instagram or email your story to educators@yamaha.com.

            Be Marketable: Combine Performance and Entrepreneurship

            Over the past 20 years, careers in music have become as varied as the numerous musical genres. The music business is a fast-paced, competitive and ever-changing landscape, which requires specialized tools and knowledge to survive.

            It’s not enough to learn the notes, perform the repertoire or audition for groups. Your plans will change, and you must be able to adapt to any situation. In this article, I will provide tools and resources on personal branding, social marketing and the interview process. I will share tips that I have learned and honed over my 25-year career as an educator, professional musician and businessperson.

            What is Branding?

            Branding cut outBefore we start talking about social marketing, you must understand the difference between branding and personal branding. Branding is the process for creating a name, logo or symbol that identifies and differentiates your product and services from your competitor’s (Entrepreneur.com). Some recognizable brands that come to mind are Apple, Nike, Starbucks or Netflix.

            In his book “The Brand You 50, author Tom Peters coined the phrase “personal branding.” He states that a personal brand is your promise to the marketplace and the world.”

            To develop your personal brand, first answer these questions:

            • What do you want to be known for?
            • Why will people seek you out?
            • What makes you unique?
            • What’s your story (your “why”)?
            • How can you add value?

            This step is crucial to the development of your personal brand. Once you answer these questions, it’s time to start building!

            Building Your Online Presence

            social media apps pexels pixabay 533446Ready to build your online presence? You want to control your message and how people perceive you on the internet. So, build a personal website and set up your email address and social media accounts.

            By creating an online presence, you ensure that your personal branding matches across all your digital platforms. As we all know (hopefully), what happens on the internet, stays on the internet, so it’s vital that you control your message and online presence. Where do you start?

            Namecheckr.com is a site that will research domain and social usernames and check for its availability. As you search for your online username, it is important to find a unique, memorable name that is available on multiple online platforms. You don’t want to be @funkydrummer18 on Facebook and @funkydrummer_18 on Instagram. Be consistent and find a name that works across all platforms. For example, I use @drdavegerhart on all my social media accounts so people can find me easily.

            Once you have your online platforms set up, create, or update your resume, curriculum vita, headshot, short and long bio, and your electronic press kit (EPK). It’s important to have these documents and photos on your website. Remember, it’s all about controlling your message. When someone searches for you, make sure they get your current photo and bio.

            Resources to build a website or blog: Squarespace or WordPress

            Looking for a Job?

            Now that you have answered the questions about your personal brand and built an online presence, it’s time to look for work. I believe that when it comes to finding a job you must create your own opportunities.

            job interview pexels 4344878If you want to start a private lesson studio, find a location and set up the room where you can teach. But how do you find students? I recommend volunteering at your local public school’s music program. Ask the director if you can teach a masterclass in exchange for passing out your business card (aka, your information). As you build your reputation, parents will hire you to teach private lessons to their children.

            Becoming a professional performer has become more difficult in recent years. Find networking opportunities where you can meet and talk to other performers, composers, conductors and contractors. There are also sales and marketing opportunities for performers in the music product industry.

            No matter which career path you take, be prepared for the interview. Put together a 30-second “elevator pitch” to describe why someone should hire you and what makes you unique. Do an internet search for “interview questions” and download some sample questions to help you prepare for the in-person interview. Practice answering questions just like you practice your instrument so you can become comfortable when the time comes for the actual interview.

            word map of music jobs How Do I Start?

            There’s no time like the present! Don’t wait until you graduate from high school or college. Start now.

            Work on your personal branding and online presence over the next couple of months. Take a business or marketing class at your school or see if one is available online. Volunteer at a music-related nonprofit organization or apply for an internship. Sit in during a rehearsal with the local orchestra. Complete a certification.

            As the Chinese proverb says, “The best time to plant a tree was 20 years ago. The second-best time is now.” It’s time to start thinking about your career goals. Plant your tree now and continue to nurture it as you develop your skills and career.

            Do you have other marketing tips for music professionals? E-mail me at dgerhart@yamaha.com.

             

            Resources

            10 Best Folk Albums to Listen to On Vinyl

            With fall comes the rain — something I know all too well since I live in the Pacific Northwest — and there’s something extra special about listening to vinyl on a rainy day. Maybe it’s the warmth that analog provides, but layered vocals and acoustic instruments — the keystones of folk music — are at their best when listened to on vinyl. On many levels, the subtle nuances present in these records really show off your system as well.

            Here are a few of my favorite rainy-day listening folk albums. Even if you’re not a particular fan of this type of music, you’re bound to find something compelling and comforting here.

            1. Woody Guthrie, The Ultimate Collection – Woody Guthrie

            The roots of American folk music all lead back to this man. While Guthrie was an incredibly prolific songwriter, “This Land Is Your Land” is arguably the most important folk song of all time. Because of its age, the recording quality of this album is primitive, to say the least. But the heart and soul presented in this collection make the journey worthwhile. These sparse songs truly tell the tales of America in the 1930s and 1940s.

            2. Bob Dylan’s Greatest Hits – Bob Dylan

            It would be a disciple of Guthrie’s — Bob Dylan — who would become the shining superstar of folk music, giving the concept of the singer/songwriter true validation. There are a number of great audiophile remasters of this set, offering an excellent cross-section of his most popular and accessible tracks. Grab a latte and start with “Just Like A Woman,” from side two of record two. This is minimalist production at its finest, with Dylan serving up some great guitar and harp playing. Let the rest unfold around you, and your day will be better for it.

            3. Sunshine Superman – Donovan

            Don’t let the Austin Powers-esque groovy title track fool you: the rest of this record is pure folk, in line with Donovan’s roots as a self-styled bard. “Guinevere” features a nice blend of his instantly recognizable singing and fingerstyle guitar playing (which would serve as a major influence on White Album-era John Lennon), with some tasty bongo bits mixed in. The next track, “The Fat Angel,” is heavy on sitar, hinting that Donovan’s output would become a lot more turned-on very soon.

            4. If You Can Believe Your Eyes And Ears – The Mamas and the Papas

            In a short three-year period from 1965 to 1968, the Mamas and the Papas released four records that expanded the genre of folk-rock and simultaneously became a big part of a more psychedelic “California Sound.” While “Monday, Monday” and “Go Where You Wanna Go” were both big hits, the track that best fits the autumn vibe has to be “California Dreaming.” The monster countermelodies in this song will have you longing for warmer days.

            5. Bookends – Simon & Garfunkel

            Paul Simon and Art Garfunkel also burst on the scene in a major way in 1965, combining intricate harmonies with artful (though sometimes obtuse) lyrics. While Bridge Over Troubled Water sold the most records, many consider the prior album Bookends to be their best work, as evidenced by the fact that it produced no less than five hit singles. The legendary track “Mrs. Robinson” (from the film The Graduate) won the Grammy® for Best Rock Single in 1969. It’s the perfect song to revisit their catalog, buried in a comfy chair, watching the clouds roll by. You can almost reach out and strum those acoustic guitars yourself.

            6. Ladies of the Canyon – Joni Mitchell

            Many Joni fans flock to Blue. I suggest you go off the beaten path and pick up a copy of Ladies of the Canyon instead. A bit more upbeat than the former, this record is also more complex musically, spawning a couple of Ms. Mitchell’s biggest hits: “Woodstock” and “Big Yellow Taxi,” a tune whose message is not out of touch today. The flawless recording, with its sparse, ethereal arrangements, is coffee shop music at its best. This record is also a great way to bookmark Joni Mitchell’s voice to compare to her later work.

            7. Déjà vu – Crosby, Stills, Nash & Young

            If Bob Dylan is folk music’s brightest star, Crosby, Stills & Nash (with or without Young in tow) are folk’s biggest supergroup … and this record is undoubtedly one of vinyl’s greatest treasures. With soaring voices that blend together incomparably, Déjà vu truly stands the test of time, and it remains one of my most beloved vinyl albums, even after 50 plus years of listening. If it becomes one of your favorites as well, be sure to seek out this year’s Record Store Day release of alternate takes.

            8. Grievous Angel – Gram Parsons

            With strong accompaniment from Emmylou Harris, Gram Parsons’ second and final album Grievous Angel has become a cult classic over the decades. A bit country, a bit folk, Parsons himself described it as “Cosmic American Music.” Just before his death, Parsons was hanging out with Keith Richards, and it doesn’t take long to find that influence in the Stones’ music of the era. Even though there is a lot of country twang here, the “folkiest” song on this record might just be “Brass Buttons.”

            9. Diamonds and Rust – Joan Baez

            Dig deeper than the title track, and head straight to the Stevie Wonder tune, “I Never Dreamed You’d Leave In Summer.” Baez’ voice is so pure here, it might just bring you to tears. Along with several self-penned tunes (including “Dida,” a duet she sings with Joni Mitchell), you’ll find songs by Dylan, Jackson Browne, Janis Ian and others.

            10. American Recordings – Johnny Cash

            Most people associate Johnny Cash with country music, but the deeper you dig, the more you’ll discover a heavy folk vein in his music too, right to the very end of his life. These last four records, produced with Rick Rubin (collectively called American Recordings), contain some of the most chilling, hardcore folk songs ever put on vinyl. It doesn’t get more intense than this, and you’ll find that Cash’s deep, rich baritone not only sends shivers down your spine but really brings your system to life.

             

            Check out these related blog posts:

            Top 10 Vinyl Albums for Audiophiles

            10 Hip-Hop Albums That Sound Great On Vinyl

            Here’s What You Need to Know About Vinyl

            Appreciating Vinyl Records … and the Best Way to Enjoy Them

            Five Reasons Vinyl Is Making a Comeback

            How to Clean Vinyl Records

            Spotlight on Vinyl Subscription Services

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha turntables.

            What is Phase?

            Even if you’re relatively new to the world of recording and music production, you’ve probably heard or read phrases such as “flipping the phase,” “phase shift,” “phase shifter,” and “out of phase.” The operative word in all of these is “phase,” and it’s a critical one to understand for many different reasons. In this article, we’ll take a look at what it all means.

            First Things First

            Before we get into phase, it’s helpful to first talk about sound waves. Sound waves are created by the disturbance of molecules in the air, causing a fluctuation in air pressure. To mix metaphors, if a tree falls in the forest and nobody hears it, it will still create sound waves.

            As the waves coming from the sound source (the source of that disturbance) move through the air, the molecules come together and spread apart — a phenomenon referred to as compression and rarefaction. A complete wave cycle consists of one compression and one rarefaction. The higher the pitch of the sound, the faster each cycle occurs.

            The duration of the cycle is called the wavelength. Once a microphone (or other transducer — a device that changes energy from one form to another) captures a sound wave and converts it to an electrical signal, you can refer to the compression part of the cycle as the “positive” part of the signal and the rarefaction as the “negative” part.

            The illustration below shows a particular kind of waveform called sine wave. This simple waveform is used for test tones and is handy for demonstration purposes because it’s regular and symmetrical. What you see here is one cycle of a sine wave. Time is the horizontal (X) axis, and amplitude is the vertical (Y) axis. As you can see, it travels upwards (into the positive portion) for a particular period of time and then returns to zero before continuing its same journey downwards (and then on into the negative portion) over that same period of time.

            Sound wave with elements indicated.
            One cycle of a sine wave.

            In contrast, here’s a waveform from a guitar recording. As you can see, it has a more complex shape, reflecting the fact that it’s a more complex sound.

            Diagram.
            One cycle of a guitar recording.

            The cycle of a sound wave is 360 degrees, with the midway points indicated in the diagram below.

            Diagram.
            The degrees of a sound wave cycle.

            When Wave Meets Wave

            Phase doesn’t become critical until you try to play back two recordings captured simultaneously from the same source, but by different mics (or by a mic and a direct box).

            Let’s say you have a recording of a guitar. If you were to duplicate it to another track in your DAW and hit play, the two tracks would start at precisely the same time and reinforce each other, causing the sound to increase. That’s called constructive interference.

            But if you play them together and one is delayed, even by a tiny amount, a phase shift occurs. When that happens, it’s considered destructive interference. Instead of reinforcing one another, the two work against each other, resulting in a phenomenon called comb filtering, in which certain frequencies in the combined signal cancel one another. Where this cancellation is partial, the level of the affected frequencies is reduced; where it’s total, those frequencies drop out altogether.

            Here you see two sine waves, with the bottom one very slightly delayed. Even such a minute timing difference would be enough to cause comb filtering.

            Diagram.
            Even tiny delays like this one can result in comb filtering.

            The sonic result of comb filtering is a thinning out of the audio and less clarity, and sometimes a kind of weird timbre to the sound that could best be described as “washy.” Comb filtering is at its most obvious when listening in mono — that’s one of the reasons why it’s essential to check your mixes in mono. Phase issues that you don’t notice in stereo (or surround) will be much more prominent in mono.

            When you use more than one mic to record the same source, the different distances that the sound waves must travel to reach each mic is what causes their start times to vary. In the screenshot below, the peak of a snare hit is highlighted in the snare (top) track. Look at the other tracks, and you’ll see that the left overhead mic (OH) captured the snare at virtually the same time as the snare mic, but the right overhead and room mic were further away and thus slightly delayed.

            Diagram.
            A snare drum recorded with multiple mics.

            In addition, some mics respond to changes in level faster than others — something that’s referred to as transient response. For example, a small-diaphragm condenser microphone usually has better transient response than a large-diaphragm condenser or dynamic mic. We’re talking about tiny differences, but it can be enough to create a phase shift between two tracks.

            Cancel Culture

            The ultimate in destructive interference occurs when two identical sound waves are 180º apart. That can cause them to cancel each other out entirely. Headphone manufacturers use that to their advantage as part of their active noise cancellation processes. Microphones on the outside of the headphones pick up background noise from either side, and the audio from one side is shifted 180º out of phase, causing the noise component to cancel itself out.

            The screenshot below shows two waves that are 180º out of phase with one another. Notice how the positive and negative peaks are aligned.

            Diagram.
            These sound waves are 180 º out of phase.

            Phase vs. Polarity

            The word “phase” is often used interchangeably with the word polarity. The two terms are somewhat related, but substantially different in that polarity is an electrical phenomenon related to positive and negative wiring. You can end up with inverted polarity from a mis-wired mic cable or other piece of gear. When the polarity is inverted, wherever the waveform was positive, it flips to negative or vice versa, which means that it shifts by a full 180º. As we’ve seen, phase, on the other hand, refers to time differences between sound waves.

            This next illustration presents a small segment of a waveform (on top, shown in blue) with its polarity inverted (on bottom, shown in red). If you were to listen to these together in stereo, you’d hear a weak low-level signal, but if you listened to them in mono you’d hear … absolutely nothing.

            Diagram.
            The polarity of the sound wave on the bottom is inverse relative to the one on top.

            The Phase Button

            In a multi-mic recording — particularly of a drum kit where there are six or more open mics — there will inevitably be phase issues, based on the different distances between the mics and the various drums and cymbals.

            To deal with this, engineers usually turn to channel “phase” buttons (which are actually “invert polarity” buttons) commonly offered by DAWs, mixers and audio interfaces, switching them in and out on various combinations of the mics. It’s not that any of the tracks are 180º out of phase, but sometimes they end up closer to being aligned when you completely invert them. It’s always helpful to check. All you have to listen to different combinations of the mic channels (usually the bass drum channel against the others, and then the snare drum against the others), hit the phase button and listen. If it sounds thinner, simply turn it off; if it sounds bigger or better, leave it on.

            Diagram.
            Channel phase buttons in Steinberg Cubase.

            By the way, if you want to use two mics to make a stereo recording, you can choose from several different coincident pair stereo miking techniques, designed to capture a stereo image without any phase problems. Do an online search for the terms “X-Y,” “ORTF” or “mid-side miking” to learn more.

            Don’t Get Phased

            The bottom line is to be aware of phase whenever multiple mics or devices are used to capture the same sound source. You can often fix phase problems on a track that’s already been recorded by manually sliding it in time in your DAW to align it with another track, though you’ll need to zoom in quite far to be able to line them up accurately.

            In addition, always be mindful of possible polarity reversals when connecting different pieces of gear. If something sounds thinner than it’s supposed to, try flipping the invert phase button — sometimes simply labeled “phase,” or indicated with a null symbol (“Ø”) on your audio interface or mixer to see if that improves it significantly. If so, you might have a cable or even a piece of gear that got accidentally wired backward.

            Fun with Phasing … and Flanging Too

            Side by side screenshots.
            Cubase flanger and phaser plug-ins.

            Being out of phase isn’t always a bad thing. Manufacturers of hardware effects processors and pedals, as well as developers of plug-ins, deliberately utilize phase differences and comb filtering to create effects called phase shifters and flangers. A phase shifter duplicates the incoming signal and delays it slightly, then adds modulation from a low frequency oscillator to give it a whooshy-sounding motion.

            Flangers are similar but use an even shorter delay between the incoming and duplicated signals. The flanger originated in the late 1950s. Engineers discovered that if they played the same recording back on two tape recorders and slowed one down slightly by grabbing the flange of the tape reel, they got a cool effect. And you know what? It’s still cool to this very day.

             

            Want to learn more about using the phase button in live sound? Check out this blog posting.

            Check out our other Recording Basics postings.

             

            Click here for more information about Steinberg Cubase.

            How Humor Can Help Improve Your Playing

            Learning music is easy for some, difficult for others … but getting better at it requires tough sledding at times. That’s why it’s often helpful to remind ourselves: It’s better to laugh than cry.

            There are actually many benefits to maintaining a sense of humor while honing your musical skills. Here are five of them.

            1. IT HELPS YOU CREATE LASTING BONDS

            Ever heard the term “inside joke”? It’s a rhetorical question, of course. But what the concept points to is the special kind of human connection that comes from sharing a deep, hearty laugh with others. When you joke with a fellow musician or songwriting partner, close bonds can be formed and cemented. That, in turn, is the stuff of long-lasting creative partnerships.

            2. IT EASES THE TENSION

            Working with another person can be difficult. That seems to be especially true for creative folks, and musicians in particular — whether in the rehearsal room, onstage, or during a recording session. The best way to take the edge off and return the focus to the music (instead of the personalities), is to insert some humor — a strategy that many of the best recording engineers and record producers turn to when things get fraught. You can almost always count on a good laugh to ease the tension!

            3. IT CAN PROVIDE A WELCOME DISTRACTION

            Picture this: You’re on tour, traveling from one city to the next in a whirlwind of bad hotels, bad food, abbreviated soundchecks and venues with problematic load-ins and iffy sound systems. Then when you finally make your way back home, you’re facing two weeks in a recording studio to track your newest album. In one sense, it’s living the dream. In another, it’s a seemingly endless list of tasks that all require great sums of energy and attention.

            How does one cope? The best way to save a drained mind is to find a distraction.

            Find a movie, watch a cartoon, picture your fourth grade teacher slipping on a banana peel, whatever you need. But let your mind wander, let it enjoy a spike of joy, a chortle, a guffaw at something — anything — that doesn’t have to do with your musical work schedule. Then, when your mind is refreshed, you can dive back into your passions and play your heart out.

            4. IT KEEPS YOU FROM TAKING YOURSELF TOO SERIOUSLY

            People who believe their own press releases are bound to eventually fall on their faces and learn the bitter truth: they’re actually no better than anyone else. So laugh at your self-seriousness now and get it over with! That way, you’ll be better equipped to deal with mistakes when you practice, perform or record — something that also helps both personal and musical growth.

            In a similar vein, there’s another reason for turning to humor, which is especially important if you’re the front person in a band or find yourself regularly in front of a crowd: People need to see you laugh at yourself. Band leaders, take note: Let the other musicians see you make a fool of yourself occasionally. It will create trust, which only strengthens a unit.

            5. IT GIVES YOU A WAY TO LEAVE YOUR COMFORT ZONE

            That which is funny is usually a little bit weird or odd too. So often, musicians endeavor to be perfect to the point of rigidity. Using humor to counter this furrowed brow-mentality can be extremely helpful. For example, if you’re the keyboardist in your band, try writing a riff with a kazoo or ukulele instead. Or pick up a trombone just to hear the blurt of sound it can make.

            Next time you sit down to write, pen a funny tune instead of your next break-up ballad. Perform a song that might put a smile on your face instead of the same macabre thrash-metal you’re so ready to play normally. Doing the opposite of what’s expected might just shake you out of your comfort zone and open up a world of new musical opportunities.

            TRUST THE SCIENCE

            Think these ideas are far-fetched? There’s scientific proof that they’re not. Laughter causes a physical reaction in the body that’s utterly beneficial on many different levels. It increases your oxygen intake, which stimulates your heart and lungs, and also triggers the release of endorphins in your brain, which can help to lower anxiety and stress. In addition, it activates the brain’s dopamine reward system, stimulating goal-oriented motivation and long-term memory, which means that humor can improve retention as you learn music theory and technique.

            Laughter also helps your immune system’s functionality (great for sleep-deprived touring musicians), increasing mood and aiding personal satisfaction (perfect for the self-doubt that’s invariably going to creep in at times). Every musician — indeed, every creative artist — can benefit from a little laughter. No kidding!

            Top Five Reasons You Should Use an Acoustic Guitar with Built-In Effects

            Part of the joy of acoustic guitars is that you can play them anywhere. And when your acoustic guitar has effects built into it, a whole new world opens up sonically. I know this first-hand: As the proud owner of a Yamaha TransAcoustic guitar, I often use its built-in reverb and chorus effects, both onstage and in the studio. It’s inspiring, and it always delivers excellent results.

            The way a TA guitar creates those effects is pretty amazing, as detailed in this blog posting. Inside the guitar is a small metal device called an actuator, which vibrates when the strings are played. These vibrations then resonate with the body of the guitar and the air around the sound hole; as a bonus, the resulting effects are sent out of the output jack as well, courtesy of the instrument’s piezo pickup. It’s ingenious, and it sounds great!

            Here are five reasons for using an acoustic guitar that has its own built-in effects:

            1. IT DELIVERS A GREAT VIBE

            Front view of an acoustic guitar laying on its side with three small knobs on side of body.
            Yamaha FG-TA TransAcoustic guitar.

            Whether I am just sitting on the couch noodling away or jamming with friends around a firepit, switching on the effects in my TA guitar causes an immediate sonic “vibe” to occur. The instrument creates its own lush atmosphere, with a sense of depth and space that literally makes you play differently.

            A basic G chord on a regular guitar is simply not as much fun as a G chord played on a TA with a little added built-in reverb, chorus or both. I have many acoustic guitars in my collection, but my TA is the one I keep out all the time to pick up and play, not only because it’s a beautiful, well-crafted instrument with a solid sound, but because of the vibe it brings.

            2. SIMPLICITY: NO AMP, NO PEDALS NEEDED

            Keeping it simple is a great rule to live by when performing live. If your rig gets too complicated, things can happen that could derail you and the whole band. It’s happened to me more times than I would like to admit!

            When your guitar has built-in effects, they’re always just a few knob twists away. Best of all, those knobs are right in front of you, on the guitar itself — no leaning over to try to sneak a peek at a rack-mounted effects processor or crouching down to try to make adjustments to a stomp box in low-light situations.

            Closeup of author's hand pointing out the knobs on the side of the acoustic guitar.
            The TA knobs are right in front of you, on top of the guitar.

            Having built-in effects streamlines the whole process and lets you focus on your performance, which allows for more creativity and spontaneity.

            3. SPLIT PERSONALITY

            TransAcoustic guitars let you dial in any combination of chorus or reverb, allowing you to get inspired anytime, anyplace. It’s far more stimulating than just playing a dry instrument because, in many ways, an effected guitar takes on a whole new personality.

            For example, when you turn on the TA chorus, the sound gets a little louder and becomes reminiscent of a 12-string. The high notes sing differently, and with a capo, the upper register takes on an even brighter, more distinctive tonality.

            The TA reverb provides an extra sense of depth that helps to meld notes together. You can choose between room and hall sounds or any blend of the two. The room setting is short and sweet, like you’re in a small space; the hall setting imparts a longer “tail” with a deeper sound.

            I use a lot of open tunings (mostly DADGAD, open D and open G) on my TA acoustic. I find that the hall reverb works great with those tunings, especially when the guitar rings out. At those moments, the sonics light up like a candle!

            4. IT’S A GREAT CREATIVE TOOL

            At times, every composer gets stuck for ideas. When that happens, the fresh sound that comes from built-in guitar effects can help add that missing bit of inspiration. Suddenly, everything gets a little more lush, a little fuller … and before you know it, you have that missing chorus or bridge written and ready to go.

            With my TA guitar, my mind goes into new places because the sound I’m hearing as I strum has extra depth, dimension and character. It makes playing acoustic guitar more fun.

            5. IT’S GREAT FOR RECORDING

            Since I record a lot of television music, I often double acoustic guitar parts to enhance the overall sonic picture that the listener will hear (unfortunately all too often through a tinny, and tiny, TV speaker). When using my TA guitar, I generally combine the DI output (the one coming from the quarter-inch jack) with the signal coming from a microphone positioned roughly four inches away from where the sound hole meets the fretboard. I record these on two separate tracks so I can blend them as needed when mixing. The cool thing about this is that whatever built-in effects I dial up come out of both the jack and from the air around the guitar.

            On the first pass, I usually just add some TA reverb only, dialing in the desired amount while listening over headphones. (That way, I can hear it coming from both the DI output and the mic.) Once that’s recorded, I will immediately track a double of the part while all the nuances I just laid down are fresh in my mind. I’ll then do another pass, this time turning off the reverb and enabling the TA chorus effect instead; if necessary, I’ll double-track that pass too, sometimes with both reverb and chorus. Or I may keep one track totally dry and just use the natural sound of the guitar — it depends on the need of the cue.

            While I could use pedals or plug-ins to get similar sounds, I prefer to use the effects in the guitar because I can feel and sense them coming out of the sound hole. Also, I’m usually under tight deadlines and have to work quite fast. By having effects in the guitar, I’m thinking about nothing but the performance and not about connecting a pedal or launching a plug-in.

            So if you haven’t had the opportunity to play an acoustic guitar with built-in effects — especially a Yamaha TransAcoustic model — what are you waiting for?

             

            Check out these related blog articles:

            How Yamaha TransAcoustic Guitar Technology Works

            Discover Yamaha TransAcoustic Guitars

            Which TransAcoustic Guitar is Right for Me?

            How to Record TransAcoustic Guitar Effects

            Nylon TA on TV

            “Breaking Amish” With My Yamaha FG-TA

            Her Name is Ruby

            MJ Ultra and the FG-TA TransAcoustic Guitar

             

            Click here for more information about Yamaha TransAcoustic guitars.

            NCMEA 2021

            North Carolina Music Educators Association 2021 Convention

            Welcome! We are thrilled to join the North Carolina Music Educators Association (NCMEA) in presenting its 2021 Convention.

            North Carolina’s approximately 1,450,000 K-12 students are lucky to have access to music programs led by dedicated band, choral and orchestra directors like you. From the Outer Banks to the Great Smoky Mountain National Park and every point in between, we applaud how you showcase your Tar Heel pride as you map out innovative ways to engage and educate your students. Thank you!

            Meet Adam Frank

            Adam FrankThe North Carolina Music Education Association conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support and professional development. We know how difficult this past year has been as we have navigated through these uncertain times, and we want to express our appreciation and gratitude for everyone involved in making this conference possible. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help.

            Stop by and say hi to me in the exhibit hall. We’ll be showing some new instruments in the booth, including the Harmony Director, the YBS-480 Baritone Saxophone, and the MS-9414 Marching Snare Drum.

            If you need help or have additional questions, please feel free to reach out directly to me at afrank@yamaha.com. Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

            Have a wonderful conference!

            — Adam Frank, District Manager, School Services Division, Yamaha Corporation of America

            Professional Development Clinics at NCMEA

            Yamaha Master Educator: Michael Pote, Director of Bands, Carmel High School (Carmel, Indiana)

            • Session Title: “Yamaha Harmony Director 101”
            • Session Date and Time: Monday, November 8, 12 – 1 p.m.
            • Description: The New Harmony Director HD-300 combines the HD-200’s powerful ear training with dynamic new educational features and a simplified user interface. The addition of a mobile app that can act as a stand-alone tuner as well as a hardware controller makes the new HD-300 a complete package that can not only make a teacher’s job easier but also help their students play “IN TUNE, IN TONE, IN TIME and at the CORRECT VOLUME.”

            Professional Development Resources

            Through the Yamaha Educator Suite blog site and SupportED magazine, Yamaha reaches thousands of educators with professional development tips, advice and resources. If you have questions or need help finding resources for your program, email us at educators@yamaha.com.

            Here is a sampling of our top professional development articles:

            Product Showcases

            HARMONY DIRECTOR

            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1


            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


            WINDS

            NEW Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo


            NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone


            STRINGS

            YVN Model 3 Violin: The Most Innovative Student Violin


            How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble


            SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


            PERCUSSION

            NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum


            NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone


            NEW CFM Series Concert Field Drum


            Concert Chimes


            SOFTWARE

            Dorico for iPad


            Cubase Recording Software


            Dorico Music Notation Software


            Introduction to Dorico for iPad


            DRUMSETS

            DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview


            Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice


            Stage Custom Hip – Full Sound and Compact Size


            PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

            STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System


            Remote Music Education and Live Streaming Can Sound Good!


            TFAA

            Orchestra being conducted.

            TEXAS Fine Arts Administrators

            Welcome members of the Texas Fine Arts Administrators!

            Our team is looking forward to working with you throughout the year and serving your professional needs in any way we can. Ask us about the free resources we have for you when it comes to program planning, advocacy, funding and other teaching and professional development needs.

            See our Product Showcases

            Meet Chris Manners

            Chris Manners

            The Texas Music Administrators Conference gives us an opportunity to connect with all of you and to remind you that Yamaha is your partner in music education, not just through our great instruments and professional audio products but also with resources, support, and professional development. We want to continue to hear about your programs and learn about you and your specific needs to see how Yamaha can partner with you to help. Stop by the exhibit hall so we can chat, or you can email me at cmanners@yamaha.com, with any questions. We’re eager to talk with you about your needs as an educator and administrator.

            Sign up for the Yamaha Educator newsletter to access advocacy, professional development, information on instruments, resources, partnerships in education and more.

            Addressing Learning Loss, Health & Safety, and Equity with ESSER

            ARP Acts Funds Spent

            The American Rescue Plan (ARP) was signed into law on March 11, 2021. This COVID relief bill extends or modifies several provisions in the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security (CARES) Act that was passed in March 2020 and the Coronavirus Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act (CRRSA) that was passed in December 2020.

            As of November 30, 2022, only 27.3% of ESSER III have been spent.

            ESSER will help meet the needs of Texas public and nonpublic school students. The funds are a one-time program intended to assist with the COVID-19 response and can be used to address learning loss, student health & safety, and provide equity across school districts.

            IMPORTANT LINKS FOR ARTS EDUCATION IN TEXAS

            More ESSER Information 

            Suggested Next Steps 

            PRODUCT SHOWCASES

            Harmony Director

            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 1

            HD-300 Quick Start Video Part 2


            WINDS

            Yamaha Baritone Saxophone Demo

            NEW YDS-150 Digital Saxophone

            Clarinet Synthetic Reeds

            Saxophone Synthetic Reeds


            STRINGS

            YVN Model 3 Violin

            How To Set Up an Electric Strings Ensemble

            SLB300 New Generation Silent Bass


            PERCUSSION

            NEW MS-9414 Series

            NEW CSR Brass Shell Snare Drum

            NEW YV-3030MS Vibraphone

            CFM Series Concert Field Drum

            Percussion Mallet Stands


            DRUMSETS

            DTX6K3-X Electronic Drums Overview

            Using the EAD10 for Lessons and Practice

            Stage Custom Hip: Full Sound, Compact Size


            GUITARS

            C40II Nylon Guitar

            SLG SILENT guitar™


            SOFTWARE

            Dorico for iPad

            Cubase Recording Software

            Dorico Music Notation Software

            Introduction to Dorico for iPad


            PROFESSIONAL AUDIO

            STAGEPAS 1K Portable PA System

            Remote Music Education and Live Streaming


            Continue reading